Product Catalog: Pressure and Temperature Measurement

Catalog 900
Product Catalog
Pressure and Temperature Measurement
■ Mechanical Pressure
■ Diaphragm Seals
■ Mechanical Temperature
■ Accessories
Product Catalog 900
Pressure and Temperature

Measurement
Product Catalog 900
Mechanical Pressure
Diaphragm Seals
Mechanical Temperature
Accessories
Printed in the United States of America
is a registered trademark of Underwriter's Laboratories.

is a registered trademark of Underwriter's Laboratories.
XSELTM is a registered trademark of WIKA Instrument Corporation.
Halocarbon® is a registered trademark of the Halocarbon Products Corporation.
Hastelloy ® is a registered trademark of the Cabot family of companies.
Fluorolube® is a registered trademark of the Hooker Chemical & Plastics Corporation.
Monel® and Inconel® are registered trademarks of the INCO family of companies.
Viton® & Teflon® are registered trademarks of the E.I. DuPont family of companies.
Product Catalog > Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Selecting a Pressure Gauge 2
High Precision Gauges MECHANICAL TEMPERATURE
Chemical Compatibility Table 3
312.20 6" 58 Bimetal Thermometers
Advantages of Liquid-filled Gauges 4
WIKA Type Numbers 5 332.30 6" 59 Operating Principle 126
Ordering Guidelines for 332.54 4" 60 General Specifications 127
Pressure Gauges 6 332.34 4½" 61 TI.1005 128
332.34DD 4½” 62 TI.ST 128
MECHANICAL PRESSURE 332.25 / 312.25 4½” 63 TI.20 129
Commercial Gauges 342.11 10” 64 TI.T20/TI.T17 130
111.10 1½", 2", 2½", 4" 7 Calibration Equipment TI.30/TI.50 131
111.10SP - Fire Sprinkler 4" 8 CPH-6600 65 TI.31/TI.51 132
111.11 1½", 2", 2½" 9 CPG 1000 66 TI.32/TI.52 133
111.12 1½”, 2”, 2½”, 4” 10 WICP-L100, WICP-M500, WICP-H10K 67 TI.33/TI.34/TI.53/TI.54 134
111.16PM 1½", 2" 12 Ordering Bimetal Thermometers 135
111.25CT 4½" 13 DIAPHRAGM SEALS Bimetal Thermometer Options 137
Diaphragm Seal Applications 69 Digital Thermometers
113.13 1½", 2½" 14
113.53 1½” 15 Operating Principle 70 TI.80/TI.82 138
Selection Guidelines 71 Twin-Temp Thermometers
Industrial & Process Gauges
Assembled Seals TT.30/TT.32/TT.50/TT.52 139
131.11 1½", 2" 16
13X.53 4" 17 M93X.25 73 TT.80/TT.82 143
211.11 10" 18 M93X.3A 74 Gas Actuated Thermometers
212.20 6" 19 M932.2C 76 TI.R45/TI.R60 146
213.40 2½", 4" 20 M93X.D1 78 TI.TSG60 148
21X.40PM 3½" 21 Threaded Seals Vapor Actuated Thermometers
21X.53 2", 2½", 4" 22 990.TA 80 TI.V20/TI.V25/TI.V35/TI.V45 150
23X.53 2", 2½", 4" 26 990.TB 81 Industrial Glass Thermometers
21X.54 4" 28 990.10 82 TI.61102/TI.61104 152
23X.54 2½, 4" 29 990.TC 84 TI.62102/TI.62104 152
233.55 2½" 32 990.40 86 TI.D01 153
23X.30 2½", 4" 33 990.34 88 TI.701/TI.901 153
23X.50 2½", 4", 4½", 6" 34 990.36 89 Thermowells
21X.34 4½" 35 TW.TH / TW15 (Threaded) 159
22X.34 4½" 36 TW.FL / TW10 (Flanged) 160
23X.34 4½", 6" 37 TW.SW / TW20 (Socket/Weld) 160
26X.34 4½" 39 TW.SC / TW30 (Sanitary) 161
232.34DD 4½" 40 Flanged Seals Industrial Glass 162
212.25 4½", 6" 41 990.12 90
232.25 4½", 6" 42 990.FA 92 ACCESSORIES
4XX.12 4", 6" 43 990.FC 94
43X.50 4", 6" 44 990.FD 96
Low Pressure Gauges 990.FB 98
A2G-10 45 990.26 100
A2G-15 46 990.27 101
611.10 2½" 47 990.FR 103
612.20 4" 48 990.28 105
6X2.34 4½" 49 990.41 106
632.50 4" 50 Sanitary Seals
Differential & Duplex Gauges 990.22 108
700.04 2½", 4½" 51 Plastic Seals
700.05 2½", 4½" 52 990.31 109
712.15 6" 53 InLine Seals
712.25DP 4½", 6" 54 981.10 110
712.25DX 4½", 6" 55 981.27 112
732.25 4½", 6" 56 981.31 114
732.26 4½", 6" 57 981.22 115
Seal Accessories
910.27 116
910.ZA 117
General Seal Information 119
910.10 Gauge Cocks 163 910.12.300 Snubbers 168
910.11 Needle Valves 164 910.13 Overpressure Protectors 169
910.11.100 Mini-Needle Valves 165 910.14.100 Test Port Plug 170
910.11.200 Block & Bleed Valves 166 910.14.200 Adaptors 170
910.11.300 Multi-Port Valves 167 910.14.300 Couplings 171
910.12.100/910.12.200/ 910.24 Mini-Siphon 171
910.15.100/910.15.200 Siphons 172
For complete detailed information, including electronic pressure, electronic temperature and ultra high
CP3000/CP4000 Alarm Contacts 173
purity products, please visit www.wika.com. Socket Restrictor 176
Drag Pointer 176
Alarm Contacts 176
Pressure Gauge Accessories 177
Standard Dial Layouts 182
Conversion Chart 184
Cross reference Chart IBC
1
Product Catalog > Selecting a Pressure Gauge
Selecting a Pressure Gauge

When selecting a pressure gauge, it is important to consider the following factors to ensure safety and accuracy:
1. Pressure fluid composition

2. Pressure fluid temperature
3. Ambient conditions
4. Pressure range
5. Conditions affecting wear of the system
6. Method of mounting
7. Required accuracy
1. Pressure fluid composition

Since the sensing element of a pressure gauge may be exposed directly to the measured medium, consider the
characteristics of this medium. It may be corrosive, it may solidify at various temperatures or it may contain
solids that will leave deposits inside the sensing element. For pressure fluids that will not solidify under normal
conditions or leave deposits, a Bourdon tube gauge is acceptable. Otherwise a Sealgauge or diaphragm seal
should be used. A chemical compatibility chart follows this section to aid in the selection of the proper sensing
element material.
2. Pressure fluid temperature
Steam and other hot media may raise the temperature of the gauge components above safe working limits of
the sealed joints. In these cases it is recommended that a siphon, cooling tower or diaphragm seal be used in
conjunction with the pressure gauge.
3. Ambient conditions
The normal ambient temperature range for WIKA pressure gauges is -40oF to +140oF (-40oC to +60oC) for dry
or silicone-filled gauges and -4oF to +140oF (-20oC to +60oC) for glycerine-filled gauges. The error caused by
temperature changes is +0.3% or -0.3% per 18oF rise or fall, respectively. The reference temperature is 70oF
(20oC). The correction is for the temperature of the gauge, not the temperature of the measured medium.
Remote gauge mounting using a diaphragm seal and capillary line is one alternative for applications involving
extreme ambient temperature.
Moisture and weather effects must also be considered. Liquid-filled gauges prevent condensation build
up. For outdoor use, stainless steel, brass or plastic cased gauges are recommended.
4. Pressure range
A gauge range of twice the working pressure is generally selected. The working pressure in all cases should
be limited to 75% of the gauge range. Where alternating pressure and pulsation are encountered, working
pressure should be limited to 2/3 of the gauge range.
5. Conditions affecting wear of the system
In applications involving severe pressure fluctuation or pulsation, the use of restrictors and/or snubbers is
recommended. In addition, liquid-filled gauges increase the service life of gauges in these conditions. WIKA
liquid- filled gauges are generally filled with glycerine. Silicone for larger temperature extremes and
Halocarbon® for use with oxidizing agents such as chlorine, oxygen and hydrogen peroxide are also available.
6. Method of mounting
Radial (LM) and back (CBM or LBM) connections are available for most WIKA gauges. WIKA stocks gauges
with standard NPT threaded connections. Other types such as metric threads, straight threads, hose barbs and
special fittings are available as a special order.
Pressure gauges should be mounted in the upright position. For applications where the gauge is mounted side
ways, horizontally or upside down, contact WIKA Customer Service for gauge type compatibility.
7. Required accuracy
WIKA stocks gauges with accuracies from ± 3/2/3% to ±0.1% of span (ASME Grade B to Grade 4A).
To ensure safe and accurate gauge selection, you must take all of the above factors into consideration. When in doubt,
please do not hesitate to contact your local stocking distributor or WIKA Customer Care for assistance!
1-888-WIKA-USA
2
Product Catalog > Chemical Compatibility Chart
Chemical Compatibility Chart

Acetic Acid B Ethyl Acetate A Oxygen A
Acetic Anhydride D Ethyl Cellulose B Paraffin A
Acetone B Ethylene A Phosphoric Acid B
Acetylene B Ethylene Dibromide B Photographic Solutions B
Alcohol A Ethylene Dichloride D Pickling Solutions B
Alums B Ethylene Glycol A Picric Acid B
Aluminum Sulfate B Ferric Nitrate B Picric Acid (dry) B
Ammonia B Ferric Sulfate B Potassium Chloride D
Ammonium Carbonate B Formaldehyde B Potassium Cyanide B
Ammonium Hydroxide D Freon A Potassium Permanganate B
Ammonium Phosphate D Gallic Acid B Prestone A
Beer A Gas (for lighting) A Salicylic Acid A
Benzine A Gasoline A Sea Water C
Benzol A Gasoline (refined) B Silver Nitrate B
Benzyl Alcohol B Glucose C Sodium Carbonate D
Bleach Liquors B Glycerine A Sodium Cyanide D
Bordeaux Mixture A Hydrocyanic Acid B Sodium Hydroxide D
Butane B Hydrogen B Sodium Nitrate B
Butanol A Hydrogen Peroxide B Sodium Peroxide B
Butyric Acid B Kerosene A Sodium Phosphate B
Calcium Bisulfite B Lacquers A Sodium Sulfate B
Calcium Chloride C Lactic Acid B Sodium Sulfide D
Calcium Hydroxide B Lysol B Sodium Sulfite B
Carbon Dioxide(dry) B Magnesium Hydroxide C Sulfur Dioxide D
Carbon Bisulfide B Magnesium Sulfate B Sulfur Dioxide (dry) B
Casein B Mercury B Sulfuric (75%) B
Chloroform B Methyl Chloride D Sulfurous Acid B
Chromic Acid B Methyl Salicylate D Tanning Liquors D
Citric Acid B Naphtha A Toluene A
Coal Gas A Nickel Acetate B Vegetable Oils B
Copper Sulfate B Nitric Acid (pure) B Vinegar B
Cottonseed Oil B Nitrous Acid D Water A
Creosote (crude) B Nitrous Oxide D Whiskey B
Dextrine A Oil (lubricating) A Wines B
Ethers D Oil (refined) A Zinc Sulfate B
NOTE: For steam service, a siphon is required.
Find the process fluid in the table above and match the letter code (A,B,C, or D) with the wetted part
material listed below:
A = Brass (Copper Alloy) B = 316 SS C = Monel® D = Consult Factory

This table is provided as a reference only and is accurate to the best of WIKA's knowledge. WIKA assumes no responsibility for, or obligation from, the information here.
3
Product Catalog > Advantages of Liquid-Filled Gauges
Advantages of Liquid-filled Gauges

Liquid-filled gauges
Liquid-filled pressure gauges provide a number of advantages: Choose the Right Liquid
The type of liquid used to fill the gauge varies with the
■ the liquid absorbs vibration and pressure spikes application. Although pure glycerine provides the best
■ the dampening action of the liquid enables the operator performance in most applications, each has its own
to take readings during conditions of rapid dynamic requirements. Guidelines to help ensure that a fluid is
loading and vibration properly matched to an application are:
■ the liquid lubricates all moving elements,
dramatically reducing wear in the movement ■ if icing is a problem, use gauges filled with silicone
■ because most liquid-filled gauges are filled with non-aqueous oil or other comparable liquids. They have low
liquid and hermetically sealed, they perform in corrosive viscosities even at -60oC
environments and are immune to moisture penetration ■ if the system has electric accessories, such
and icing, and shock effects are lessened as contacts, use insulating oils, and
■ if extreme temperature fluctuations are expected,
Liquid-filled gauges enhance the reliability and integrity of use silicone oils
the measuring system for long periods under extreme
operating conditions. The higher the liquid viscosity, the greater its dampening
capacity. The reason for this is that dampening changes
in proportion to the temperature-dependent viscosity of the
filling liquid. The suitable degree of dampening depends
on the operating requirements the gauge must meet,
such as pointer response time, pressure extremes,
Indicates liquid-fillable pressure gauge. vibration and
changes in pressure. WIKA can recommend specific liquids
to suit problem applications.
Liquid Fill Fluid

Ambient Temperature Ratings (Table A) Fill Fluid Allowable Operating Range
Allowable Operating Range - Temperature range in which the Glycerine -4°F to 140°F -20°C to 60°C
Dow 99.7% USP, Synthetic
operation of the gauge is not adversely affected by the filling
1118 Centistokes at 68°F
liquid. At temperatures above the maximum rating, the fluid
may break down. At temperatures below the minimum rating, Silicone -40°F to 140°F -40°C to 60°C
the fluid may solidify (freeze). Dow Corning 200 Fluid
1000 Centistokes at 77°F
NOTE: Some parts of the pressure gauge may not be
! able to withstand temperatures above 140oF. Consult
with the factory for technical assistance for these
Halocarbon®
Halocarbon® Products
-40°F to 140°F -40°C to 60°C
6.3 Centistokes at 100°F

applications.
Table A - Allowable Ambient Temperature Ratings
Liquid-filled Gauge Case Venting
For pressure gauges with full scale ranges of 300 psi and below (including vacuum and
compound ranges of 30" Hg-0-200 psi and below), case venting (after the gauge is installed) is
necesary to preserve the accuracy. Temperature fluctuations during shipment and in the
process appliction cause the liquid filling to expand and contract which in turn increases or
decreases case pressure. As a result, accuracy can be decreased and the pointer may not
return to zero properly until the gauge is vented to the atmosphere.
To vent a WIKA gauge, move the valve to the open position which will release any pressure or
vacuum built up in the case. If the gauge is installed in an upright position, the lever can be left
in the open position. The lever allows the use of a gauge in a non-upright orientation. Vent Plug
4
Product Catalog > WIKA Type Numbers
WIKA Type Numbers

The following is a guide to the WIKA model numbering system.
2 1 3 4 0
WETTED PARTS
(Parts in contact with the fluid)
0 = Special design
1 = Copper alloy (brass)
DESIGN FEATURES
2 = Steel
10 = Standard design -
3 = Stainless steel
(lower mount connection in "100 series") 11 = Compressed gas gauges or small
4 = Nickel - iron alloy (Ni-Span C®)
size stainless steel 12 = Standard design -
5 = Plastic (Refers to coating or lining, not actual sensing element)
(center back mount connection in "100 series")
6 = Nickel - copper alloy (Monel®)
13 = Liquid-filled ABS plastic case 15 = Special stainless steel gauge
20 = Heavy duty case, usually with bayonet ring, separate lens and increased dust and water spra
25 = Hinged ring design
30 = Solid-front, blow-out back case (safety case).
34 = Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case - "Process Gauge"
NT TYPE (Instrument Series) 40 = Forged brass case.
41 = Special design for mining industry
eral Purpose Design 2 = High Quality Industrial Design 50 = All stainless construction
on Test Gauges 52 = Gas density monitor or controller 53 = Stainless case, o-ring or welded
phragm Gauges 5 = Absolute Pressure Gauges connection to socket, crimped ring bezel 54 = Stainless case, o-ring or welded
ure Gauges (Low pressure) 7 = Differential Pressure and Duplex connection
Gauges to8 =socket,
Electronic
bayonet
Pressure
ring Measurement Line
als
CASE FILLING
0 = Special type 1 = Standard type

2 = Increased water protection (splash resistant) - dry case
3 = With liquid-filled case or ready-to-be filled
4 = Square or rectangular housing
SPECIAL FEATURES
Some products may have additional letters in the type code. This typically indicates a special featur
5
Product Catalog > WIKA Type Numbers
Ordering Guidelines for Pressure Gauges

1) Quick Order 7- or 8-Digit Part Numbers:
Example: 9834850
Use the part number for the instrument you wish to order.
If you need additional options, or don’t see a part number referenced for the exact product you need, you
may use Descriptive Text as indicated below (see #2). A 7-or 8-digit part number will be provided with
your order confirmation. The part number provided may then be used for re-ordering purposes.
2) Descriptive Text Part Number System:
Example:
Standard Product Description Section Additional Options & Accessories
232.34 4.5 100 psi ½” LM SG, PM
(Type #) (Dial Size) (Pressure Range) (Process Conn. & Location) (Additional Options / Accessories)
The above example would indicate a 4½” process gauge, dry, 100 psi dial scale, ½” NPT connection,
lower mount connection with the following selected options: safety glass (SG) and panel mount (PM),
as indicated.
■ Descriptive text can be used anytime you do not find an exact item with a listed part
number. You may add as many codes at the end of the descriptive text as is required
to configure the product.
■ Codes and installed prices are found on a selection chart for each product type.
Additional options may be located on the Accessory pages section in the back of
the Catalog 900.
■ Please reference the WIKA Type Number (pg. 5) for additional product type
information. WIKA product types may already determine many configurations for
wetted parts and case fill.
■ Options and accessories should always appear at the end of the descriptive text,
separated by commas. If you are not sure what to use for abbreviated code, then
simply spell it out.
NOTE: If you provide a part number and descriptive text, we will use the part number only.
If you are unclear, do not see the option(s) needed, or require ordering assistance, please contact
a WIKA Customer Care or Technical Quote Team representative.
6
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.10
Type 111.10
WIKA type 111.10 standard pressure gauges are designed for long and ME
reliable service under rugged conditions. Some typical applications are for CH
pumps, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, compressors, as a contractor’s AN
gauge and for many other applications where the measured media does IC
AL
not corrode brass.
PR
ES
SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 1½", 2", 2½" & 4"
Case: Black ABS Accuracy: ± 3/2/3% of span
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy ASME B40.100 Grade
B
Window: Clear plastic
Connection: Lower mount
Dial: White ABS; (4")
aluminum
Pointer: Black ABS; (4")
aluminum
Type 111.10
Available Options
Size 1½" 2" 2½" 4" ■ Glass window

Connection LM LM LM LM
■ Drag pointer
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI/KPA PSI PSI/KPA PSI PSI/KPA ■ Black steel case and ring
30" Hg 9747214 8990039 4252901 8990250 4253027 8990471 4255900 9767991 ■ Stainless steel case and ring
30"-0-15 psi 4253035 8990489 4255918 9768009 ■ Special connections
30"-0-30 psi 4253043 8990497 4255926 9768017
30"-0-60 psi 4253051 8990501 4255934 9768025
30"-0-100 psi 4253060 8990519 4255942 9768033 Applications
30"-0-160 psi 4253078 8990527 4255951 9768041
30"-0-200 psi 4253086 8990535 4255969 9768050 ■ Fire sprinkler systems
15 psi 9747222 8990102 4252919 8990323 4253108 8990552 4255977 9768068 ■ Suitable for all media that
30 psi 9747230 8990110 4252927 8990331 4253116 8990560 4255985 9768076 will not obstruct the
60 psi 9747249 8990128 4252935 8990349 4253124 8990578 4255993 9768084
pressure system or attack
100 psi 9747257 8990136 4252943 8990357 4253132 8990586 4256000 9768092
copper alloy parts
160 psi 9747265 8990145 4252951 8990365 4253141 8990595 4256018 9768106
200 psi 9747273 8990153 4252960 8990374 4253159 8990608 4256026 9768114
300 psi 8990161 4252978 8990382 4253167 8990616 4256034 9768122
400 psi 4252986 4253175 8990625 4256042 9768130
600 psi 4252994 4253183 8990633 4256051 9768149
800 psi 4253191 8990641 4256060
1,000 psi 4253001 4253205 8990659 4256078 9768416
1,500 psi 4253213 8990667 4256086
2,000 psi 4253221 8990675 4256094
3,000 psi 4253019 4253230 8990684 4256107
5,000 psi 4253248 8990692 4256115
Accessory order codes (installed at factory)
Restrictor +R Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
Stock items shown in blue print.
For datasheets and additional information, please visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-2872. 7
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.10SP
Type 111.10SP
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 111.10SP 4” gauges are specifically designed for fire sprinkler service. This gauge features a black polycarbonate case, polycarb
Standard Features
Size: 4" Accuracy: ± 3/2/3% of span
Case: Black polycarbonate ASME B40.100 Grade B
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy Connection: Lower mount
Window: Snap-in
polycarbonate
Dial: White aluminum
Pointer: Black aluminum
Type 111.10SP Available Options

Size 4" ■ Black steel case
Connection LM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT UL-393 Listed Factory Mutual Approved

Press. Scale PSI
300 psi "WATER" 4233761
80 psi rated to 250 psi "AIR" 4233779
Restrictor +R

Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
8 For datasheets and additional information, please visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-2872.
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Pressure > 111.11
Type 111.11
WIKA type 111.11 gauges are designed for use with compressed gases, such ME
as those used in the welding industry. The low copper content of the Bourdon CH
AN
tube for pressure ranges 800 psi and below makes it safe for use with
IC
acetylene. All type 111.11 gauges are cleaned to ASME B40.100 Level IV.
AL
“USE NO OIL” is printed in red on the face of each dial, making them safe for
PR
use with oxygen.
ES
SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 1½”, 2” & 2½”
Case: Polished brass or Pointer: Black aluminum
gold-painted Accuracy: ± 3/2/3% of span
steel ASME B40.100 Grade B
Window: Twist-lock polycarbonate
Dial: White aluminum Ranges 100 psi and up supplied with restrictor
Type 111.11
Available Options
Size 1½” 2” 2½” 2” 2½” ■ Restrictor

■ Cleaned for oxygen service with bag and cap
Case Gold-painted steel Polished brass
■ CBM connection (1½” and 2” only)
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI ■ Black steel case
15 psi ■ Chrome plated steel case
30 psi 8611009 8610851 ■ Black plastic case (1½” and 2” only)
30 psi Red Band 8079633 8985025 8985030 8611017 8610860
60 psi 8611025 8610878
100 psi 8079650 8985026 8985031 8611033 8610886
200 psi 8985027 8985032 8611041 8610894 Applications
400 psi 9735232 8985028 8985033 8611050 8610908
600 psi 8611076 8610924 ■ Compressed gas regulators
1,000 psi 8611084 8610932 ■ Beverage dispensing machines
1,500 psi ■ Suitable for all media that will not obstruct
2,000 psi 8611106 8610959 the pressure system or attack copper alloy
3,000 psi 8611122 8610967 parts
4,000 psi 8079617 8985029 8985034 8611114 8610975
6,000 psi N/A
Restrictor +R
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
CBM - Center back mount
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Type 111.12
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 111.12 gauges feature a black plastic case, snap-in plastic window and a
center back mount (CBM) rear connection. With an industry recognized ASME 3/2/3% of
span accuracy, WIKA type 111.12 gauges are the industry standard in the commercial
gauge line. Available in a variety of sizes, mounting styles and optional configurations, type
111.12 gauges are suitable for many tough applications including regulators, medical,
pneumatic controllers, compressors, valve positioners and pumps.
Standard Features
Size: 1½", 2", 2½" & 4"
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy ASME B40.100 Grade B
Window: Clear plastic Connection: Center back mount
Dial: White ABS; (4")
aluminum
Pointer: Black ABS; (4")
aluminum
Type Available
111.12 Options
Size 1½" 2" ■ Glass window
Connection CBM ■ Drag pointer
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Press. Scale¹ PSI PSI/KG/CM² PSI PSI PSI/KPA ■ Black steel case and ring
30" Hg 9690128 9692635 9690357 4253256 9690586 ■ Stainless steel case and ring
30"-0-15 psi ■ Special connections
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi Applications
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi ■ Hydraulic and pneumatic systems
30"-0-300 psi ■ Pumps, compressors,
30"-0-400 psi water systems,
15 psi 9690209 9692644 9690438 4253264 9690667 regulators
30 psi 9690217 9691923 9690446 4253272 9690675 ■ Suitable for all media that
60 psi 9690225 9692652 9690455 4253281 9690684 will not obstruct the
100 psi 9690234 9692660 9690463 4253290 9690692 pressure system or attack
160 psi 9690242 9692678 9690471 4253302 9690705 copper alloy parts
200 psi 9690250 9692686 9690489 4253311 9690714
300 psi 9690497 4253329 9690722
400 psi 4253337
600 psi 4253345
800 psi
1,000 psi 4253353
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi 4253361
5,000 psi
Accessory order codes (installed at factory Abbreviations
Front flange, black steel -- FF B
Front flange, chr steel -- FF C
Restrictor, brass R
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Type 111.12
ME
CH
Type 111.12 AN
Size 2½" 4" IC
Connection CBM CBM AL
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT PR
Press. Scale¹ PSI PSI/KPA PSI/KG/CM2 ES
30" Hg 4253371 9691035
SU
30"-0-15 psi 4253389 9691044 RE
30"-0-30 psi 4253397 9691052
30"-0-60 psi 4253400 9691060
30"-0-100 psi 4253418 9691078
30"-0-160 psi 4253426 9691086
30"-0-200 psi 4253434 9691095
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
15 psi 4253451 9691116 9693577
30 psi 4253460 9691125 9693585
60 psi 4253478 9691133 9693594
100 psi 4253486 9691141 9693607
160 psi 4253494 9691159 9693615
200 psi 4253507 9691167 9693624
300 psi 4253515 9691175 9693632
400 psi 4253523 9691184 9693640
600 psi 4253531 9691192 9693658
800 psi 4253541 9691205
1,000 psi 4253559 9691214
1,500 psi 4253567 9691222
2,000 psi 4253575 9691230
3,000 psi 4253583 9691248
5,000 psi 4253591 9691256
Accessories (installed)
Front flange, black steel FF B Abbreviations
Front flange, chrome steel FF C CBM - Center back mount
Restrictor, brass R
¹ "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in
red. Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Pressure > 111.16PM
Type 111.16PM
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 111.16PM gauges are designed for U-clamp panel

mounting. They feature a black ABS case and low friction Swiss
movement to insure a long, reliable service life. The 111.16PM design
fits into U.S. size panel cut-outs.
Standard Features
Size: 1½” & 2”
Case: Black ABS Pointer: Black ABS
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy Accuracy: ± 3/2/3% of span
Window: Clear plastic ASME B40.100 Grade B
Dial: White ABS Connection: Center back mount,
with U-clamp
Type 111.16PM
Available Options
■ Restrictor
Size 1½" 2"
■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Connection CBM/UC CBM/UC
■ Special connections
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI/KPA
30" Hg 4231279 4231341 4231422
Applications
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
■ Pneumatics
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
■ HVAC
30"-0-160 psi ■ Suitable for all media that will
30"-0-200 psi not obstruct the pressure
15 psi 4231287 4231350 4231431 system or attack copper alloy
30 psi 4231295 4231368 4231449 parts
60 psi 4231309 4231376 4231457
100 psi 4231317 4231384 4231465
160 psi 4231325 4231392 4231473
200 psi 4231333 4231406 4231481
300 psi 4231414 4231490
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
UC - U-clamp

COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.25CT
Type 111.25CT
WIKA type 111.25CT 4½” gauges are specifically designed for the HVAC market as a contractor’s gauge. This gauge features a stainle
ME
CH
AN
IC
AL
PR
ES
SU
Standard
RE
Size: 4½” Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Case: Stainless steel, matte- Accuracy: ± 1% of span
finish
ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy
Window: Snap-in polycarbonate
Available Options
Type 111.25CT
Size 4½"
Connection LM
■ Restrictor
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
Press. Scale PSI PSI/KPA ■ Stainless steel case with rear flange
30" Hg ■ Black steel case
30"-0-15 psi 4277687 4277849
30"-0-30 psi 4277695 4277857
30"-0-60 psi 4277709 4277865
30"-0-100 psi 4277717 4277873
30"-0-160 psi 4277725 4277881
30"-0-200 psi 4277733 4277890
30"-0-300 psi 4277741 4277903
30"-0-400 psi
15 psi 4277750 4277911
30 psi 4277768 4277920
60 psi 4277776 4277938
100 psi 4277784 4277946
160 psi 4277792 4277954
200 psi 4277806 4277962
300 psi 4277814 4277971
400 psi 4277822 4277989
600 psi 4277831 4277997
Rear flange, SS + RF Abbreviations
Restrictor +R LM - Lower mount
SS - Stainless steel
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
Type 113.13
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
The WIKA type 113.13 gauge is the ideal choice for OEM and general industrial
applications requiring an economical, liquid-filled pressure gauge. The glycerine
liquid fill dampens the Bourdon tube and reduces wear of the movement,
extending gauge life. Typical applications of the type 113.13 include air
compressors, hydraulic presses, pumps, marine engines, as well as other types of
industrial hydraulic and pneumatic equipment.
Standard Features
Size: 1½” & 2½”
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy ASME B40.100 Grade B
Window: Clear plastic Connection: Lower or center back mount
Dial: White ABS (1½” CBM only)
Pointer: Black ABS Liquid Fill: Glycerine
Type 113.13 Available Options

Size 1½" 2½"
■ Restrictor
Connection CBM LM CBM
■ Other connections
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT
■ 2” case size (LM & CBM)
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI
30" Hg 9677909 9693289
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi 9677925
30"-0-60 psi 9677933
30"-0-100 psi 9677941
30"-0-160 psi 9677950
30"-0-200 psi 9677968
15 psi 9677976 9693351
30 psi 9738240 9677984 9693360
60 psi 9738258 9677992 9693378
100 psi 9738266 9678000 9693386
160 psi 9738274 9678018 9693394
200 psi 9693726 9693408
300 psi 9693734 9693416
400 psi 9693742 9693424
600 psi 9693750 9693432
800 psi
1,000 psi 9693777 9693459
1,500 psi 9693785 9693467
2,000 psi 9693793 9693475
3,000 psi 9693807 9693483
5,000 psi 9693815 9693491
Front flange, ABS -- -- + FF
UC, steel -- -- + UC Abbreviations
UC - U-clamp
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
R
eel case. The glycerine case fill dampens and lubricates the gauge internals, extending the life of the gauge. The 113.53 gauge is ideal for applications wi
ME
CH
AN
IC
AL
PR
ES
Size: 1½” Pointer: Black aluminum
SU
Case: Stainless steel, matte-
RE
Accuracy: ± 3/2/3% of span
finish per ASME B40.100 Grade B
Window: Clear plastic
Type 113.53
Available Options
Size 1½" ■ Other pressure connections
Connection LM CBM
■ U-clamp
CBM/UC
bracket for panel mounting (CBM only)
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT ■ Restrictor
Press. Scale¹ PSI PSI PSI ■ Alternate case fills
30" Hg 50702424 50701525 50700821
Note: For options not shown -
30"-0-15 psi 50702432 50701533 50700847
consult your WIKA distributor or the factory.
30"-0-30 psi 50702441 50701541 50700855
30"-0-60 psi 50702459 50701550 50700863
30"-0-100 psi 50702467 50701568 50700871
30"-0-160 psi 50702475 50701576 50700880
30"-0-200 psi 50702483 50701584 50700898
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
15 psi 50702491 50701592 50700901
30 psi 50702505 50701606 50700910
60 psi 50702513 50701614 50700928
100 psi 50702521 50701622 50700936
160 psi 50702530 50701631 50700944
200 psi 50702548 50701649 50700952
300 psi 50702556 50701657 50700961
400 psi 50702564 50701665 50700979
600 psi 50702572 50701673 50700987
800 psi
1,000 psi 50702581 50701681 50700995
1,500 psi 50702599 50701690 50701002
2,000 psi 50702602 50701703 50701011 Abbreviations
3,000 psi 50702611 50701711 50701029 LM - Lower mount
5,000 psi 50702629 50701720 50701061 CBM - Center back mount
Restrictor R
Silicone case fill SIL
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 131.11
Type 131.11
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Type 131.11 gauges feature 316 SS wetted parts, a 304 SS case, and a
snap-in, acrylic window. When installation space is limited and stainless
steel wetted parts are needed, WIKA type 131.11 is the best choice. The
stainless steel construction also makes these gauges ideal for harsh
environments.
Standard Features
Size: 1½” & 2”
Case: 304 SS, matte-finish Pointer: Black aluminum
Wetted Parts: 316L SS Accuracy: ± 2.5% of span
Window: Snap-in Connection: Lower or center back mount
polycarbonate

Size 1½" 2" ■ Restrictor
Connection LM CBM LM CBM LM CBM ■ 2½" case size
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 1/4" NPT ■ U-clamp bracket
Press. Scale¹ PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI ■ Front or rear flange
30" Hg ■ Instrument glass window
30"-0-15 psi 8993241 8993259 ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi 8993267 8993275
30"-0-100 psi 8993284 8993292
30"-0-160 psi 8993305 8993314 Applications
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi ■ Suitable for corrosive environments
30 psi 9117946 9118128 9118063 9117970 9118039 9117903 and gaseous or liquid media that will
60 psi 9117938 9118101 9118071 9117989 9118020 9117890
not obstruct the pressure system
100 psi 9117920 9118098 9118055 9117962 9118012 9117881
■ Ideal when a smaller size instrument is
160 psi 9117911 9118080 9118047 9117954 9117997 9117865
needed
200 psi
300 psi ■ CDA (Clean Dry Air) applications
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi 8993330
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi 8993348 8993356
5,000 psi
10,000 psi Abbreviations
Accessory order codes (installed at factory) LM - Lower mount
Restrictor +R

INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 13X.53
Type 13X.53
Type 13X.53 stainless steel gauges provide resistance to corrosive ME
media and environments. They feature 316 SS wetted parts, series CH
300 SS case and movement, and a welded case-to-socket connection. AN
Type 132.53 gauges are field liquid fillable or available filled from the IC
AL
factory. This gauge is designed for static applications and may not be
PR
well-suited to high vibration and pulsation applications.
ES
SU
Standard Features RE
Size: 4”
Case: 304 SS Accuracy: ± 3/2/3% of span
Wetted Parts: 316L SS ASME B40.100 Grade B
Window: Polycarbonate Connection: Lower mount

Size 4" ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Connection LM
■ Restrictor
Press. Scale PSI PSI ■ Special connections
30 psi 4285329 4285477 ■ Case fillings
60 psi 4285337 4285485
100 psi 4285345 4285493
160 psi 4285353 4285507
200 psi 4285361 4285515
Applications
300 psi 4285370 4285523
400 psi 4285388 4285531
■ With liquid-filled case for applications with
600 psi 4285396 4285540 high dynamic pressure pulsations or vibration
800 psi ■ Suitable for corrosive environments and gaseous or
1,000 psi 4285400 4285558 liquid media that will not obstruct the pressure
1,500 psi 4285418 4285566 system
2,000 psi 4285426 4285574 ■ Process industry: chemical/petrochemical, power
3,000 psi 4285434 4285582 stations, mining, on and offshore, environmental
5,000 psi 4285442 4285591
technology, mechanical engineering and plant
10,000 psi 4285451 4285604
construction
15,000 psi 4285469 4285612
Rear flange, SS + RF
Restrictor +R
Glycerine fill Type 133.53
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount

INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 211.11
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Type 211.11 10” pressure gauge is ideal for boiler room service or
other applications where its large dial size makes it easier to read
from a distance. These gauges feature a black-painted steel case
and a
±1.0% accuracy.
Standard Features
Size: 10”
Case: Black-painted steel Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Ring: Back-painted steel Accuracy: ± 1% of span
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
Window: Flat instrument Connection: Lower mount
glass Dial: White aluminum

Size 10"
■ Lower back mount connection
Connection LM
■ 316 SS wetted parts (Type 231.11)
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT
Press. Scale PSI/BAR ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30" Hg ■ Special connections
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
Applications
30"-0-100 psi
■ For plants and equipment where
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi measured values must be read from a
15 psi distance
30 psi 4273193 ■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid media that will
60 psi not obstruct the pressure system
100 psi 4273214
160 psi
200 psi 4273231
300 psi 4273240
400 psi 4273258
600 psi 4273266
800 psi 4273274
1,000 psi 4273282
1,500 psi
2,000 psi 4273303
3,000 psi 50081799
5,000 psi 4273321
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
Accessory order codes
Rear flange + RF
Restrictor +R
Abbreviations
Stock items shown in blue print. LM - Lower mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 212.20
Designed for severe industrial service, WIKA type 212.20 gauges provide proven service life of an industrial gauge. The large dial size
ME
CH
AN
IC
AL
PR
Standard Features ES
SU
Size: 6" Pointer: Black aluminum RE
Case: 304 SS Accuracy: ± 1% of span
Ring: 304 SS, bayonet- ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
type Wetted Parts: Copper alloy Connection: Lower mount
Window: Flat instrument glass

Size 6" ■ Lower back mount connection
Connection LM
■ Safety glass window
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT ■ Adjustable pointer
Press. Scale PSI ■ Drag pointer (maximum reading indicator)
30" Hg 4287836 ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30"-0-15 psi ■ Magnetic or inductive contact switches
30"-0-30 psi 4287844 ■ Special connections
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi 4287852 ■ Sturdy industrial pressure gauges designed in compliance with
30 psi 4287861 operational safety requirements of EN 837-1 and ASME
60 psi 4287879
B40.100
100 psi 4287887
■ Reliable pressure gauge for machine and plant
160 psi 4287895
construction industry
200 psi 4287909
300 psi 4287917 ■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid media that will not obstruct
400 psi 4287925 the pressure system or corrode copper alloy wetted parts
600 psi 4287933
800 psi
1,000 psi 4287941
1,500 psi 4287950
2,000 psi 4287968
3,000 psi 4287976
5,000 psi 4287984
10,000 psi 4287992
15,000 psi 4288000
Accessory order codes (installed)
Rear flange + RF
LM - Lower mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 213.40
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
This type 213.40 gauge features an integral Bourdon tube which

is soldered or brazed directly into the one-piece case/socket.
Applications
■ Intended for adverse service conditions where pulsation or vibration
exists
■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid media that will not obstruct the pressure
■ Hydraulics and compressors
Available Options
Standard Features
Size: 2½" & 4" Pointer: Black aluminum ■ Safety glass window
Case: Forged brass, gold-painted Accuracy: (2½") ± 2/1/2% of ■ Pressure compensating window
span
Ring: (2½") Gold-plated ABS ASME B40.100 Grade A ■ Drag pointer (max. reading indicator)
(4") Chome-plated (4) ± 1% of span
brass ASME B40.100 Grade ■ Special connections
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy 1A
Window: Acrylic Connection: Lower or back mount
Dial: White aluminum Liquid Fill: Glycerine
Type 213.40
Type 213.40 Size 4"
Size 2½" Connection LM LBM
Connection LM CBM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
30" Hg 9314555 9314296
Press. Scale PSI PSI/KPA PSI/BAR PSI PSI/KPA PSI/BAR
30"-0-15 psi 9314563 9314300
30" Hg 9318003 9456198 9734109 9318070 9455930 9764312
30"-0-30 psi 9314571 9314318
30"-0-15 psi 9318011 9613862 9318089 9325662
30"-0-60 psi 9314580 9314326
30"-0-30 psi 9318020 9456163 9318097 9325689
30"-0-100 psi 9314598 9314334
30"-0-60 psi 9318038 9456201 9318100 9325816
30"-0-160 psi 9314601 9314342
30"-0-100 psi 9318046 9679928 9318119 9149872
30"-0-200 psi 9314610 9314350
30"-0-160 psi 9318054 9679936 9318127 9325972
15 psi 9314644 9314121 9314385
30"-0-200 psi 9318062 9442863 9318135 9326251
30 psi 9314652 9314130 9314393
15 psi 9310673 9456155 9734117 9318143 9455949 9734215
60 psi 9314660 9314148 9314407
30 psi 9310681 9456171 9734125 9318151 9455957 9734223
100 psi 9314679 9314156 9314415
60 psi 9310690 9456210 9734134 9318160 9455965 9734231
160 psi 9314687 9314164 9314423
100 psi 9310703 9456228 9734142 9318178 9456120 9746072
200 psi 9314695 9314172 9314431
160 psi 9310711 9456180 8986216 9318186 9455981 9734257
300 psi 9314709 9314180 9314440
200 psi 9310720 9456236 9318194 9442979
400 psi 9314717 9314199 9314458
300 psi 9310738 9442871 9798870 9318208 9442987 9734265
600 psi 9314725 9314202 9314466
400 psi 9310746 9611452 9318216 9455990
800 psi 9314733 9314210 9314474
600 psi 9310754 9456244 8985815 9318224 9456007 8985774
1,000 psi 9314741 9314229 9314482
800 psi 9310762 9690115 9318232 9128832
1,500 psi 9314750 9314237 9314490
1,000 psi 9310770 9456252 9798404 9318240 9456015 9746048
2,000 psi 9314768 9314245 9314504
1,500 psi 9310789 9456260 9734193 9318259 9207511 8985829
3,000 psi 9314776 9314253 9314512
2,000 psi 9310797 9455906 9318267 9456023
5,000 psi 9314784 9314261 9314520
3,000 psi 9310800 9455914 8985566 9318275 9435220 8985831
7,500 psi
5,000 psi 9310819 9456279 9318283 9442995
10,000 psi 9314792 9314270 9314539
7,500 psi 9325107 9455922 9318291 9128840
15,000 psi
10,000 psi 9790454
15,000 psi
FF, chrome + FF C + FF C
UC, chrome -- + UC C
FF, brass pol + FF P + FF P
RF, chrome + RF C + RF C
FF, chrome + FF C + FF C
4½" panel kit + PM ADAPT
FF, SS + FF SS + FF SS
Restrictor +R
UC, SS -- + UC S
Stock items RF, black-
shown in blue print. + RF
painted steel
Abbreviations
Restrictor +R CBM - Center back mount, FF - Front flange, LM - Lower
mount, RF - Rear flange, UC - U-clamp, SS - Stainless steel
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 21X.40PM
Type 21X.40PM
WIKA type 21X.40PM gauges are designed to fit existing paper machine ME
panels. Each gauge is hermetically sealed to prevent moisture from CH
entering during washdown. The hermetic seal makes this gauge liquid AN
fillable for high vibration or pulsation applications. The generously oversized IC
AL
polished stainless steel front flange allows for easy retrofit installation.
PR
Type 212.40PM- Dry case ES
Type 213.40PM - Liquid filled case
SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 3½" Dial: White aluminum
Case: Forged brass Pointer: Black aluminum
Ring: Polished stainless Accuracy: ± 2/1/2% of span
steel front flange ASME B40.100 Grade A
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy Connection: Back mount
Window: Acrylic
Type 212.40PM Available Options

Size 3½" ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Connection LBM ■ Special connections
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
Press. Scale PSI
30" Hg 9838932
Applications
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi ■ With liquid-filled case for applications with
30"-0-60 psi high dynamic pressure pulsations or vibration
30"-0-100 psi ■ Paper machines and hydraulic presses
30"-0-160 psi ■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid media that will
30"-0-200 psi not obstruct the pressure system
15 psi
30 psi 8998804
60 psi 8998812
100 psi 8998820
160 psi 8998940
200 psi 8998838
300 psi 8998846
400 psi 8998855
600 psi 8998863
800 psi
1,000 psi 8998871
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
Glycerine fill Type 213.40PM Abbreviations
Restrictor +R LBM - Lower back mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
Type 21X.53
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 21X.53 gauges feature a stainless steel case for protection in harsh envi-
ronments. The O-ring seal around the connection makes this gauge field liquid
fillable. When filled, the 213.53 is excellent for high vibration and pulsation
applications.
Standard Features
Size: 2”, 2½” & 4”
Case: 304 SS Pointer: Black aluminum Type 212.53 - Dry
Accuracy: (2” & 2½”) ± 2/1/2% of span Type 213.53 - Liquid filled
Window: Polycarbonate ASME B40.100 Grade A
Dial: White aluminum (4”) +1.0% of span (4” size)
Ring: Stainless steel ASME B40.100 Grade1A
polished Connection: Lower or back mount
Available Options
Type 213.53 (Liquid-filled)
■ Drag pointer (max. reading indicator)
Size 2½"
Connection LM CBM
■ Special connection
Press. Scale PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg 9767002 9691957 9693683 9767185 9692139 9693861 Applications
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi 9767010 9691965 9693691 ■ Intended for adverse service
30"-0-60 psi 9767029 9691974 9693705
conditions where pulsating or
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
vibration exists (with liquid filling)
30"-0-200 psi ■ Hydraulics and compressors
15 psi 9767037 9691982 9693713 9697220 ■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid
30 psi 9767045 9691990 9693721 9767193 9692147 9693879 media that will not obstruct the
60 psi 9767053 9692007 9693739 9767202 9692155 9693887 pressure system
100 psi 9767061 9692015 9693747 9767215 9692164 9693895
160 psi 9767070 9692024 9693755 9767223 9692172 9693909
200 psi 9767088 9692032 9693764 9767231 9692180 9693917
300 psi 9767096 9692040 9693772 9767240 9692198 9693925
400 psi 9767100 9692058 9693780
600 psi 9767118 9692066 9693798 9768947 9692202 9693934
800 psi
1,000 psi 9767126 9692075 9693802 9767258 9692210 9693942
1,500 psi 9767134 9692083 9693810 9768165 9692228 9693950
2,000 psi 9767142 9692091 9693828 9768939 9692236 9693968
3,000 psi 9767150 9692105 9693836 9767266 9692245 9693976
5,000 psi 9767169 9692113 9693845 9767274 9692253 9693985
6,000 psi 9748207 50992598
10,000 psi 9767177 9692121 9693853 9767282 9692261 9693993
Front flange, SS -- + FF S
Rear flange, SS + RF S + RF S
U-clamp, steel -- + UC Z Abbreviations
U-clamp, SS -- + UC S LM - Lower mount
Restrictor +R CBM - Center back mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
Type 21X.53
ME
CH
213.53 Type 213.53 (Liquid-filled) AN
Type IC
(Liquid-filled) Size 4" AL
Size 2½" Connection LM LM LBM PR
Connection LM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT ES
Conn. Size 7/16"-20 SAE
Press. Scale PSI PSI/KG/CM² PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI/BAR SU
Press. Scale PSI/BAR
30" Hg 9699028 9694000 9734427 9694239 9734533 RE
30"-0-15 psi 9699036 9694018
30" Hg 30"-0-30 psi 9699045 9694026
30"-0-15 psi 30"-0-60 psi 9699053 9694035
30"-0-30 psi 30"-0-100 psi 9699061 9694043
30"-0-60 psi 30"-0-160 psi 9699079 9694051
30"-0-100 psi 30"-0-200 psi 9699087 9694069
30"-0-160 psi 15 psi 9699095 9694077 9734320 9734435
30"-0-200 psi 30 psi 9699109 9694085 9734338 9694247 9734444
15 psi 60 psi 9699117 9694094 9734346 9694255 9734452
30 psi 100 psi 9699125 9694107 9734355 9694264 9734460
60 psi 160 psi 9699257 9694115 9734363 9694272 9734478
100 psi 9795664 200 psi 9699134 9694124 9694280
160 psi 9795672 300 psi 9699142 9694132 9734371 9694298 9734486
200 psi 9795680 400 psi 9699150 9694140 9697743
300 psi 600 psi 9699168 9694158 9734389 9694302 9734495
400 psi 800 psi 9699176
600 psi 1,000 psi 9699185 9694166 4228732 9734397 9694310 9734508
800 psi 1,500 psi 9699193 9694175 9766885 9734401 9694328 9734516
1,000 psi 2,000 psi 9699206 9694183 9766876 4201591 9694336
1,500 psi 3,000 psi 9699215 9694191 9766893 9734419 9694345 9734525
2,000 psi 9795698 5,000 psi 9699223 9694205 9766906 4201604 9694353
3,000 psi 9795702 6,000 psi
5,000 psi 9795710 10,000 psi 9699231 9694213 9766915 9694361
6,000 psi 9795728 15,000 psi 9699249 9694221
10,000 psi
Accessory order codes (installed) Front flange, SS -- + FF S
Rear flange, SS + RF S Rear flange, SS + RF S + RF S
Restrictor +R
U-clamp, steel -- + UC Z
U-clamp, SS -- + UC S
Restrictor +R
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
LBM - Lower back mount Stock items shown in blue print.
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 21X.53
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Type 212.53 (Dry)

Size 2" 2½" 2½"
Connection LM CBM LM CBM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT
Press. Scale PSI/BAR PSI/BAR PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM2 PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM2
30" Hg 4311833 4312074 4269978 4270231 4270496 4270755 4271017 4271271
30"-0-15 psi 4311841 4269986 4270763
30"-0-30 psi 4269994 4270258 4270517 4270771 4271033 4271298
30"-0-60 psi 4311868 4270002 4270266 4270525 4270780 4271041 4271301
30"-0-100 psi 4270011 4270798
30"-0-160 psi 4270029 4270801
30"-0-200 psi 4270037 4270810
15 psi 4311906 4315014 4270045 4270304 4270569 4270828 4271084 4271343
30 psi 4311914 4315022 4270053 4270312 4270577 4270836 4271092 4271351
60 psi 4311922 4315031 4270061 4270321 4270585 4270844 4271106 4271361
100 psi 4311931 4315049 4270070 4270339 4270593 4270852 4271114 4271379
160 psi 4311949 4315057 4270088 4270347 4270606 4270861 4271122 4271387
200 psi 4311957 4315065 4270096 4270355 4270614 4270879 4271131 4271395
300 psi 4311965 4315073 4270100 4270363 4270622 4270887 4271149 4271408
400 psi 4311973 4270118 4270371 4270631 4270895 4271157 4271416
600 psi 4311981 4315090 4270126 4270381 4270640 4270909 4271165 4271424
800 psi
1,000 psi 4312007 4315111 4270142 4270666 4270925 4271181 4271441
1,500 psi 4312015 4315120 4270151 4270674 4270933 4271191 4271450
2,000 psi 4312023 4315138 4270169 4270682 4270941 4271203 4271468
3,000 psi 4312031 4315146 4270177 4270691 4270950 4271211 4271476
5,000 psi 4312040 4315154 4270185 4270703 4270968 4271220 4271484
6,000 psi 4271238
7,500 psi 4312058 4315162 4271246
10,000 psi 4312066 4315171 4270215 4270470 4270739 4270992 4271254 4271513
15,000 psi
Front flange, SS -- + FF -- + FF
Rear flange, SS + RF + RF + RF + RF
U-clamp, steel -- + UC Z -- + UC Z
U-clamp, SS -- + UC S -- + UC S
Restrictor +R +R +R +R
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 21X.53
ME
CH
Type 212.53 (Dry) AN
IC
Size 4" AL
Connection LM LBM PR
ES
Press. Scale PSI PSI/KG/CM² PSI/BAR
SU
30" Hg 4271531 4271786 4272782
30"-0-15 psi 4271549 4271794
RE
30"-0-30 psi 4271557 4271808
30"-0-60 psi 4271565 4271816
30"-0-100 psi 4271573 4271824
30"-0-160 psi 4271581 4271832
30"-0-200 psi 4271590 4271841
15 psi 4271602 4271859 4272855
30 psi 4271611 4271867 4272863
60 psi 4271620 4271875 4272871
100 psi 4271638 4271883 4272880
160 psi 4271646 4271891 4272898
200 psi 4271654 4271905
300 psi 4271662 4271913 4272910
400 psi 4271671 4271921
600 psi 4271689 4271930 4272936
800 psi
1,000 psi 4271701 4271956 4272952
1,500 psi 4271719 4271964 4272961
2,000 psi 4271727 4271972 4272979
3,000 psi 4271735 4271981 4272987
5,000 psi 4271743 4271999 4272995
10,000 psi 4271760 4272013
15,000 psi 4271778 4272021
Front flange, SS -- + FF
Rear flange, SS + RF + RF
Restrictor +R +R
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
LBM - Lower back mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 23X.53
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
The rugged construction of WIKA type 23X.53 stainless steel gauges provides
resistance to the most corrosive media and environments. These gauges
feature 316 SS wetted parts and 304 SS case and crimped ring, and can be
liquid-filled in the field.
Standard Features
Size: 2", 2½" & 4" Type 232.53 - Dry case
Case: 304 SS Accuracy: (2" & 2½") ± 2/1/2% of span Type 233.53 - Liquid-filled case
Wetted Parts: 316 SS ASME B40.100 Grade A

Window: Polycarbonate (4") +1.0% of span (4" size)
Dial: White aluminum ASME B40.100 Grade1A
Ring: Stainless steel Connection: Lower or back mount
polished
Type 232.53 (Dry) Available Options

Size 2" 2½" ■ Dampened movement
Connection LM CBM LM CBM ■ Drag pointer (max. reading indicator)
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/4" NPT ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KPA ■ Special connection
30" Hg 50533614 50533797 9768777 9768394
30"-0-15 psi 50533622 50533801
30"-0-30 psi 50533631 50533819 9768769 9768386 Applications
30"-0-60 psi 50533649 50533827 9768750 9768378
30"-0-100 psi 50533657 50533835
■ With liquid-filled case for applications
30"-0-160 psi 50533665 50533843 9768742 9768360
with high dynamic pressure
30"-0-200 psi 50533673 50533851
pulsations or vibration
15 psi 50533690 50533860 9768734 9768351
30 psi 4222680 50533878 9768726 9768343
■ Suitable for corrosive environments
60 psi 4282907 4214318 9768718 9768335 8992848 8993089 and gaseous or liquid media that will
100 psi 4222698 4282915 9768700 9768327 8992856 8993097 not obstruct the pressure system
160 psi 50466721 50466747 9768696 9768319 8992865 8993101 ■ Process industry:
200 psi 4282923 50533886 9768688 9768300 8992873 8993119 chemical/petrochemical, power stations,
300 psi 50533711 50533894 9768670 9768297 8992881 8993127 mining, on and off shore, environmental
400 psi 50533720 50533908 9768661 9768289 technology, mechanical engineering and
600 psi 4222702 50533916 9768653 9768270 9779685 9779693
plant construction
800 psi 50533738 50533924
1,000 psi 4222710 50533932 9768645 9768262 8992899 8993135
1,500 psi 50533746 50533941 9768637 9768254 8992903 8993144
2,000 psi 50533754 50533959 9768629 9768246 8992911 8993152
3,000 psi 50466739 50466755 9768610 9768238 8992929 8993160
5,000 psi 50533762 50533967 9768602 9768220 8992937 8993178
6,000 psi 8993208 8992945 8993186
10,000 psi 50533771 50533975 9768599 9768211 8992954 8993195
15,000 psi 50533789 50533983 9779715 9776715 9779723
Front flange, SS -- + FF S -- + FF S
U-clamp, steel -- + UC Z -- + UC Z Abbreviations
U-clamp, SS -- + UC S -- + UC S LM - Lower mount
Rear flange, SS + RF S CBM - Center back mount
Restrictor +R

INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 23X.53
ME
CH
Type 232.53 (Dry) Type 233.53 (Glycerine-filled) AN
Size 4" IC
Size 2½" 4" AL
Connection LM LM LBM
Connection LM CBM LM LM LBM PR
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI ES
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI
30" Hg 9767576 9768459 9737057 SU
30" Hg 9833646 9833310 9833124 9833328 9831504
30"-0-15 psi 9737910 9768467 9737065
30"-0-15 psi 9831775 9833336 9831512
RE
30"-0-30 psi 9767398 9768475 9737073
30"-0-30 psi 9833638 9833302 9832993 9833345 9831520
30"-0-60 psi 9767401 9768483 9737081
30"-0-60 psi 9833620 9833298 9833000 9833353 9831538
30"-0-100 psi 9737898 9737880 9737090
30"-0-100 psi 9831759 9831741 9831546
30"-0-160 psi 9767410 9768491 9737103
30"-0-160 psi 9833612 9833280 9833018 9833361 9831555
30"-0-200 psi 9737901 9768505 9737111
30"-0-200 psi 9831767 9833379 9831563
15 psi 9767428 9768513 9737120
15 psi 9833604 9833272 9833026 9833387 9831571
30 psi 9767436 9768521 9737138
30 psi 9833590 9833264 9833035 9833395 9831589
60 psi 9767444 9768530 9737146
60 psi 9833582 9833255 9833043 9833409 9831597
100 psi 9767452 9768548 9737154
100 psi 9833574 9833247 9833051 9833417 9831601
160 psi 9767460 9768556 9737162
160 psi 9833565 9833239 9833069 9833425 9831619
200 psi 9767479 9768564 9737170
200 psi 9833557 9833221 9833077 9833434 9831627
300 psi 9767487 9768572 9737189
300 psi 9833549 9833213 9833085 9833442 9831635
400 psi 9767495 9768580 9737197
400 psi 9833531 9833205 9833094 9833450 9831644
600 psi 9767509 9768963 9737200
600 psi 9833523 9833191 9833107 9833727 9831652
800 psi 9737219
1,000 psi 9833515 9833183 9833115 9833697 9831678
1,000 psi 9767517 9768858 9737227
1,500 psi 9833506 9833175 9833701 9831686
1,500 psi 9768866 9737235
2,000 psi 9833493 9833166 9833655 9831695
2,000 psi 9768807 9737243
3,000 psi 9833485 9833158 9833719 9831708
3,000 psi 9768874 9737251
5,000 psi 9833476 9833140 9833663 9831716
5,000 psi 9768823 9737260
10,000 psi 9833468 9833132 9833671 9831725
10,000 psi 9768831 9737278
15,000 psi 9833689 9831733
15,000 psi 9768840 9737286
See tables for type 232.53
4½" panel kit -- + PM ADAPT Abbreviations
Rear flange, SS + RF S LM - Lower mount
Restrictor +R CBM - Center back mount LBM - Lower back
Glycerine fill Type 233.53 mount SS - Stainless steel
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 21X.54
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Available in ranges up to 10,000 psi, WIKA type 21X.54 pressure gauges

offer heavy-duty service in industrial applications and environments. They
feature a stainless steel case and the industrial grade Swiss movement
assures repeatable accuracy and long service life.
Standard Features Type 212.54 - Dry case

Type 213.54 - Liquid filled case
Size: 4”
Case: 304 SS Ring: Stainless steel polished
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy Pointer: Black aluminum -
Window: Safety glass adjustable Accuracy: +1.0% of span (4”
Dial: White aluminum size)
ASME B40.100 Grade1A
Connection: Lower or back mount
Type 212.54 (Dry) Available Options

Size 4" ■ Instrument glass or acrylic window
■ Drag pointer (maximum reading indicator)
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI ■ Special connections
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi ■ Vibration and shock resistant (with liquid filling)
30"-0-200 psi ■ Stainless steel case with removable bayonet ring
10 psi 4212011 ■ Pressure ranges up to 15,000 psi
15 psi 4212029
30 psi 4212037
60 psi 4212045
100 psi 4212053
160 psi 4212061
200 psi 4212070
300 psi 4212088
400 psi 4212096
600 psi 4212100
800 psi
1,000 psi 4212126 4212363
1,500 psi 4212134 4212371
2,000 psi 4212142 4212380
3,000 psi 4212151 4212398
5,000 psi 4212169 4212401
10,000 psi 4212177 4212410
Abbreviations
Rear flange, SS + RF S
LM - Lower mount
Glycerine fill Type 213.54 SS - Stainless steel

INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 23X.54
Type 23X.54 gauges feature 316 SS wetted parts and 304 SS case and ME
bayonet ring, a laminated safety glass window and can be liquid-filled in the CH
field. These gauges are ideal for process, chemical applications, oil exploration AN
and production, power generation and pollution control equipment. IC
AL
Standard Features PR
Type 232.54 - Dry case ES
Type 233.54 - Liquid-filled case
Size: 2½” & 4” SU
Case: 304 SS Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
RE
Ring: Polished stainless Accuracy: (2½”) ± 2/1/2% of span
steel ASME B40.100 Grade A
Wetted Parts: 316 SS (4”) +1.0% of span (4” size)
Window: Safety glass ASME B40.100 Grade1A
Dial: White aluminum Connection: Lower and back mount
Available Options
Type 232.54 (Dry)
Size 2½" ■ Dampened movement
Connection LM CBM
■ Instrument glass or acrylic window
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT ■ Drag pointer (max. reading indicator)
Press. Scale PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30" Hg 9744827 9735245 9694531 9745068 9735385 9694778 ■ Special connections
30"-0-15 psi 9744835 9694549 9745076
30"-0-30 psi 9744843 9694557 9745084
30"-0-60 psi 9744851 9694565 9745092
30"-0-100 psi 9744860 9694574 9745106
30"-0-160 psi 9744878 9694582 9745114
30"-0-200 psi 9744886 9694590 9745122
15 psi 9744894 9735114 9694604 9745130 9735254 9694786
30 psi 9744908 9735122 9694612 9745149 9735262 9694795
60 psi 9744916 9735130 9694620 9745157 9735270 9694808
100 psi 9744924 9735148 9694638 9745165 9735288 9694816
160 psi 9744932 9735156 9694646 9745173 9735296 9694825
200 psi 9744940 9694655 9745181 9694833
300 psi 9744959 9735165 9694663 9745190 9735300 9694841
400 psi 9744967 9694671 9745203 9694859
600 psi 9744975 9735173 9694689 9745211 9735318 9694867
800 psi 9744983 9694697 9745220
1,000 psi 9744991 9735181 9694701 9745238 9735326 9694875
1,500 psi 9745009 9735199 9694719 9745246 9735335 9694884
2,000 psi 9745017 9694727 9745254 9694892
3,000 psi 9745025 9735203 9694735 9745262 9735343 9694905
5,000 psi 9745033 9735211 9694744 9745270 9735351 9694914
10,000 psi 9745041 9735229 9694752 9745289 9735369 9694922
15,000 psi 9745050 9735237 9694760 9745297 9735377
U-Clamp, steel -- + UC Z
U-Clamp, SS -- + UC S
Rear flange, SS + RF S Abbreviations
Glycerine fill Type 233.54 CBM - Center back mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 23X.54
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Type 232.54 (Dry)

Size 4"
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI PSI/BAR
30" Hg 9745300 9745548 9734826 9694930 9745785 9734966
30"-0-15 psi 9745319 9745556 9694948 9745793
30"-0-30 psi 9745327 9745564 9694956 9745807
30"-0-60 psi 9745335 9745572 9694965 9745815
30"-0-100 psi 9745343 9745580 9694973 9745823
30"-0-160 psi 9745351 9745599 9745831
30"-0-200 psi 9745360 9745602 9745840
15 psi 9745378 9745610 9734699 9694981 9745858 9734835
30 psi 9745386 9745629 9734703 9694999 9745866 9734843
60 psi 9745394 9745637 9734711 9695006 9745874 9734851
100 psi 9745408 9745645 9734729 9695015 9745882 9734869
160 psi 9745416 9745653 9734737 9695023 9745890 9734877
200 psi 9745424 9745661 9695031 9745904
300 psi 9745432 9745670 9734745 9695049 9745912 9734885
400 psi 9745440 9745688 9695057 9745920
600 psi 9745459 9745696 9734754 9695065 9745939 9734894
800 psi 9745467 9745700 9695074 9745947
1,000 psi 9745475 9745718 9734762 9695082 9745955 9734907
1,500 psi 9745483 9745726 9734770 9695090 9745963 9734915
2,000 psi 9745491 9745734 9695104 9745971
3,000 psi 9745505 9745742 9734788 9695112 9745980 9734924
5,000 psi 9745513 9745750 9734796 9695120 9745998 9734932
10,000 psi 9745521 9745769 9734800 9695138 9746005 9734940
15,000 psi 9745530 9745777 9734818 9695146 9746013 9734958
4½" panel kit -- + PM ADAPT
Rear flange, SS + RF S
Restrictor +R
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 23X.54
ME
Type 233.54 (Glycerine-filled) CH
232.54 AN
Type
Size 2½" 4" XMAS Tree Gauge IC
Connection LM CBM LM LM LBM AL
Size 4" PR
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI Connection LM ES
30" Hg 9831784 9832020 9832275 9832518 9832755 Conn. Size 1/2" NPT SU
30"-0-15 psi 9831792 9832046 9832284 9832526 9832764 Press. Scale PSI RE
30"-0-30 psi 9831805 9832055 9832292 9832535 9832772
1,000 psi 8992350
30"-0-60 psi 9831814 9832063 9832305 9832543 9832780
1,500 psi 8992342
30"-0-100 psi 9831822 9832071 9832314 9832551 9832798
2,000 psi 8992334
30"-0-160 psi 9831830 9832089 9832322 9832569 9832802
3,000 psi 8992325
30"-0-200 psi 9831848 9832097 9832330 9832577 9832810
5,000 psi 8992317
15 psi 9831856 9832101 9832348 9832585 9832828
10,000 psi 8992309
30 psi 9831865 9832119 9832356 9832594 9832836
60 psi 9831873 9832127 9832365 9832607 9832845
100 psi 9831881 9832135 9832373 9832615 9832853
160 psi 9831899 9832144 9832381 9832624 9832861
200 psi 9831903 9832152 9832399 9832632 9832879
300 psi 9831911 9832160 9832403 9832640 9832887
Type 232.54 Receiver
400 psi 9831929 9832178 9832411 9832658 9832895
600 psi 9831937 9832186 9832429 9832666 9832909 Size 2½"
800 psi 9831945 9832195 9832437 9832675 9832917
Connection LM
1,000 psi 9831954 9832208 9832445 9832683 9832925
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
1,500 psi 9831962 9832216 9832454 9832691 9832934
100% 9749470
2,000 psi 9831970 9832225 9832462 9832705 9832942
10 sq. rt. 9749462
3,000 psi 9831988 9832233 9832470 9832713 9832950
5,000 psi 9831996 9832241 9832488 9832721 9832968
10,000 psi 9832004 9832259 9832496 9832739 9832976
15,000 psi 9832012 9832267 9832500 9832747 9832985
See tables for type 232.54
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
CBM- Center back
mount SS - Stainless
steel
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 233.55
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
The type 233.55 LBM is specifically designed and manufactured to exact panel
builder requirements. With exclusive features, it is ideal when used for panel
mount gauges in the oil and gas, refinery, petrochemical, and food and beverage
industries.
Standard Features
Size: 2½”
Case: 304 SS Pointer: Black aluminum
Wetted Parts: 316 SS Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span
Window: Safety ASME B40.100 Grade A
glass Connection: Lower back mount
Dial: White aluminum Liquid fill: Glycerine
Ring: Stainless steel Restrictor: Standard
polished

Size 2½" ■ Special connections
Connection LBM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
Press. Scale PSI PSI/BAR PSI/KPA PSI/KG/CM² Applications
30" Hg 4282811 4283078 4283337 4283591
30"-0-15 psi 4282829 4283086 4283345 4283604 ■ With liquid-filled case for applications
30"-0-30 psi 4282837 4283094 4283354 4283613 with high dynamic pressure
30"-0-60 psi 4282845 4283107 4283362 4283621 pulsations or vibration
30"-0-100 psi 4282854 4283115 4283370 4283639 ■ Suitable for corrosive environments
30"-0-160 psi 4282862 4283124 4283388 4283647 and gaseous or liquid media that
30"-0-200 psi 4282870 4283133 4283396 4283655 will not obstruct the pressure
15 psi 4282888 4283141 4283400 4283664 system
30 psi 4282896 4283159 4283418 4283672 ■ Process industry:
60 psi 4282900 4283167 4283426 4283680 chemical/petrochemical, power
100 psi 4282918 4283175 4283434 4283698 stations, mining, on and off shore,
160 psi 4282926 4283184 4283443 4283702 environmental technology,
200 psi 4282934 4283192 4283451 4283710 mechanical engineering and plant
300 psi 4282943 4283204 4283469 4283728
construction
400 psi 4282951 4283214 4283477 4283736
600 psi 4282969 4283222 4283485 4283744
800 psi 4282977 4283230 4283494 4283753
1,000 psi 4282985 4283248 4283507 4283761
1,500 psi 4282994 4283256 4283515 4283779
2,000 psi 4283000 4283264 4283524 4283787
3,000 psi 4283018 4283273 4283532 4283795
5,000 psi 4283026 4283281 4283540 4283809
6,000 psi 4283034 4283299 4283558 4283817
10,000 psi 4283044 4283303 4283566 4283825
15,000 psi 4283052 4283311 4283574 4283834
20,000 psi 4283060 4283329 4283583 4283842 Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount

INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
Type 23X.30
WIKA type 23X.30 stainless steel gauges have a solid-front/blow-out LM Only ME
back safety case. This gauge is an ideal choice for process, CH
chemical, petrochemical, oil exploration and production, power AN
generation applications and any other application which demands IC
AL
reliable pressure measurement instrumentation.
PR
Type 232.30 - Dry case
Standard Features Type 233.30 - Liquid-filled case (LM only) ES
SU
Size: 2½” & 4” RE
Case: 304 SS Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Ring: Polished stainless Accuracy: (2½”) ± 2/1/2% of span
steel ASME B40.100 Grade A
Wetted Parts: 316 SS (4”) +1.0% of span (4” size)
Window: (2½”) Polycarbonate ASME B40.100 Grade1A
(4”) Safety glass Connection: Lower and back mount
Type 232.30 (Dry) Available

233.30 Options
(Filled)
Size 2½" 4" 2½" 4" ■ Dampened movement
Connection LM LBM LM LBM LM LM ■ Drag pointer (max. reading indicator)
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI ■ Magnetic or inductive contact switches
30" Hg 9305645 9367071 9366750 8596271 9305637 ■ Special connections
30"-0-15 psi 9365044 9365079 9366580
30"-0-30 psi 9314822 9481486 9366776 9562559 9364994
30"-0-60 psi 9305378 9197141 9366598
Applications
30"-0-100 psi 9542353 9319646 9367853
30"-0-160 psi 9365052 9469168 9319638
■ With liquid-filled case for applications
30"-0-200 psi 9367250 9637141
15 psi
with high dynamic pressure
9305653 9244808 9366830 9253289 9305394 9361081
30 psi 9240160 9244816 9366849 9253270 9251618 9361090 pulsations or vibration
60 psi 9240179 9244832 9366857 8596298 9251626 9361103 ■ Suitable for corrosive environments
100 psi 9240187 9244840 9366865 9253084 9251634 9361111 and gaseous or liquid media that
160 psi 9240195 9244859 9366873 8596301 9251642 9361120 will not obstruct the pressure
200 psi 9240209 9244867 9366881 9253076 9251650 9361138 system
300 psi 9240217 9244875 9366890 9821082 9251669 9361146 ■ Process industry: chemical/petro-
400 psi 9240225 9244883 9366903 8542805 9251677 9361154 chemical, power stations, mining, on
600 psi 9240233 9244905 9366911 9253050 9251685 9361162
and off shore, environmental
800 psi 9251693 9361170
technology, mechanical engineering
1,000 psi 9240411 9244913 9366938 8513554 9251707 9361189
1,500 psi 9240420 9244921 9366946 8541574 9251715 9361197
and plant construction
2,000 psi 9240438 9244930 9366954 9251723 9361200
3,000 psi 9240446 9244948 9366962 9251731 9361219
5,000 psi 9240454 9244956 9366970 9251740 9361227
10,000 psi 9305661 9244964 9366989 9305629 9361235
15,000 psi 9482644 9153810 9366997 9542345 9361243
20,000 psi N/A N/A 8596336 N/A 9829601
Front flange, SS + FF S + FF S + FF S + FF S
4½" panel kit -- + PM -- + PM Abbreviations
Restrictor +R +R +R +R LM - Lower mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 23X.50
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Applications
■ With liquid-filled case for applications with high dynamic pressure pulsations or vibration
■ Suitable for corrosive environments and gaseous or liquid media that will not
obstruct the pressure system
■ Process industry: chemical/petrochemical, power stations, mining, on and
offshore, environmental technology, mechanical engineering and plant Type 232.50 - Dry case
construction
Standard Features
Available Options
Size: 2½”, 4”, 4½” & 6”
Case: 304 SS Pointer: Black aluminum, ■ Dampened movement
Wetted Parts: 316 SS adjustable ■ Safety glass window
Window: (2½”) Polycarbonate Accuracy: (2½”) +2/1/2% of span ■ Drag pointer (max. reading indicator)
(4” & larger) Safety ASME B40.100 Grade A ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
glass (4” & up) ±1% of span ■ Magnetic or inductive contact switches
Dial: White aluminum ASME B40.100 Grade 1A ■ Special connections
Ring: Stainless steel polished Connection: Lower or back mount
Type 232.50 (Dry)

Type 232.50 (Dry)
Size 6"
Size 2½" 4" 4½"
Connection LM CBM LM LBM LM LBM Conn. Size 1/2" NPT
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT Press. Scale PSI PSI/BAR PSI
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI 30" Hg 4213688 4213939 4214218
30" Hg 9110992 50474511 50474588 30"-0-15 psi 4213696 4214226
30"-0-15 psi 50474529 50474596 30"-0-30 psi 4213700 4214234
30"-0-30 psi 50474537 50474600 30"-0-60 psi 4213718 4214242
30"-0-60 psi 50474545 50474618 30"-0-100 psi 4213726 4214251
30"-0-100 psi 50474553 50474626 30"-0-160 psi 4213734 4214269
30"-0-160 psi 50474561 50474634 30"-0-200 psi 4213742 4214277
30"-0-200 psi 50474570 50474642 10 psi
10 psi 15 psi 4213751 4213947 4214285
15 psi 9111000 9110062 9319492 50474171 50474359 30 psi 4213769 4213955 4214293
30 psi 9111018 9110070 9226860 50474197 50474367 60 psi 4213777 4213963 4214307
60 psi 9111026 9110089 9154671 50474201 50474375 100 psi 4213785 4213971 4214315
100 psi 9111034 9110097 9189459 50999452 50474219 50474383 160 psi 4213793 4213981 4214323
160 psi 9111042 9110100 9189467 50474235 50474391 200 psi 4213807 4214331
200 psi 9111050 9110119 9154701 50474243 50474405 300 psi 4213815 4213999 4214340
300 psi 9111069 9110127 9154710 50474251 50474413 400 psi 4213823 4214358
400 psi 9111077 9110143 9154728 50474260 50474421 600 psi 4213831 4214005 4214366
600 psi 9111085 9110151 50474278 50474430 800 psi 4213840 4214374
800 psi 50474286 50474448 1,000 psi 4213858 4214013 4214382
1,000 psi 9111107 9110178 9154752 50997591 50474294 50474456 1,500 psi 4213866 4214021 4214391
1,500 psi 9111115 9110186 50474308 50474464 2,000 psi 4213874 4214404
2,000 psi 9111123 9110194 9212744 50474316 50474472 3,000 psi 4213882 4214030 4214412
3,000 psi 9111131 9110208 9232087 50474324 50474481 5,000 psi 4213891 4214048 4214421
5,000 psi 9111140 9110216 9145664 50474332 50474499 10,000 psi 4213904 4214056 4214439
10,000 psi 9111158 9110224 9319506 50474341 50474502 15,000 psi 4213912 4214064 4214447
15,000 psi 50474651 50474677 20,000 psi 4213921 4214587
20,000 psi 50474669 50474685 Accessory order codes (installed at factory)
Accessory order codes (installed at factory) Front flange, SS -- -- + FF S
Front flange, SS -- + FF S -- + FF S -- + FF S Rear flange, SS + RF S
Rear flange, SS + RF S Restrictor +R
Restrictor +R Glycerine fill Type 233.50
Stock items shown in blue print. Abbreviations LM - Lower mount,
LBM - Lower back mount, SS - Stainless steel
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Process Gauges > 21X.34
Type 21X.34
Specifically designed for the chemical and petroleum processing industries, ME
WIKA XSELTM process gauges have the construction, materials and CH
engineering it takes to withstand rugged conditions. They are engineered AN
to deliver years of accurate service, while withstanding vibration, IC
AL
corrosive media, corrosive environments and a wide range of temperature
PR
extremes. With the proven durability and performance of the XSELTM
ES
process gauge series, it comes with an industry best warranty.
SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 4½”
Case: Black Pocan® Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Ring: Threaded black Accuracy: +0.5% of span
Pocan® ASME B40.100 Grade 2A
Window: Acrylic Restrictor: Standard
Type 212.34
Available Options
213.34
Connection LM
■ Safety glass or instrument glass window
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT ■ Drag pointer (maximum reading indicator)
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30" Hg 9834036 9834257 9834740 ■ Magnetic or inductive contact switches
30"-0-15 psi 9834044 9834265 9834758 ■ Special connections
30"-0-30 psi 9834052 9834273 9834766
30"-0-60 psi 9834060 9834281 9834775
Applications
30"-0-100 psi 9834079 9834290 9834783
30"-0-160 psi 9834087 9834303 9834791
■ A liquid-filled case and socket restrictor are available
30"-0-200 psi 9834095 9834805
for applications with high dynamic pressure pulsations
15 psi 9834117 9834338 9834813
or vibration
30 psi 9834125 9834346 9834821
■ Suitable for corrosive environments and gaseous or
60 psi 9834133 9834354 9834839
liquid media that will not obstruct the pressure system
100 psi 9834141 9834362 9834847
■ Process industry: chemical/petrochemical, power stations,
160 psi 9834150 9834370 9834855
mining, on and offshore, environmental technology,
200 psi 9834168 9834389 9834864
mechanical engineering and plant construction
300 psi 9834176 9834397 9834872
400 psi 9834184 9834400 9834880
600 psi 9834192 9834419 9834898
800 psi 9834982 9834990 9834902
1,000 psi 9834206 9834427 9834910
4½ panel kit + PM
External zero adjust + EXT ADJ
Dampened movement + DAMP --
Glycerine fill Type 213.34 Abbreviations
Silicone fill Type 213.34 + SIL LM - Lower mount
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Type 22X.34
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Specifically designed for the chemical and petroleum processing industries,

WIKA XSELTM process gauges have the construction, materials and
engineering it takes to withstand rugged conditions. They are engineered to
deliver years of accurate service, while withstanding vibration, corrosive
media, corrosive environments and a wide range of temperature extremes.
WIKA is so confident in the durability and performance of the XSELTM
process gauge series, that it comes with an industry leading warranty.
Standard Features
Size: 4½”
Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Case: Black Pocan® Type 222.34 - Dry case
Accuracy: ±0.5% of span Type 223.34 - Liquid-filled case
Ring: Threaded black
Pocan® Wetted Parts: 1019 steel /
316L SS Window: Acrylic
Restrictor: Standard

Connection LM ■ Safety glass or instrument glass window
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT ■ Drag pointer (maximum reading indicator)
Press. Scale PSI ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30" Hg 4332670 ■ Magnetic or inductive contact switches
30"-0-15 psi 4353639 ■ Special connections
30"-0-30 psi 4353647
30"-0-60 psi 4353656 Applications
30"-0-100 psi 4353664
30"-0-160 psi 4353672 ■ A liquid-filled case and socket restrictor
30"-0-200 psi 4353680 are available for applications with high
15 psi 4353532 dynamic pressure pulsations or vibration
30 psi 4332688 ■ Suitable for corrosive environments and
60 psi 4332696
gaseous or liquid media that will not
100 psi 4332709
160 psi 4332717
■ Process industry:
200 psi 4332725
chemical/petrochemical, power stations,
300 psi 4353698
mining, on and off shore, environmental
400 psi 4332733
technology, mechanical engineering and
600 psi 4332741
plant construction
800 psi 4353702
1,000 psi 4332751
1,500 psi 4353728
2,000 psi 4353736
3,000 psi 4353745
5,000 psi 4353753
4½ panel kit + PM
Abbreviations
External zero adjust + EXT ADJ LM - Lower mount
Dampened movement + DAMP SS - Stainless steel
Silicone fill Type 213.34 + SIL
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Type 23X.34
Specifically designed for the chemical and petroleum processing industries,
WIKA XSELTM process gauges have the construction, materials and engineer- ME
ing it takes to withstand rugged conditions. They are engineered to deliver CH
years of accurate service, while withstanding vibration, corrosive media, AN
corrosive environments and a wide range of temperature extremes. WIKA is IC
so confident in the durability and performance of the XSELTM process gauge AL
series, that it comes with an industry leading warranty. PR
ES
Standard Features
SU
Size: 4½” & 6” RE
Pointer: Black aluminum,
Case: Black Pocan® adjustable
Ring: Threaded black Accuracy: +0.5% of span
Pocan®
Wetted Parts: 316L SS
Connection: Lower mount and
Window: Acrylic
lower back mount
Restrictor: Standard Available Options
Type 232.34 (Dry) 233.34 (Filled)
■ Dampened movement
Size 4½" 4½"
■ Safety glass or
Connection LM LM LBM LM LM instrument glass window
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/4" NPT 1/2" NPT
■ Drag pointer
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI/KPA PSI PSI PSI PSI/KPA
(maximum reading
30" Hg 9834478 9834729 9837604 4217004 9833735 9833914 9836769
indicator)
30"-0-15 psi 9834486 9834737 9837566 9833744 9833922 9836777
30"-0-30 psi 9834494 9834745 9837523 4220854 9833752 9833930 9836785
30"-0-60 psi 9834508 9834753 9837485 9833760 9833948 9836794 ■ Magnetic or inductive
30"-0-100 psi 9834516 9834761 9792818 9833778 9833956 9836807 contact switches
30"-0-160 psi 9834524 9834770 9833786 9833965 ■ Special connections
30"-0-200 psi 9834532 9834788 9837361 9833795 9833973
30"-0-300 psi 4260163 4260180 Applications
30"-0-400 psi 4260171 4260198
15 psi 9834559 9834800 9776885 4242131 9833808 9833981 9836824 ■ A liquid-filled case and
30 psi 9834567 9834818 9837680 4247923 9833816 9833999 9836832 socket restrictor are
60 psi 9834575 9834826 9776877 9797607 9833825 9834006 9836840 available for applications
100 psi 9834583 9834834 9837760 9797615 9833833 9834015 9836858 with high dynamic pressure
160 psi 9834591 9834842 9776869 9797624 9833841 9834023 9836866 pulsations or vibration
200 psi 9834605 9834850 9837841 9797632 9833859 9834031 9836875
■ Suitable for corrosive
300 psi 9834613 9834869 9837884 9797640 9833867 9834049 9836883
environments and gaseous
400 psi 9834621 9834877 8985116 9797658 9833875 9834057 9836891
or liquid media that will not
600 psi 9834630 9834885 9837965 9797666 9833884 9834065 9836905
800 psi 9835008 9834974 9797675 9833905 9834155
■ Process industry: chemical/
1,000 psi 9834648 9834893 9778918 9797683 9833892 9834074 9836913
1,500 psi 9793318 9834907 9838082 4247931 9834082 9836921
petrochemical, power
2,000 psi 9793661 9834915 9838120 4247940 9834090 9836939 stations, mining, on and
3,000 psi 9748911 9834923 9838163 4247958 9834104 9836947 offshore, environmental
5,000 psi 9793521 9834931 9838201 4247966 9834112 9836955 technology, mechanical
10,000 psi 9793679 9834940 9838244 9834120 $184.25 engineering and plant
15,000 psi 9834958 9834138 construction
20,000 psi N/A 9834966 N/A 9834146
4½ panel kit + PM
External zero adjust + EXT ADJ Abbreviations
Dampened movement + DAMP -- LM - Lower mount
Glycerine fill Type 233.34 -- SS - Stainless steel
Silicone fill Type 233.34 + SIL -
Stock items shown in blue print
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Type 23X.34
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Type 232.34 (Damp) 232.34 (Dry) Liquid Fill Conversion Kits

Size 4½" 6" (Use for preparing a dry gauge for liquid filling)
For use with Conn. P/N
Connection LM LM Glycerine/Silicone LM 1126768
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT Material: EPDM
LBM 2044480
Press. Scale PSI PSI Halocarbon® LM 1654268
30" Hg 4334478 4317492 Material: Viton® LBM 2044498
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
15 psi 4339623
30 psi 4334486 4317505
60 psi 4334494 4317513
100 psi 4333960 4317590
160 psi 4333978 4317521
200 psi 4334507 4317531
300 psi 4337329 4317549
400 psi 4333986
600 psi 4334515 4317557
800 psi 4334523
1,000 psi 4334531 4317565
1,500 psi 4334541 4343281
2,000 psi 4333994
3,000 psi 4334559
5,000 psi 4334567
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
4½ panel kit + PM --
External zero adjust + EXT ADJ --
Glycerine fill
Abbreviations Type 233.34
LM - Lower mount
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Type 26X.34
ME
Specifically designed for the chemical and petroleum processing industries, CH
WIKA XSELTM process gauges have the construction, materials and engineer- AN
ing it takes to withstand rugged conditions. They are engineered to deliver IC
years of accurate service, while withstanding vibration, corrosive media, AL
corrosive environments and a wide range of temperature extremes. WIKA is PR
so confident in the durability and performance of the XSELTM process gauge ES
series, that it comes with an industry leading warranty. SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 4½”
Case: Black Pocan® Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Ring: Threaded black Accuracy: +0.5% of span Type 263.34 - Liquid-filled case
Pocan® Wetted Parts: Monel® M400
alloy Window: Acrylic
Restrictor: Standard
Available Options
Type 262.34 ■ Dampened Movement
Size 4½" ■ Safety glass or instrument glass window
Connection LM ■ Drag pointer (max. reading indicator)
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Press. Scale PSI ■ Magnetic or inductive contact switches
30" Hg 9835016 ■ Special connections
30"-0-15 psi 9835024
30"-0-30 psi 9835032
30"-0-60 psi 9835040
Applications
30"-0-100 psi 9835059
30"-0-160 psi 9835067 ■ A liquid-filled case and socket restrictor
30"-0-200 psi 9835075 are available for applications with high
15 psi 9835091 dynamic pressure pulsations or
30 psi 9835105 vibration
60 psi 9835113 ■ Suitable for corrosive environments
100 psi 9835121 and gaseous or liquid media that will
160 psi 9835130 not obstruct the pressure system
200 psi 9835148
■ Process industry:chemical/petrochemical,
300 psi 9835156
power stations, mining, on and offshore,
400 psi 9835164
600 psi 9835172
environmental technology, mechanical
800 psi 9835180 engineering and plant construction
1,000 psi 9835199
1,500 psi 9835202
2,000 psi 9835210
3,000 psi 9835229
5,000 psi 9835237
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
4½ panel kit + PM
Abbreviations
External zero adjust + EXT ADJ
LM - Lower mount SS - Stainless steel
Dampened movement + DAMP
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Process Gauges > 232.34DD

MECHANICAL PRESSURE
n tube design, these gauges are an effective means for guarding against severe shock and vibration applications. The 232.34DD is manufactured in a standar
Size: 4½”
Case: Yellow thermoplastic, solid Pointer: Black
front aluminum,
Ring: Stainless steel adjustable
Wetted Parts: X-750 Inconel® / 316 SS Accuracy: ±0.5% of span
Window: Clear acrylic ASME B40.100 Grade 2A1)
Dial: White aluminum with stop Connection: Lower mount
pin at 6 o’clock Filter: Standard, porous
filter (25-50 microns)
Type 232.34DD Available Options

Size 4½" ■ Cleaned for use in oxygen service
Connection LM ■ Special connection
Conn. Size ½" NPT ■ 4½” panel mount kit (field assembly)
Press. Scale PSI ■ Lower back mount & connection
-30"-0-30 psi 52386163 ■ Weather protection NEMA 4 (IP65)
-30"-0-60 psi 52386180
-30"-0-150 psi 52386201
-30"-0-300 psi 52386210
Applications
30 psi 52386228
■ Where high dynamic pressure
60 psi 52386236
100 psi 52386244 pulsations or vibration exist
160 psi 52386252 ■ Suitable for corrosive environments
200 psi 52386261 and gaseous or liquid media that will
300 psi 52386279 not obstruct the pressure system
500 psi 52386287 ■ Process industry:
1,000 psi 52386295 chemical/petrochemical, power stations,
1,500 psi 52386317 mining, on and offshore, environmental
2,000 psi 52386325
3,000 psi 52386333
plant construction
5,000 psi 52386341
10,000 psi 52386350
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
1)
Range 0 / 10,000 psi accuracy ±1.0% of span per ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Process Gauges > 212.25
Type 212.25
WIKA’s type 212.25 4½” and 6” pressure gauges feature a solid-front ME
aluminum case with a hinged ring for easy access to the adjustable CH
AN
pointer. These gauges are supplied with three threaded bolts in the back
IC
of the case which line up with existing standard panel hole patterns.
AL
PR
ES
SU
Size: 4½” & 6” Accuracy: +0.5% of span
Case: Black-painted aluminum ASME B40.100 Grade 2A
Ring: Black-painted aluminum Connection: Lower back mount
Window: Flat instrument
glass Dial: White aluminum
Pointer: Black aluminum,
adjustable
Available Options
Type 212.25
Size 4½" 6" ■ Dampened movement
Connection LBM
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI ■ Special connections
30" Hg 4234970 4235223 4235976 ■ Instrument glass window
30"-0-15 psi 4234988 4235231 4235984
30"-0-30 psi 4234996 4235240 4235992
30"-0-60 psi 4235002 4235258 4236009
30"-0-100 psi 4235011 4235266 4236017
30"-0-160 psi 4235029 4235274 4236025 Applications
30"-0-200 psi 4235037 4235282 4236033
15 psi 4235045 4235291 4236041
■ Pressure monitoring panels
30 psi 4235053 4235304 4236050 ■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid media that will not
60 psi 4235061 4235312 4236068 obstruct the pressure system or attack copper alloy
100 psi 4235070 4235321 4236076 parts
160 psi 4235088 4235339 4236084 ■ Process industry: chemical/petrochemical, power
200 psi 4235096 4235347 4236092 stations, mining, on and offshore, environmental
300 psi 4235100 4235355 4236106 technology, mechanical engineering and plant
400 psi 4235118 4235363 4236114
construction
600 psi 4235126 4235371 4236122
800 psi 4235134 4235381 4236131
1,000 psi 4235142 4235399 4236149
Restrictor +R
Abbreviations

PROCESS GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Process Gauges > 232.25
Type 232.25
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 232.25 gauges have a glass covered hinged ring front with
securing screws as standard. The adjustable pointer is easily accessed
under the hinged ring front. Designed for panel mounting, the type 232.25
gauge features 316 SS wetted parts and a one-piece aluminum solid-front
safety case design. Well-suited for installations in process panel and control
applications, type 232.25 gauges meet ASME Grade 2A accuracy
standards.
Standard Features
Size: 4½” & 6”
Case: Black-painted aluminum Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Ring: Black-painted aluminum Accuracy: +0.5% of span
Wetted Parts: 316L SS ASME B40.100 Grade 2A
Window: Flat instrument glass Connection: Lower back mount

Size 4½" 6"
Connection LBM
30" Hg 4235470 4235721 4236220
30"-0-15 psi 4235488 4235739 4236238 ■ Instrument glass window
30"-0-30 psi 4235496 4235747 4236246
30"-0-60 psi 4235509 4235755 4236254
30"-0-100 psi 4235517 4235763 4236262
30"-0-160 psi 4235525 4235771 4236271 Applications
30"-0-200 psi 4235533 4235780 4236280
15 psi 4235541 4235798 4236298 ■ Pressure monitoring panels
30 psi 4235551 4235801 4236301
■ Suitable for corrosive gaseous or liquid media that will
60 psi 4235569 4235810 4236319
not clog the pressure system or attack 316L SS parts
100 psi 4235577 4235828 4236327
160 psi 4235585 4235836 4236335
■ Process industry: chemical/petrochemical, power
200 psi 4235593 4235844 4236343 stations, mining, on and offshore, environmental
300 psi 4235606 4235852 4236351 technology, mechanical engineering and plant
400 psi 4235614 4235861 4236361 construction
600 psi 4235622 4235879 4236379
800 psi 4235631 4235887 4236387
1,000 psi 4235640 4235895 4236395
1,500 psi 4235658 4235909 4236408
2,000 psi 4235666 4235917 4236416
3,000 psi 4235674 4235925 4236424
5,000 psi 4235682 4235933 4236432
10,000 psi 4235691 4235941 4236441
15,000 psi 4235703 4235950 4236450
20,000 psi 4235711 4235968 4236468
Restrictor +R
Abbreviations
Stock items shown in blue print LBM - Lower back mount
PROCESS GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 4XX.12
Type 4XX.12
WIKA type 422.12 and 432.12 Sealgauges offer superior protection from ME
viscous and crystallizing media. Type 422.12 features carbon steel wetted parts, CH
AN
while type 432.12 offers the corrosion protection of 316 SS wetted parts. Each
IC
model is supplied with a standard black cast iron case and standard ½” NPT
AL
female connection.
PR
SU
Size: 4” & 6” RE
Case: Black-painted cast iron Window: Flat instrument glass
Ring: Black-painted stainless steel Dial: White aluminum
Wetted Parts: (41x.12) carbon steel, Pointer: Black aluminum,
stainless steel & Buna-N adjustable Accuracy: +1.5% of span
(43x.12) SS & Buna-N Connection: Lower mount
Overpressure Safety:
- Ranges < 6 psi: 5 x full scale value
- Ranges > 6 psi: 3 x full scale value, max 600 psi
protection
Available Options
Type 422.12 432.12
■ Open flange connections
Size 4" 6" 4" 6" ■ Liquid-filled case design
Connection LM ■ Special wetted materials
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT Female ■ Electrical alarm contacts
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI
30" Hg 9736336
(Dry cases not field fillable)
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi 9740087
30"-0-60 psi 9740095
Applications
30"-0-100 psi 9744105
30"-0-160 psi
■ With liquid-filled case for applications with
30"-0-200 psi
high dynamic pressure pulsations or vibration
10 psi 9744113
15 psi 8683581 ■ Suitable for corrosive environments and
30 psi 8558337 8558310 gaseous or liquid media that will not
60 psi 8681791 8683590 obstruct the pressure system
100 psi 8558345 8657360 ■ Process industry:
160 psi 8683603 chemical/petrochemical, power stations,
200 psi 8681813 9744121 mining, on and offshore, environmental
300 psi 8547092 technology, mechanical engineering and
400 psi 9697565
plant construction
600 psi 9744139 8681236
5" H2O
10" H2O
15" H2O
30" H2O
60" H2O
100" H2O Abbreviations
200" H2O LM - Lower mount
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
R
Type 43X.50
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 432.50 Sealgauges feature all stainless steel construction and are built
to withstand corrosive, highly viscous and cystallizing media. This Sealgauge is
ideal for applications in harsh environments such as pulp and paper processing,
chemical, petrochemical, and in water and sewage treatment plants.
Standard Features
Size: 4” & 6”
Case: 304 SS Dial: White aluminum
Type 432.50 - dry case
Ring: 304 SS Pointer: Black aluminum, Type 433.50 - filled case
Wetted Parts: 316L SS, Teflon®, Duratherm adjustable Accuracy: +1.5% of

Window: Safety glass span Connection: Lower mount
Overpressure Safety:
5 x full scale value, max 600 psi protection
Type 432.50 (Dry) 433.50 (Filled) Available Options

Size 4" 6" 4" 6" ■ Open flange connections
Connection LM
■ Case filling
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT Female ■ Special wetted materials
Press. Scale PSI PSI PSI PSI ■ Electrical alarm contacts
30" Hg ■ Transmitters
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi 9744147 (Dry cases not field fillable.)
30"-0-60 psi 9744155
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi 9744164 Applications
30"-0-200 psi
10 psi 8737134 ■ With liquid-filled case for applications with
15 psi
high dynamic pressure pulsations or vibration
30 psi 8683360 9697603
■ Suitable in corrosive environments for
60 psi 8683379 8605548
100 psi 8597952 8511950
gaseous, liquid or highly viscous media.
160 psi 8683387 8737118 ■ Process industry: chemical/petrochemical,
200 psi 9744172 8691320 power stations, mining, on and offshore, envi-
300 psi 8683409 8737126 ronmental technology, mechanical
400 psi 9697581 8549176 engineering and plant construction
600 psi 9697599 8503370
5" H2O
10" H2O
15" H2O
30" H2O
60" H2O
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
100" H2O
LOW PRESSURE GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Low Pressure Gauges > A2G-10
Type A2G-10
This low pressure differential pressure gauge is designed to measure dry, ME
clean non-aggressive gases and air. This instrument is ideally suited to CH
AN
measure differential pressure in filtration systems, pressure monitoring for
IC
HVAC, air handlers and ventilation systems and for pressure monitoring of
AL
clean rooms, gas scrubbers and dust collection systems.
PR
ES
SU
Size: 4½”
Case: High-impact polycarbonate Pointer: Black aluminum
Wetted Parts: Silicone rubber, polycarbonate Accuracy: + 3% of span
Window: Polycarbonate Connection: Lower or back mount
Dial: White aluminum Mounting: 3 self-tapping
mounting
screws (standard)
Type A2G-10 Available Options

Size 4½" ■ Other pressure units (Pa, kPa, mmWC,
Conn. Size 2 x 1/8" Hose Barb cmWC, mbar) available in equivalent
Connection Lower Back ranges
Surface ■ Custom artwork with custom logo -
Mounting Panel Mount
Mount background colors available upon
-0.1/+0.1 InWC 50677012 50676814 request
-0.2/+0.2 InWC 50677039 50676822
■ Compression fitting adaptor
-0.5/+0.5 InWC 50677055 50676831
1/+1 InWC 50807132 50807099
-2/+2 InWC 50807145 50807102
-4/+4 InWC 50807153 50807111 Applications
-6/+6 InWC 50807161 50807129
0/0.25 InWC 50677063 50676857 ■ For dry, clean, non-aggressive gases, usually air
0/0.4 InWC 50677098 50676865 ■ Fan and blower monitoring
0/0.5 InWC 50677080 50676873 ■ Differential pressure monitoring in filters
0/1 InWC 50556673 50676881 ■ Overpressure monitoring in cleanrooms
0/2 InWC 50556681 50676890
0/3 InWC 50556690 50676903
0/4 InWC 50556703 40246582
0/5 InWC 50686178 50676911
0/6 InWC 50556738 40214583
0/8 InWC 50556746 50676920
0/10 InWC 50556754 50676938
0/12 InWC 40214605 50676946
0/15 InWC 50556762 40246604
0/20 InWC 50556771 50676954
0/25 InWC 50556789 50676962
0/30 InWC 50677101 50676971
0/40 InWC 50677110 50676989
0/50 InWC 50677128 50676997

R
Mechanical Pressure > Low Pressure Gauges > A2G-15
Type A2G-15
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
This low pressure differential pressure gauge is designed to measure dry,

clean non-aggressive gases and air. This instrument is ideally suited to
measure differential pressure in filtration systems, pressure monitoring for
HVAC, air handlers and ventilation systems and for pressure monitoring of
clean rooms, gas scrubbers and dust collection systems.
Standard Features
Size: 4½”
Case: High-impact polycarbonate Pointer: Black aluminum
Wetted Parts: Silicone rubber, polycarbonate Accuracy: + 3% of span
Window: Polycarbonate Connection: Lower or back mount
Dial: White aluminum Mounting: 3 self-tapping
mounting
screws (standard)
Type Available Options

A2G-15
Size 4½" ■ Other pressure units (Pa, kPa, mmWC,
Conn. Size 2 x G1/8 Female cmWC, mbar) available in equivalent
Connection Lower Back ranges
Mounting Surface Mount Panel Mount ■ Custom artwork with custom logo -
4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 0 ... 10 V background colors available upon
Elec. Output Signal
2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire request
-0.1/+0.1 InWC 50693522 50693921 50692798 50693166 ■ Compression fitting adaptor
-0.2/+0.2 InWC 50693531 50693930 50692801 50693191
-0.5/+0.5 InWC 50693549 50693956 50692810 50693204
1/+1 InWC 50807366 50807412 50807218 50807251
-2/+2 InWC 50807374 50807447 50807226 50807277 Applications
-4/+4 InWC 50807382 50807463 50807234 50807293
-6/+6 InWC 50807391 50807471 50807242 50807307 ■ For dry, clean, non-aggressive
0/0.25 InWC 50693557 50693964 50692828 50693212 gases, usually air
0/0.4 InWC 50693565 50693972 50692836 50693221 ■ Fan and blower monitoring
0/0.5 InWC 50693573 50693999 50692844 50693239 ■ Differential pressure monitoring in filters
0/1 InWC 50693581 50694006 50692852 50693247 ■ Overpressure monitoring in cleanrooms
0/2 InWC 50693590 50694022 50692861 50693255
0/3 InWC 50693603 50694031 50692879 50693271
0/4 InWC 50693611 50694049 50692887 50693280
0/5 InWC 50693620 50694057 50692895 50693298
0/6 InWC 50693638 50694065 50692909 50693301
0/8 InWC 50693646 50694090 50692917 50693310
0/10 InWC 50693794 50694103 50692925 50693336
0/12 InWC 50693808 50694120 50692933 50693344
0/15 InWC 50693816 50694146 50692941 50693361
0/20 InWC 50693841 50694154 50692950 50693379
0/25 InWC 50693859 50694162 50692968 50693387
0/30 InWC 50693867 50694171 50692976 50693395
0/40 InWC 50693875 50694189 50692984 50693409
0/50 InWC 50693883 50694197 50692992 50693417

LOW PRESSURE GAUGES
LOW PRESSURE GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Low Pressure Gauges > 611.10
Type 611.10
WIKA type 6X1.10 low pressure gauges are extremely sensitive and highly ME
accurate. The capsule element pressure system is designed to measure CH
AN
pressure and vacuum of gaseous media from as low as 10” H2O to 275” H2O
IC
(10 psi). The finely polished nickel-silver pinion gear and shaft of the movement
AL
ensure repeatable accuracy.
PR
ES
SU
Size: 2½”
Case: Black-painted steel Pointer: Black aluminum
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy Accuracy: +1.5% of span
Window: Snap-in acrylic ASME B40.100 Grade B
Dial: White aluminum Connection: Lower or center back mount

Size 2½"
■ Rear flange (2½” only)
Connection LM CBM
■ Vacuum and overpressure safety
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
" H2O mm H2O
■ Instrument or safety glass window
30 Vac 760 9852344 9851852 ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
60 Vac 1500 9748321 9748339 ■ Adjustable red min/max pointer on window
100 Vac 2500 9747473 9747465 ■ Other connections
" H2O mm H2O ■ 2” case size
15 380 9851682 9851860
■ U-clamp panel mount option
30 760 9851690 9855785
■ Restrictor
60 1500 9851704 9803432
100 2500 9851810 9851879
■ Stainless steel case
200 5000 9851828 9851887
oz./sq. in. mm H2O
10 440 9851771 Applications
15 660 9851780
20 880 9851798 ■ Fluid medium, gaseous or dry, which does
30 1320 9851747 9851917 not clog connection port or corrode copper alloy
35 1540 9851801 9857273
60 2640 9851755 9803548 Example: low pressure pneumatic systems
oz./sq. in. " H2O
20 34 9851720 9857281
32 55 9851739 9855793
3 psi 9851925 9851836
5 psi 9851933 9851844
10 psi 4204212 4204221
Front flange, chrome + FF C
Front flange, black + FF B Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
LOW PRESSURE GAUGES
R
Type 612.20
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 612.20 low pressure gauges feature a copper alloy capsule element
that is designed to measure pressure and vacuum of gaseous media from as low
as 2.5” H2O to 275” H2O (10 psi). The 4” dial size allows easy reading from a
distance. The finely polished nickel-silver pinion gear and shaft of the movement
ensure repeatable accuracy.
Standard Features
Size: 4”
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span
Window: Instrument glass ASME B40.100 Grade B
Dial: White aluminum Connection: Lower mount
Type 612.20
Available Options
Size 4" ■ Rear flange

■ Vacuum and over-pressure safety
Connection LM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
■ Acrylic or safety glass window
" H2O mm H2O ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30 Vac 760 9747724 ■ Adjustable red min/max pointer on window
60 Vac 1500 ■ 2½” and 6" nominal case sizes
100 Vac 2500 ■ Lower back mount connection
" H2O mm H2O ■ Other connections
15 380 9747732
■ Front flange
30 760 9747740
60 1500 9747758
■ U-clamp panel mount option
100 2500 9747766 ■ Restrictor
200 5000 9747775
oz./sq. in. mm H2O
10 440 Applications
15 660
20 880 ■ Low pressure pneumatic systems
30 1320 ■ Suitable for fluid medium, gaseous or
35 1540 dry that does not corrode copper alloy
60 2640
oz./sq. in. " H2O
20 34
32 55
3 psi 9747783
5 psi 9747791
10 psi 4246684
Front flange, SS + FF S Abbreviations
LOW PRESSURE GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Low Pressure Gauges > 6X2.34
Type 6X2.34
WIKA type 6X2.34 low pressure process gauges offer accurate read- ME
ings in harsh ambient conditions. They are able to measure the CH
AN
pressure of gaseous media from as low as 10” H 2O to 275” H2O (10
IC
psi) or other equivalent units of pressure or vacuum. The finely
AL
polished nickel-silver pinion gear and shaft of the movement ensure
PR
repeatable accuracy. ES
SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 4½”
Case: Black thermoplastic Dial: White aluminum
Ring: Threaded Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
thermoplastic Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span
Wetted Parts: 612.34 - copper alloy ASME B40.100 Grade A
632.34 - 316L SS Connection: Lower mount
Window: Acrylic
Type 612.34 632.34

Available Options
Size 4½" ■ Monel® wetted parts (Type 662.34)
■ Vacuum or over-pressure safety
Connection LM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
■ Flat glass and safety glass
Outer Scale Inner Scale window (not with case filling)
10 "H2O 6 oz./in² 4217063 4217187 ■ Adjustable red min/max pointer on window
15 "H2O 9 oz./in² 4217071 4217195 ■ Silicone case filling (633.34) (40” WC and up)
20 "H2O 12 oz./in² 4217080 4217209 ■ Other connections
30 "H2O 18 oz./in² 4217098 4217217 ■ Panel mount kit
40 "H2O 24 oz./in² 4217101 4217225
■ Restrictor
60 "H2O 35 oz./in² 4217110 4217233
80 "H2O 45 oz./in² 4217128 4217241
100 "H2O 57 oz./in² 4217136 4217250
Applications
150 "H2O 90 oz./in² 4217144 4217268
5 psi 10 "Hg 4217039 4217152
■ Where measurement of low pressures is needed
8 psi 16 "Hg 4217047 4217161
■ Suitable for corrosive environments and gaseous or
10 psi 20 "Hg 4217055 4217179
liquid media that will not obstruct the pressure system
4½" panel kit + PM ■ Process industry: chemical/petrochemical, power
Restrictor +R stations, mining, on and offshore, environmental
technology, mechanical engineering and plant
Stock items shown in blue print construction
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
LOW PRESSURE GAUGES
R
Type 632.50
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 632.50 low pressure gauges offer the corrosion resistance of
316 SS wetted parts and is able to measure pressure and vacuum of
gaseous media from as low as 1” H2O to 275” H2O (10 psi). The finely
polished nickel-silver pinion gear and shaft of the movement ensure
repeatable accuracy.
Standard Features
Size: 4”
Wetted Parts: 316L SS Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span
Window: Safety ASME B40.100 Grade B
glass Connection: Lower mount
Available Options
Type 632.50
Size 4" ■ Rear flange
Connection
■ Vacuum and overpressure safety
LM
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT ■ Inductive alarm contacts
5-0-5 "H2O 9804439 ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
10-0-10 "H2O 9804447 ■ Adjustable red min/max pointer on window
15-0-15 "H2O 9804455 ■ Silicone case filling (40” WC and up)
15 "H2O-0-5psi 9804412 ■ Other connections
15 "H2O 9804323
■ Lower back mount connection
20 "H2O 9804471
■ 2½” and 6” nominal case size
30 "H2O 9804315
9804498
■ Front flange
60 "H2O
100 "H2O 9859314
200 "H2O 9804501
Applications
5 psi 9804307
10 psi 9804420
■ Robust design and weather
Front flange, SS + FF S
protection, suitable for outdoor use
Restrictor +R ■ Suitable for dry, gaseous media that
will not attack 316 SS parts
Stock items shown in blue print ■ Process industry:
chemical/petrochemical, power stations,
mining, on and offshore, environmental
plant construction
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Differential Pressure Gauges > 700.04
Type 700.04
This piston-style differential pressure gauge is designed for use with ME
clean liquid or gaseous media where high differential pressure/static CH
AN
process pressures are required. Type 700.04 is suitable for
IC
measuring pressure drops across a variety of devices, including
AL
filters, strainers, separators and heat exchangers.
PR
ES
SU
Size: 2½” & 4½”

Case: Black thermoplastic Window: Acrylic
Wetted Parts: Ceramic magnet, Dial: White aluminum
316 SS spring, Viton® O-rings, Pointer: Black aluminum
sensor housing (see table) Accuracy: +2% of span
(ascending pressure only)
Connection: Back mount
6000 psig Max. Safe Working Pressure
Type 700.04
Available Options
Size 2½" 4" 2½" 4" ■ ½" NPT female with adaptors (#203963)
■ In-line connections (side/end connection)
Conn. Size 2 x 1/4" NPT Female, Back
■ Bi-directional reading
Black-anodized
Sensor Housing
aluminum
316L SS ■ Reversed pressure ports: high (+) on
5 psid 4390954 4390632 4390675 50334085
left, low (-) on right (facing gauge)
10 psid 4375242 4371866 4368084 4372170 ■ Buna-N or EPDM O-rings
20 psid 5375250 4368092 4371816 4372188 ■ Reed switch with flying leads (SPST and SPDT)
25 psid 4375268 4371883 4371824 4272196 ■ Wall / pipe - mounting brackets
30 psid 4390616 4390658 4390691 4390739 ■ Safety glass window
50 psid 4375276 4371891 4371832 4272209
60 psid 50420267 4390666 50441647
75 psid 4375285 4371905 4371840 43722147 Applications
100 psid 4372933 4371913 4371858 4372162
Accessory order codes (installed at factory) ■ For use in measurement applications
Safety glass + SG
requiring high differential/static process
Wall/pipe mount kit + MKIT
pressures
Drag pointer + DP
■ Suitable for measuring pressure drops
across filters, strainers, separators, etc.

Abbreviations
SPDT - Single pole, double throw
SPST - Single pole, single throw
R
Type 700.05
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
This diaphragm-style differential pressure gauge is suited for use in

applications requiring low/medium differential and medium/high
process pressure media. Type 700.05 is intended for measuring
pressure drops across filters, strainers, separators, heat exchangers
and gas recovery systems.
Standard Features
Size: 2½” & 4½” Dial: White aluminum
Case: Black thermoplastic Pointer: Black
Wetted Parts: Ceramic magnet, aluminum Accuracy: +2% of
316 SS spring, Buna-N O- span Connection: Back mount
rings, sensor housing (see
table)
Window: Acrylic

Size 2½" 4" 2½" 4" ■ ½" NPT female with adaptors (#203963)
■ ¼" NPT female top and bottom mount
Black-anodized
Sensor Housing 316L SS
aluminum ■ Case filling - glycerine or silicone
0/50 "H2O 4375306 4375446 4375586 4375722 ■ Viton® membrane and O-rings
0/75 "H2O 4375315 4375455 4375595 4375730 ■ Wall / pipe - mounting brackets
0/100 "H2O 4375323 4375463 4375608 4375748
0/200 "H2O 4375331 4375471 4375616 4375756 Applications
0/300 "H2O 4375349 4375489 4375625 4375765
0/400 "H2O 4375357 4375497 4375633 4375773
■ For use in measurement applications
0/5 psid 4375366 4375501 4375641 4375781
requiring high differential/static
0/10 psid 4375374 4375519 4375659 4375799
process pressures
0/15 psid 4375382 4375527 4375667 4375803
0/25 psid 4375390 4375536 4375676 4375811
■ Suitable for applications with particulate
0/30 psid 4375404 4375544 4375684 4375829 matter present in liquid/gas media or
0/50 psid 4375412 4375552 4375692 4375837 when separation of the media is
0/75 psid 4375420 4375560 4375706 4375846 required
0/100 psid 4375438 4375578 4375714 4375854
Safety glass + SG
Wall/Pipe mount kit + MKIT
Drag pointer + DP
Abbreviations

R
Type 712.15
WIKA’s type 712.15 differential pressure “Cryo Gauge” is designed for ME
liquid level measurement in particular for the cryogenic industry. CH
AN
IC
AL
Standard Features PR
ES
Size: 6” SU
Case: 304 SS with Window: Polycarbonate
Dial: White aluminum RE
polished SS front flange
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy measuring cell Pointer: Black
aluminum Accuracy:
with 316L compression springs
+2.5% of span
and NBR separating diaphragm
750 psig max. working pressure

Size 6" ■ 3-way manifold w/integrated working pressure gauge
Connection LM
■ Magnetic or inductive alarm contacts
Conn. Size 2 x 1/4" NPT Female ■ Single and dual Reed switches
Mounting Panel Mount ■ 4-20 mA transmitter output
0/50”WC 50696246 ■ Variety of mounting devices
0/100”WC 50696262 ■ 316 SS wetted parts (712.16)
0/150”WC 50696271 ■ 4” nominal case size
0/200”WC 50696289
0/250”WC 50696297
0/300”WC 50696301 Applications
0/350”WC 50696319
0/400”WC 50696327 ■ Level measurement in closed tanks,
0/450”WC 50696335 particularly in cryotechnology
0/500”WC 50696343 ■ Filter monitoring
0/600”WC 50696351 ■ Monitoring and control of pumps
0/700”WC 50696360 ■ For gaseous and liquid media that are not
0/800”WC 50696378 highly viscous and have no suspended solids
0/900”WC 50696386
Accessory order codes
Safety glass window SG
Universal wall-/pipe mount kit MKIT
“H”- mounting bracket H-BRKT Abbreviations
"C"- mounting bracket C-BRKT LM - Lower mount
R
Mechanical Pressure > Differential Pressure Gauges > 712.25DP
Type 712.25DP
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Type 712.25DP 4½” and 6” gauges feature a tough black-painted aluminum

case with brass wetted parts. They feature a dual Bourdon tube system
and a special subtracting movement drives one pointer to display the
differential pressure. The built-in rear flange matches up to existing
mounting holes without any modifications. These gauges are suitable for
all gaseous and liquid media that will not obstruct pressure systems or
attack copper alloy parts.
Standard Features
Size: 4½” & 6”
Case: Black epoxy-coated Dial: White aluminum
aluminum Pointer: Black aluminum
Ring: Black epoxy-coated Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span
aluminum ASME B40.100 Grade A
Window: Instrument glass
Type 712.25DP
Available Options

Connection LM
Conn. Size 2 x 1/4" NPT
Max. Static
Applications
Diff. Range
Press.
15 psid 15 psig ■ Measurement of pressure differential of two
30 psid 30 psig 4241487 4241819 applied pressures
60 psid 60 psig 4241495 4241827 ■ Suitable for all gaseous and liquid media that will not
100 psid 100 psig 4241509 4241835 obstruct the pressure system or attack copper alloy
160 psid 160 psig 4241715 4241843 parts
200 psid 200 psig 4241585 4241851
300 psid 300 psig
400 psid 400 psig 4241541 4241879
600 psid 600 psig
800 psid 800 psig
1000 psid 1000 psig 4241568 4241895
15/0/15 psid 30 psig
30/0/30 psid 60 psig
50/0/50 psid 100 psig
100/0/100 psid 200 psig
150/0/150 psid 300 psig
200/0/200 psid 400 psig
400/0/400 psid 800 psig
500/0/500 psid 1000 psig

LM - Lower mount

R
Mechanical Pressure > Differential Pressure Gauges > 712.25DX
Type 712.25DX
Type 712.25DX 4½” and 6” gauges feature a tough black-painted aluminum ME
case with brass wetted parts. Type 712.25DX gauges feature two independent CH
AN
pressure systems and a special movement drives one red pointer and one
IC
black pointer to display two pressure readings on the dial. The built-in rear
AL
flange matches up to existing mounting holes without any modifications. The
PR
712.25DX is suitable for all gaseous and liquid media that will not obstruct the
ES
pressure system or attack copper alloy parts.
SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 4½” & 6”
Ring: Black epoxy-coated Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span
aluminum ASME B40.100 Grade A
Window: Instrument glass
Available Options
Type 712.25DX
Conn. Size 2 x 1/4" NPT
Diff. Range Max Static
Applications
15 psi 19 psi 4241657 4241738
30 psi 39 psi 4241665 4241746
■ Measurement and indication of two applied pressures
60 psi 78 psi 4241673 4241754
■ Suitable for all gaseous and liquid media that will not
100 psi 130 psi 4241681 4241762
160 psi 208 psi
obstruct the pressure system or attack copper alloy
200 psi 260 psi parts
300 psi 390 psi 4241690 4241771
400 psi 520 psi
600 psi 780 psi
800 psi 1,040 psi
1,000 psi 1,300 psi 4241720 4241801
LM - Lower mount

R
Type 732.25
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
This opposed membrane/liquid-filled sensor element differential pressure

gauge is for applications requiring high differential/high process pressures.
The 732.25 is used in a variety of industrial uses, including rotating
equipment systems and/or corrosive environments in liquid or gaseous
media.
Standard Features
Size: 4½” & 6” Window: Acrylic
Case: Black epoxy-coated aluminum Dial: White aluminum
Ring: Polished SS Pointer: Black aluminum
Wetted Parts: 316L SS sensor housing, Accuracy: +1% of span
Monel® membrane, ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
and PTFE O-ring Connection: Back mount
Type 732.25
Available Options
Size 4½" 6" ■ Case filling

■ Top and bottom connection
100 "H2Od
■ Wall/pipe mounting kit (only available
150 "H2Od in connection with top / bottom
200 "H2Od mount)
300 "H2Od ■ ½" NPT female adaptors (#203963)
400 "H2Od ■ 304 SS case material
15 psid 4375862 4275926 ■ Dial for flow applications (square root)
30 psid 4275870 4375935
60 psid 4375888 4375943
100 psid 4375896 4375951
Applications
230 psid 4375900 4375969
300 psid 4375918 4375977
■ For use in measurement applications
400 psid
requiring high differential / static process
500 psid
600 psid
pressures
Accessory order codes (installed at factory) ■ For corrosive environments with either liquid
Safety glass window + SG or gaseous media
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
R
Type 732.26
This opposed membrane/liquid-filled sensor element differential pres- ME
sure gauge is for applications requiring low differential/medium static CH
AN
process pressures. The 732.26 is typically used for a variety of
IC
industrial uses, including cryogenic gases and/or corrosive
AL
environments in liquid or gaseous media.
PR
ES
SU
Size: 4½” & 6” Window: Acrylic
Ring: Polished SS Accuracy: +1% of span
Wetted Parts: 316L SS sensor housing, ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
316 SS membrane, Connection: Top/bottom mount
and PTFE O-ring
with black lettering
Handwritten calibration report standard
Cleaned for oxygen service,

with "USE NO OIL" on dial
Available Options
Type 732.26
■ Case filling Halocarbon® (only for 02 service);
Size 4½" 6" other case fillings (glycerine or silicone oil)
2 x 1/4" NPT Female, are available, but not for 02 service
Conn. Size
Top/Btm (without * use no oil* on dial)
100 "H2Od 4375986 4374246
■ Wall/pipe mounting kit
150 "H2Od 4375994 4376036
■ C-bracket mounting kit (#2353275)
200 "H2Od 4376001 4376044
300 "H2Od 4376019 4376052 ■ H-bracket mounting kit (#2398784)
400 "H2Od 4376027 4376060 ■ Special dials for liquid level measurement
15 psid ■ ½" NPT female adaptors (#203963)
30 psid ■ 304 SS case material
60 psid ■ Safety glass window
100 psid
230 psid
300 psid Applications
400 psid
500 psid ■ For measurement in applications requiring low to
Accessory order codes (installed at factory) medium differential and / or static process pressures
Safety glass window + SG ■ For cryogenic gases or corrosive environments with
either liquid or gaseous media
HIGH PRECISION GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > High Precision Gauges > 312.20
Type 312.20
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Extremely sensitive and highly accurate, WIKA type 312.20 test gauges are excellent for instrument shops, gauge repair and calibration shops, tes
Standard Features
Size: 6” Pointer: Black aluminum,

Case: 304 SS adjustable knife-
Ring: Polished stainless edge
sreel
Movement: Brass with nickel-silver
pinion gears and shaft
Window: Safety glass
Accuracy: +0.25% of span
Dial: White aluminum,
with mirrored band

Size 6" ■ Front flange, stainless steel
Connection LM ■ Rear flange, stainless steel
Press. Scale PSI PSI
30" Hg 9746859 9747163
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi ■ Calibration and testing laboratories
30"-0-200 psi 9651454 ■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid media that will
15 psi 9746867 9747171
not obstruct the pressure system or corrode
30 psi 9746875 9747189
copper alloy wetted parts
60 psi 9746884 9747197
100 psi 9746892 9747201
160 psi 9746905 9747219
200 psi 9746914 9747227
300 psi 9746922 9747235
400 psi 9746930 9747244
600 psi 9746948 9747252
800 psi 9746956 9747260
1,000 psi 9746965 9747278
1,500 psi 9746973 9747286
2,000 psi 9746981 9747295
3,000 psi 9746999 9747308
5,000 psi 9747006 9747316
10,000 psi 9747015 9747325
Front flange, SS + FF
Abbreviations
Restrictor +R
LM - Lower mount
R
Type 332.30
Type 332.30 test gauges feature a solid front, blow-out back safety case ME
design and adjustable knife-edge pointers. The mirror bands on the dial CH
AN
assure precise readings and eliminate parallax error. Extremely sensitive
IC
and highly accurate, WIKA type 332.30 test gauges are excellent for
AL
instrument shops, gauge repair and calibration shops, testing
PR
laboratories and other applications demanding high precision and
ES
consistent results.
SU
RE
Standard Features
Size: 6”
Case: 304 SS, solid-front Pointer: Black aluminum,
Ring: Polished stainless adjustable knife-
steel edge
Wetted Parts: 316L SS Movement: Stainless steel
Window: Safety glass Accuracy: +0.25% of span
Dial: White aluminum, ASME B40.100 Grade 3A
with mirrored band Connection: Lower mount

Size 6"
■ Front flange, stainless steel
Connection LM
■ Rear flange, stainless steel
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT
Press. Scale PSI ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
30" Hg 50719092 ■ Special connections
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
Applications
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
■ Calibration and testing laboratories
15 psi ■ Suitable for gaseous or liquid media that
30 psi will not obstruct the pressure system or
60 psi corrode stainless steel wetted parts
100 psi 4207408
160 psi 4277416
200 psi 50407848
300 psi 4248946
400 psi 50046128
600 psi 4286112
800 psi
1,000 psi 50179691
1,500 psi 50046136
2,000 psi
3,000 psi 4282559
5,000 psi 9744309
10,000 psi
Front flange, SS + FF
LM - Lower mount
R
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
of ±0.25% which meets ASME B40.100 Grade 3A. The mirrored band on the dial and the knife-edge pointer make it easy to take accurate readings from t
Size: 4”
Case: 304 SS Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable knife-edge
Ring: Polished stainless Movement: Stainless steel
steel Accuracy: +0.25% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade 3A)
Wetted Parts: 316L SS 0/30” Hg to 600 psi and 2,000 psi to 20,000 psi;
Window: Safety glass +0.5% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade 2A)
Dial: White aluminum, 600>2,000 psi
with mirrored band Connection: Lower mount

Size 4" ■ Special connections
■ Instrument glass window
Connection LM
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT ■ Cleaned for oxygen service
Press. Scale PSI
30" Hg 4220013
30"-0-15 psi 4362336
Applications
30"-0-30 psi 4255232
■ Inspector’s test gauge
30"-0-60 psi 4333781
30"-0-100 psi 4237961 ■ Testing and calibration of other
30"-0-160 psi 4213176 pressure measuring instruments
30"-0-200 psi 4200741 ■ Suitable for fluid medium which does
15 psi 4220021
not clog port or corrode 316 SS
30 psi 4220030
60 psi 4220048
100 psi 4220056
160 psi 4220064
200 psi 4220072
300 psi 4220081
400 psi 4220099
600 psi 4220102
800 psi
1,000 psi 4220111
1,500 psi 4246004
2,000 psi 4249250
3,000 psi 4237979
5,000 psi 4243269
10,000 psi 50044796
Abbreviations
LM - Lower mount
Restrictor +R
R
Type 332.34
The type 332.34 is an industrial type gauge suitable for corrosive environ- ME
ments where the fluid medium will not clog the connection or corrode 316 CH
AN
SS material. Solid front, blow-out back case design meets safety
IC
requirements of ASME B40.100.
AL
PR
Size: 4½” SU
Case: Black Pocan® Pointer: Black aluminum, RE
Ring: Black Pocan® adjustable knife-
Wetted Parts: 316L SS edge
Window: Acyrlic Movement: Stainless steel
Dial: White aluminum, Accuracy: +0.25% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade 3A)
with mirrored 0/30” Hg to 600 psi and 2,000 psi to 20,000 psi;
band +0.5% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade 2A)
600>2,000 psi

Size 4½"
Connection LM
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT
■ Instrument glass
Press. Scale PSI ■ Panel mount kit
30" Hg 4334711 ■ Safety glass
30"-0-15 psi 4334729 ■ Special connection
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi 4334761 ■ Industrial
30"-0-200 psi ■ Suitable for corrosive environments
15 psi 4334770 where the fluid medium will not clog
30 psi 4334788
the connection or corrode the
60 psi 4334796
wetted part materials.
100 psi 4334800
160 psi 4334818
200 psi 4334826
300 psi 4334834
400 psi 4334842
600 psi 4334851
800 psi 4364398
1,000 psi 50005456
1,500 psi 50058649
2,000 psi 4394506
3,000 psi 4200627
5,000 psi 50008880
10,000 psi 4200792
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
Abbreviations
4½" Panel kit + PM LM - Lower mount
Restrictor +R SS - Stainless steel
TEST GAUGES
R
Mechanical Pressure > Test Gauges > 332.34DD
Type 332.34DD
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 332.34DD direct drive test gauge features a direct drive,
movementless pressure system. With a shock absorbing Bourdon tube design,
these gauges are an effective means for guarding against severe shock and
vibration applications that require test gauge accuracy. The 332.34DD is
manufactured in a standard black 4½”
process gauge style case and comes standard completely equipped with an
external zero adjustment and a high 0.25% full scale accuracy.
Standard Features
Size: 4½”
Case: Red thermoplastic, solid front Pointer: Black aluminum,
Ring: Red thermoplastic, solid adjustable knife
front Wetted Parts: X-750 Inconel® / 316 SS edge
Window: Clear acrylic Accuracy: ± 0.25% of span
Dial: White aluminum, mirror band ASME B40.100 Grade 3A1)
with stop pin at 6 o’clock Connection: Lower mount
Filter: Standard, porous
filter (25-50 microns)
Type 332.34DD Available Options

Size 4½" ■ Cleaned for use in oxygen service
■ Special connection
Conn. Size 1/2" NPT
■ 4½” panel mount kit (field assembly)
Press. Scale PSI
-30" to 30 psi 52398498
■ Lower back mount & connection
-30" to 60 psi 52398501 ■ Weather protection NEMA 4 (IP65)
-30” to 150 psi 52398510
-30” to 300 psi 52398528
30 psi 52398544
60 psi 52398552
100 psi 52398561
160 psi 52398579
200 psi 52398587
300 psi 52398609
500 psi 52398617
1,000 psi 52398625
1,500 psi 52398650
2,000 psi 52398684
3,000 psi 52398692 Abbreviations
5,000 psi 52398714 LM - Lower mount
10,000 psi 52398722
1)
Range 0 / 10,000 psi accuracy ± 0.5% of span per ASME B40.100 Grade 2A
R
Mechanical Pressure > High Precision Gauges > 332.25 / 312.25
Type 332.25 / 312.25

WIKA type 332.25 test gauges have a glass covered hinged ring front with ME
securing screws as standard. The adjustable knife edge pointer is easily CH
accessed under the hinged ring front. Designed for panel mounting, the AN
type 332.25 gauge features 316 SS wetted parts and a one-piece IC
AL
aluminum solid-front safety case design. Well suited for installations in
PR
process panel
ES
and control applications, type 332.25 gauges meet ASME Grade 3A accuracy
SU
standards.
RE
Standard Features
Size: 4½”
Case: Black-painted Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable knife-edge
aluminum Movement: Stainless steel
Ring: Black-painted Accuracy: +0.25% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade 3A)
aluminum 0/30” Hg to 600 psi and 2,000 psi to 20,000 psi;
Wetted Parts: 316L SS +0.5% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade 2A)
Window: Flat instrument glass 600>2,000 psi
Dial: White aluminum, Connection: Lower back mount
with mirrored band
Type 332.25
Size 4½"
Connection LBM
Press. Scale PSI PSI
30" Hg 50675567 50675818
30"-0-15 psi 50663003 50675826
Available Options
30"-0-30 psi 50675583 50675834
■ Copper alloy wetted
30"-0-60 psi 50675591 50675842
parts (Type 312.25)
30"-0-100 psi 50675605 50675851
30"-0-160 psi 50675613 50675869
30"-0-200 psi 50675621 50675877 ■ Special connections
15 psi 50675621 50675885
30 psi 50675648 50675893 Applications
60 psi 50675656 50675907
100 psi 50675664 50675915 ■ Instrument shops
160 psi 50663011 50675923 ■ Precision panel installations
200 psi 50663020 50675931 ■ Test benches
300 psi 50675699 50675940 ■ Calibration laboratories
400 psi 50663038 50675958
600 psi 50663046 50675966
800 psi 50675729 50675974
1,000 psi 50675737 50675982
1,500 psi 50675745 50675991
2,000 psi 50675753 50676008
3,000 psi 50675761 50676016
5,000 psi 50675770 50676024
10,000 psi 50675788 50676032
Abbreviations
15,000 psi 50675796 50676041
20,000 psi 50675800 50676059
Restrictor +R

R
Type 342.11
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
WIKA type 342.11 precision test gauges are high quality, time-proven
instruments designed for applications requiring exceptional precision and high
reliability in
the measurement of pressure. WIKA precision test gauges feature a Bourdon
tube made of Ni-Span C® for all pressure ranges above 0-10 psi. Ni-Span C®
has exceptional temperature stability and eliminates the need for an expensive
thermal compensator.
Standard Features
Size: 10”
Case: Grey-painted cast Dial: White aluminum,
aluminum with mirrored band
Ring: Grey-painted cast Pointer: Black aluminum, knife-edge
aluminum Movement: Stainless steel
Wetted Parts: Ni-Span C® Accuracy: +0.1% of span
Window: Acrylic, non-reflecting ASME B40.100 Grade 4A
Type 342.11
Available Options
Size 10"
Connection LM
■ Cleaned for oxygen service (up to 6,000 psi)
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT Female ■ Special connections including autoclave
Press. Scale PSI
30" Hg 9328750 Applications
30"-0-15 psi 9328769
30"-0-30 psi 9328777
■ Pressure gauge for testing, calibration
30"-0-60 psi 9328785
and laboratory measurement
30"-0-100 psi 9328793
30"-0-150 psi 8988927
■ Fluid medium does not clog port or corrode
30"-0-200 psi Ni-Span C® and stainless steel
30"-0-300 psi
15 psi 9328823
30 psi 9328831
60 psi 9328840
100 psi 9328858
160 psi 9328866
200 psi 9328874
300 psi 9328882 Notes:
400 psi 9328890 All Type 342.11 gauges are supplied with a
600 psi 9328904 NIST Certificate of Calibration.
800 psi 8988854
1,000 psi 9328920
1,500 psi 9328939
2,000 psi 9328947
3,000 psi 9328955
5,000 psi
10,000 psi
15,000 psi 9328998
20,000 psi9329005
Abbreviations
300" HSS
LM - Lower mount 2
8590931
O - Stainless steel
400" H2O
600" H2O
1,000" H2O Stock items shown in blue print.
CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT
R
Mechanical Pressure > Calibration Equipment > CPH6600
CPH6600
WIKA’s CPH6600 is a small, lightweight hand-held calibrator that ME
generates pressures up to 300 psi using a high-perfromance CH
integral electric pump. AN
IC
AL
The CPH6600 provides + 0.025 % FS accuracy on its internal,
PR
isolated pressure sensor. Temperature compensation on its
ES
internal sensor ensures accuracy in field appliactions.
SU
RE
Standard Features
■ Integrated electric pump (ranges 30 psi,150 psi, 300 psi)
■ Supplied certified to NIST 0.025% accuracy
■ Simultaneous display of pressure, temperature and mA output
■ 24V loop power for device under test
Applications
■ Calibration of natural gas custody transfer sites
■ Field calibration verification on transmitters
■ Switch set point setting
Type Range Part Number

-28” Hg to 30 psi 50846442
CPH6600 -28” Hg to 150 psi 50846451
-28” Hg to 300 psi 50846477
R
Mechanical Pressure > Calibration Equipment > CPG 1000
Type CPG 1000

MECHANICAL PRESSURE
The CPG 1000 digital pressure test gauge takes the concept of an
analog test gauge and brings it to a new level. The CPG 1000 combines
the accuracy of digital technology with the simplicity of an analog test
gauge and achives performance, ease-of-use and a feature set
unmatched in the pressure measurement world.
Standard Features
■ Accuracy of (+/-) 0.05% full scale

■ Class 1, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, and T6
■ Stainless steel case meets NEMA 4,
IP65 ■ Available with optional 24 V external power
input
■ Min/max recall
■ Rubber boot standard on LM version only
■ 18 selectable engineering units,
■ 1 user customized unit
■ Adjustable tare
Type CPG 1000

Size 4"
Conn. Size 1/4" NPT
Kit w/
LM LBM Style
Lower Lower Back Pump,
Configuration w/ Opt. 24 V w/ Opt. 24
Mount Mount Test Hose
Ext. Power V Ext. & Case
Power
10” W.C. 52189074 N/A N/A N/A N/A
30" W.C. 50577930 50578367 50578529 50578669 N/A
-15-0-15 psi 50577964 50578405 50578553 50579304 50579428
-15-0-30 psi 50577972 50578421 50578561 50579312 50579436
15 psi 50577948 50578383 50578537 50579282 50579401
30 psi 50577956 50578391 50578545 50579291 50579410
100 psi 50577981 50578448 50578570 50579321 50579444
300 psi 50577999 50578456 50578596 50579339 50579452
500 psi 50578003 50578464 50578600 50579347 50579461
1,000 psi 50578014 50578472 50578618 50579355 50579479
2,000 psi 50578022 50578481 50578626 50579363 50579487
3,000 psi 50578341 50578499 50578634 50579371 50579509
5,000 psi 50578359 50578502 50578642 50579380 50579517
10,000 psi 50578375 50578511 50578651 50579398 50579495
15,000 psi 52189058 N/A N/A N/A N/A
LM LBM LM w/24V LBM w/24V Kit

15 psia 50579525 50579827 50579860 50579908 N/A
30 psia 50579533 50579835 50579878 50579916 N/A
100 psia 50579541 50579843 50579886 50579924 N/A
300 psia 50579819 50579851 50579894 50579935 N/A
50738631 CPG 1000 Data Log Software
R
Mechanical Pressure > Calibration Equipment > WICP-L100, WICP-M500, WICP-H10K
Type WICP-L100, WICP-M500, WICP-H10K

WIKA pneumatic and hydraulic test pumps are high performance hand operated pumps that allow the user to ME
generate both pressure and vacuum for precise testing of pressure instrumentation including transmitters, CH
pressure switches and pressure gauges AN
IC
AL
PR
ES
SU
RE
WICP-L100 WICP-M500 WICP-H10K

Pneumatic Pump Kit Pneumatic Pump Kit Pneumatic Pump Kit
(shown with CPG 1000) (shown with CPG 1000)
Type RANGE PART #

WICP-L100 -28" Hg to 100 psi 50578031
WICP-M500 -29" Hg to 600 psi 50578049
WICP-H10K 0 to 10,000 psi 50578057
Accessories Part Number
Pump Kits Kits include hard sided carrying case

WICP-L100 Kit - Low Pressure & Vacuum Pump
(-28 in. Hg to 100 psi) with one test hose and one 1/8” FNPT port 50578065
WICP-M500 Kit - High Pressure & Vacuum Pump

(-29 In Hg to 500 psi) with one test hose and one ¼” FNPT port 50578284
WICP-H10K Kit - Hydraulic Pump (0 to 10,000 psi)

with one test hose and one ¼” FNPT port 50578073
Fittings and Adapters for Pumps

Adapter 1/4 F BSP to 1/8 F NPT 50578081
Adapter 1/4 F NPT to 1/4 M BSP 50578090
Adapter 1/4 M NPT to 1/4 F BSP 50578103
Adapter 1/4 M NPT to 1/4 M NPT (Union) 50578111

Connector 1/4 M NPT to quick connect
50578120
for high pressure hydraulic hose
Tee, Street, SS, 1/4 F NPT x 1/4 F NPT x 1/4 M NPT 50578138
Adapter 1/8 F NPT to 1/4 F NPT (Union) 50578146
Adapter 1/8 M NPT to 1/4 M BSP 50578154
Adapter 1/8 M NPT to 1/4 M NPT 50578162
Connector 1/8 M NPT to 1/8 quick connect tubing (nylon) 50578171
Hose, high pressure with quick connect fittings for WICP-H10K 6060100
PAK100 Accessory Kit for WICP-L100
includes carrying case, test hose and fittings 1010054
PAK500 Accessory Kit for WICP-M500

PAK10K Accessory Kit for WICP-H10K

R
NOTES:
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Diaphragm Seals
Diaphragm Seals
Diaphragm seals, also referred to as chemical seals, are used to isolate pressure gauges, switches and
transmitters from clogging and/or corrosive media. Standard diaphragm seal bodies and diaphragms are
made of stainless steel; however, a variety of materials from carbon steel to Hastelloy® C-276 are available to
meet the
demands of most applications. WIKA diaphragm seals can operate in pressure applications from 10" H2O to 15,000
psi and media temperature between -130°F and 752°F.
Examples of Typical Diaphragm Seal Applications
 The media is corrosive and may damage a sensitive element such as a Bourdon tube
DI
gauge, pressure switch or transmitter diaphragm.
AP
 The temperature of the media may be too high for a standard gauge, switch or transmitter HR
to operate properly. AG
 The media is highly viscous or tends to crystallize, or polymerize and may clog the M
pressure port of a gauge, switch or transmitter. SE
 The media is non-homogenous or contains suspended matter such as wood pulp which AL
S
may clog the pressure port of a gauge, switch or transmitter.
 Remote reading is required. A diaphragm seal with a capillary line will allow remote
installation of a pressure instrument.
 The sanitary cleanliness level is critical. A flush mounted or InLine Seal sanitary type
diaphragm seal avoids dead space and cavities.
 The media is toxic or hazardous and may pollute the environment. A suitably designed
diaphragm seal will provide additional protection, i.e. all-welded designs.
 The application requires high overpressure protection. A diaphragm seal with a
contoured diaphragm bed can be configured to provide overpressure protection and
protection to the instrument, exact temperature data are mandatory.
WIKA diaphragm seal systems are an excellent value and offer savings by:
 Meeting fugitive emission requirements

 Extending the service life of the pressure instrument
 Reducing the cost of installation
 Reducing or eliminating maintenance costs
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Diaphragm Seals > Operating Principle
Operating Principle
The drawing below illustrates the operating principle of a diaphragm seal assembly. A pressure measurement
instrument such as a conventional pressure gauge or electronic pressure transmitter is either mounted
directly to the diaphragm seal or attached to the seal by means of a capillary or cooling element.
A diaphragm within the diaphragm seal separates the gauge/transmitter from the process medium. Any part of
the diaphragm seal (i.e., diaphragm, lower housing, gaskets) which will be exposed to the process medium is
selected from materials resistant to pressure, temperature and possible chemical attack by the process
medium.
The diaphragm seal is also filled with a transmitting fluid or system fill fluid. Any pressure applied by the process
medium to the seal diaphragm is hydraulically transmitted to the pressure element of the
gauge/switch/transmitter thus generating a pressure reading.
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Pressure Element
Pressure Gauge
Capillary
Transmitting Fluid (System Fill Fluid)
Upper Housing
Diaphragm
Lower Housing with Process

Connection
SELECTION GUIDELINES
Diaphragm Seals > Selection Guidelines
Selection Guidelines
When selecting a diaphragm seal assembly, the following details must be taken into consideration to ensure a
safe and satisfactory operation. For specific technical assistance regarding temperature effects, volumetric
compatibility, etc., contact WIKA Customer Care or send a completed diaphragm seal specification sheet to the
factoryfor analysis.
1. Process composition 6. System fill fluid

2. Temperature 7. Mounting position
3. Pressure range 8. Response time
4. Pressure instrument 9. Seal and gauge matches
5. Process connection
1. Process composition
Since the diaphragm and lower housing of the diaphragm seal will be exposed to the process medium, it is critical to
select materials for these components which will be compatible with this medium. Tables are available to assist in the
DI
selection of these materials (see Pressure Gauge Section); however, the customer is the ultimate source for specifying
AP
suitable materials. WIKA cannot guarantee suitability. For information, see numerous reference guides such as corrosion
HR
table reference books. This should also be taken into consideration, if the pressure fluid is very thick, solidifies or is full of
AG
solids.
M
2. Temperature
SE
Each diaphragm seal measurement system (diaphragm seal, pressure instrument, and cooling element or capillary, if
AL
applicable) is filled with an amount of fill fluid at an ambient temperature of about 70oF. This temperature is referred to S
as the system fill temperature. The fill fluid will expand or contract according to temperature changes. This in turn
causes the pressure in the sensing element to rise or fall, thus adding zero shifting effects to the instrument
output. To reduce this effect, the temperatures of the process and the environment should be specified when
selecting a diaphragm seal system (see Diaphragm Seal Specification Sheet). Special advanced calibration
techniques can be used to ensure the best possible accuracy. At temperatures above 300oF, a cooling element or
capillary is suggested to protect the pressure instrument.
3. Pressure range
The displacement volume on the diaphragm seal required to "drive" each diaphragm seal measurement system
(diaphragm seal, pressure instrument and capillary, if applicable) must be greater than the displacement volume
needed to move the pressure sensing element. Normally, the lower the pressure range, the larger the diaphragm
will need to be to "drive" the system.. Conversely, for higher pressure ranges, smaller diaphragms are sufficient.
Pressure transmitters also follow the general rule of the lower the pressure, the larger the diaphragm required.
4. Pressure instrument
As mentioned above (Item 3 - Pressure range), the diaphragm seal must supply sufficient displacement volume to
enable the pressure instrument to reach full scale. As a general rule, smaller size gauges are better suited to low
pressure applications since less displacement volume is required on the part of the diaphragm seal to drive the
pressure instrument.
5. Process connection
The process connection is specified by the customer. Most process connections are threaded, flanged or clamped;
however, additional connections are available. Teflon® coating and lining is only available in flanged connections,
since tapered NPT threads strip off the Teflon® during installation. However, solid Teflon® threaded connections are
available with NPT threads.
6. System fill fluid

WIKA offers a wide range of system filling fluids allowing temperatures from -130oF to 752oF. Chemical compatibility
of the system fill fluid with the process fluid must be carefully considered in the event of a leak. In food processing
applications a nontoxic fluid should be selected. Special fill fluids are also available for oxidizing media such as oxygen
and chlorine.
SELECTION GUIDELINES
Diaphragm Seals > Selection Guidelines
Selection Guidelines (continued)

7. Mounting position
Mounting position is important for diaphragm seal systems which include a capillary. The level difference between
the diaphragm seal and the pressure instrument causes a hydrostatic pressure to act on the sensing element:
a. For gauges mounted above the level of the diaphragm seal, the pointer on the
dial of the gauge will be lower than the zero point.
b. For gauges mounted below the level of the diaphragm seal, the pointer on the
dial of the gauge will be higher than the zero point.
The diaphragm seal system can be calibrated to compensate for the effect caused by the hydrostatic
pressure, if the level difference is known in advance (see Diaphragm Seal Specification Sheet for
assistance).
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
8. Response time
Response time, i.e., the time it takes the pressure instrument to indicate 90% of the value of a sudden pressure
variation, is especially important for instrument/diaphragm seal assemblies which include a capillary. Response time
increases significantly in systems with long capillaries. In applications requiring long capillaries, response times can
be reduced by using larger diameter capillary tubing and reducing the viscosity of the system fill fluid. Be advised
that increasing the inner diameter of the capillary increases the temperature influence of the measuring system.
Consult factory if detailed information is needed.
9. Seal and gauge matches

For measurement ranges under 300 psi, WIKA pressure gauges with removable window rings (e.g. 2XX.54, 2XX.34)
are preferred over crimped window rings (e.g. 2XX.53). All gauges with crimp rings might not be usable due to
potential recalibration. The table below shows the common matches between gauge and diaphragm seal types
recommended by the factory. Please contact the Diaphragm Seal Department for more information.
Table 4 - Seal and Gauge Combinations

Gauge Size Range¹ Seal Type Number
2½" > 60 psi 990.22 1½"
> 30 psi 990.TA
> 15 psi 990.TB
> 15 psi 990.22 2"
> 15 psi 990.10
> 15 psi 990.12
4" or 4½" > 400 psi 990.22 1½"
> 160 psi 990.TA
> 15 psi 990.TB
> 100 psi 990.22 2"
> 15 psi 990.10
> 15 psi 990.12
6" N/A 990.22 1½"
N/A 990.TA or 990.TB
> 600 psi 990.22 2"
> 160 psi 990.10
> 160 psi 990.12
¹ The total span between the lowest and highest measurement points of a pressure gauge.
Includes vacuum and compound ranges.
> Indicates greater than or equal to
ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Assembled Seals > M93X.25

M93X.25 Selection Guide
Field no. Code
Type M93X.25 C030
Pressure Range
-30 inHg … 30 psi Compound range
C060 -30 inHg … 60 psi Compound range
Type M93X.25 sanitary gauge C100 -30 inHg … 100 psi Compound Range
provides a ¾" Tri-Clamp® process C160 -30 inHg … 160 psi Compound Range
P030 30 psi Gauge pressure range
connection with a 2½" stainless steel P060 60 psi Gauge pressure range
gauge. This assembly contains an P100 100 psi Gauge pressure range
electropolished process connection P160 160 psi Gauge pressure range
and meets the criteria set by 3A. The P300 300 psi Gauge pressure range
gauge is ideal for applications in the P400 400 psi Gauge pressure range
food and beverage, pharmaceutical P600 600 psi Gauge pressure range
and biotechnology industries. XXXX Other - consult factory
1
Pressure Units
Standard Features PX PSI - Single scale
PC PSI outside / KG/CM2 inside in red
Design: This all-welded gauge assembly contains an external PK PSI outside / KPA inside in red
flush diaphragm on the ¾" Tri-Clamp® process connection. PB PSI outside / BAR inside in red DI
Each gauge contains a traceable identification number. SP Special scale
2 AP
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi, limited by installation Process Connection HR
clamp rating 75 3/4" Tri-Clamp® connector
10 1" Tri-Clamp® connector AG
Suitable Pressure Ranges: See Selection Guide
3 XX Other - consult factory M
Operating Temperature: 50°F to 257°F (10°C to 125°C) Wetted Parts Material SE
Ambient Temperature: 50°F to 175°F (10°C to 80°C) ES Electropolished 316L SS (1.4435) Ra ≤ 20 AL
µin S
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
4
XX Other - consult factory
Gauge Features System Fill
Dial Size: 2½" KN7 - Glycerine 99.7% USP (1000 cst)
07 - FDA 21 CFR 182.1320 ¹
Process Connection: ¾" Tri-Clamp®
KN59 - Neobee M20
Process Wetted Materials: 316L SS electropolished 59 - FDA 21 CFR 172.856, 174.5
Case Material: Polished stainless steel with vent KN92 - Mineral Oil LubePharm (23 cst)
92 - FDA 21 CFR 172.878, 178.3620 (a); USP,
plug Window: Polycarbonate EP
Dial: Aluminum, white KN93 - Silicone Oil DC200 (350 cst food
93
Pointer: Black aluminum grade)
5 - FDA 21 CFR 173.340
Accuracy: +2/1/2% ASME B40.1 Grade A
System Fill Fluids: Glycerine (non-vacuum Window Material
ranges) Mineral oil (vacuum and compound LPC Polycarbonate
ranges) 6 LPS Polysulfone ⁴
Options²
FGL Glycerine case fill - change model # to
M933.25
Available Options
Material Certificate 3.1
XMT EN10204 (metal only)³
■ Integral cooling element (Tmax 300F°)
WSS Instrument tag, Stainless steel
■ Autoclavable (dry case, polysulfone window only) MZA External Zero Adjust
■ External zero adjust CE0 Integral cooling element (Tmax 300oF)
XAC Autoclave design, case with 2 weep holes ⁴
7 XNI NIST - Certificate of Calibration
Notes:
1) Glycerine (07) is not available for vacuum & compound pressure measurement ranges. Consult factory for exceptions.
2) List options in alphabetical order at the end of the configuration code.
3) All product under this model series is provided with calibration protocol, electropolish finish, and material based information report per 2.2 EN10204 as standard.
4) Autoclave design requires polysulfone window (LPS) and dry gauge case (M932.25).
Order Code:
M932.25
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
*Additional order details
ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Assembled Seals > M93X.3A
Type M93X.3A
Standard Features
Design: All-welded construction in full compliance with
3A third party standards and meets the most rigorous
biopharmaceutical specifications. This assembly has
all the advantages of the 23X.50 series mechanical
gauge (ASME B40.100 & EN 837-1) and WIKA
combines it with a superior designed Tri-Clamp®
diaphragm seal.
Process Connection: 1½” to 4” Tri-Clamp®
Ranges: Vacuum, compound and positive pressure up
to 1,500 psi (limited by installation clamp rating)
Operating Temp: 25°F to 300°F (-4°C to +149°C)
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Gauge Size: 2½” or 4”- lower and back mount

Case Fill: Glycerine (optional)
Dial: White aluminum with black lettering Accuracy: 2½”:
±2/1/2% of span, 4”: ±1.0% of span Case Material: 304 SS
electropolished case with M93X.3A Selection Guide
Field no. Code
vent plug and stainless steel electropolished twist lock
Dial Size
bayonet ring
1 25 2½" Gauge case
Window: Polycarbonate
Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable 40 4.0" Gauge case
Pressure Range
Serial Number: Engraved in back of case
System Fill: Glycerine, non-vacuum application V000 -30 inHg...0 Vacuum
mineral oil, vacuum and compound range C030 -30 inHg … 30 psi Compound Range
applications C060 -30 inHg … 60 psi Compound Range
C100 -30 inHg … 100 psi Compound Range
Gauge Features C160 -30 inHg … 160 psi Compound Range
● All-welded design P015 0...15psi Gauge pressure range
● < 20 Ra electropolished P030 0...30 psi Gauge pressure range
● Engraved material identification and serial number 2
P060 0...60 psi Gauge pressure range
● Manufacturer calibration report P100 0...100 psi Gauge pressure range
● FDA-approved system fill fluids
● Meets 3A sanitary criteria
Available Options P300 0...300 psi Gauge pressure range
■ Autoclavable (dry case with
weep holes, polysulfone window
only) XXXX Other - consult factory
Pressure Units
■ Hastelloy C276 wetted parts"
■ Cherry Burrell I-Line, APC connections PX PSI - Single scale
PC PSI outside / Kg/cm2 inside in red
3 PK PSI outside / KPA inside in red
PB PSI outside / BAR inside in red
SP Special scale
ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Assembled Seals > M93X.3A
Type M93X.3A
M93X.3A Selection Guide
Field no. Code M93X.3A Selection Guide
Connector Location Field no. Code
LM Lower mount Window Material
4
Center back mount (2½") or Lower back 9 LPC Polycarbonate
BK
mount (4.0") LPS Polysulfone
Diaphragm Seal Design Options²
22 Tri-Clamp® Glycerine case fill - change model # to
FGL
57F Cherry Burrell - I-Line Female M933.3A
5 57M Cherry Burrell - I-Line Male Wetted parts electro-polished w/
XEP
certificate⁴
58 APC
Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204
XX Other - consult factory XMT
Process Connection⁶ (metal only)⁴
10 1.0 " connector WSS Instrument TAG, stainless steel DI
AP
15 1.5 " connector RS6 Restrictor, SS 0.6 orifice
HR
20 2.0 " connector 10 RS3 Restrictor, SS 0.3 orifice AG
6
25 2.5 " connector CE1 Integral Cooling Element Tmax 300°F M
30 3.0 " connector CE2 2" Cooling element³ SE
40 4.0 " connector AL
CE4 4” Cooling Element - (Tmax +500°F)
Wetted Parts Material S
Electropolished 316L SS (1.4435) Autoclave design, case with 2 weep
ES XAC
Ra ≤ 20 µin holes⁵
7 MO Monel 400 (2.4360) NIST Certificate of Calibration per 3.1
XNI
EN10204
XXX Other - consult factory
System Fill
KN7 - Glycerine 99.7% USP (1000cSt)¹ Notes:
07 1) Glycerine (07) is not available for vacuum & compound
FDA 21 CFR 182.1320 pressure measurement ranges. Consult factory for exceptions.
KN59 - Neobee M20
59 3) Cooling elements are welded to the diaphragm seal
FDA 21 CFR 172.856, 174.5 4) All product under this model series is provided with calibration
8 protocol, electropolish finish, and material based information report as
KN92 - MINERAL OIL Lubepharm (23cSt) standard. Documentation per 2.2 EN10204
92
FDA 21 CFR 172.878, 178.3620(a): USP, 5) Autoclave design requires polysulfone window (LPS) and dry gauge
EP case (M932.3A).
6) Size limitation for Cherry Burrel and APC both available in 1.5” and 2”.
KN93 - DC200 SILICONE OIL
93
(350cSt Food Grade) FDA 21 CFR 173.340
Order Code:
M932.3A
Field no.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Assembled Seals > M932.2C
Type M932.2C
Type M932.2C sanitary gauge assembly provides a ¾" Tri-Clamp ® process
connection welded to a 1½" or 2" stainless steel gauge. This assembly
meets the criteria set by 3A and is ideal for applications in the food and
beverage, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi,
limited by installation clamp rating
Suitable Pressure Ranges: See selection guide
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Operating Temperature: 50°F to 257°F (10°C to 125°C)

Ambient Temperature: 50°F to 140°F (10°C to 60°C)
Gauge Features
Gauge Size: 1½” or 2”
Process Connection: ¾” Tri-Clamp®
Process Wetted Materials: 316L SS electropolished
Case Material: Stainless steel
Window: 1.5” acrylic, 2.0” flat glass
Dial: Aluminum, white
Accuracy: ±3/2/3% of span
System Fill Fluid: Glycerine (non-vacuum ranges
only); mineral oil, food grade silicone oil and
NEOBEE® M20 (positive pressure, vacuum and
compound ranges)
Additional Options: Hastelloy C276 wetted parts
ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Assembled Seals > M932.2C
Type M932.2C
M932.2C Selection Guide M932.2C Selection Guide
Field no. Code Field no. Code
Dial Size Process Connection
15 1.5" Gauge case 5 75 3/4" Tri-Clamp® connector
1 20 2" Gauge case Wetted Parts Material
Pressure Range ES Electropolished 316L SS (1.4435) Ra ≤ 20 µin
C030 -30 inHg … 30 psi Compound range HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
C060 -30 inHg … 60 psi Compound range XX Other - consult factory
6
System Fill
P030 30 psi Gauge pressure range KN7 - Glycerine 99.7% USP (1000 cst)
07
- FDA 21 CFR 182.1320¹
P100 100 psi Gauge pressure range 59 KN59 - Neobee M20
P160 160 psi Gauge pressure range - FDA 21 CFR 172.856, 174.5
P200 200 psi Gauge pressure range KN92 - Mineral Oil LubePharm (23 cst)
92
P300 300 psi Gauge pressure range - FDA 21 CFR 172.878, 178.3620 (a):
USP, EP DI
KN93 - Silicone Oil DC200 (350 cst food AP
P600 600 psi Gauge pressure range 93
XXXX Other - consult factory grade) HR
7 - FDA 21 CFR 173.340
2 AG
XX Other - consult factory M
Pressure Units Window Material
PX psi - Single scale LPM Acrylic - 1.5" dial standard
SE
PC psi outside / KG/CM2 inside in red
8 LIG Window glass - 2.0" dial standard AL
PK psi outside / KPA inside in red S
PB psi outside / BAR inside in red Options²
XEP Wetted parts electro-polished w/ certificate
3 SP Special scale
XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)³
Connector Location
LM Lower mount WNI NIST - Certificate of Calibration
4 BK Center back mount WSS Instrument tag, Stainless steel
9
Notes:
1) Glycerine (07) is not available for vacuum & compound pressure measurement
ranges. Consult factory for exceptions.
Order Code:
M932.2C
Field no.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Assembled Seals > M93X.D1
Type M93X.D1
Type M93X.D1 all-welded systems are a drop-in retrofit for existing gauges.
This assembly eliminates all potential leak paths and has a tamper-resistant
construction. The all-welded system is ideal for installations where tightly
controlled fugitive emissions and safety are a concern. The M93X.D1 is well-
suited for applications in the chemical, petrochemical and process industries.
Standard Features
Design: This all-welded gauge assembly is constructed using
WIKA gauge type number 23X.34 and diaphragm seal type
number 990.34. The diaphragm is recessed within the all-
welded seal body. The pressure gauge is back-welded to the
seal upper housing to eliminate another potential leak path. The
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
threaded seal fill port has been removed to ensure a tamper

resistant
design. Additional process wetted materials, process
connections, system fill fluids and accessories are available to
meet the rigorous demands of most applications.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi and 5,000 psi
Suitable Pressure Ranges: See selection Guide
Operating Temperature: 0 to 300°F (-18°C to 149°C)
Ambient Temperature: -40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 66°C)
Gauge Features Available Options

Dial Size: 4½" process gauge ■ High temperature (up to 752°F) configurations
Process Connection: ½" NPT male or female ■ Severe pressure pulsation protection
Process Wetted Materials: 316L SS ■ Other system fill fluids
Case Material: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic ■ Additional process connections
Window: Acrylic ■ Laminated safety glass window
Dial: Aluminum, white ■ Stainless steel gauges (i.e. 23X.54)
Accuracy: ±0.5% of span
System Fill Fluid: Silicone oil, DC200-10cst.
Notes: (See next page)

1) Plugs are not supplied with flushing ports as standard.
2) Diaphragm material should match the lower housing material. Please contact the factory for exceptions.
3) Glycerine (07) is not available for vacuum & compound pressure measurement
ranges. Consult factory for exceptions.
5) Cooling element are only offered with 316L stainless steel upper housings.
6) If lower is Monel 400, upper must be selected as (M3) Monel M30C
ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Assembled Seals > M93X.D1
Type M93X.D1
M93X.D1 Selection Guide
M93X.D1 Selection Guide Field no. Code
Field no. Code Lower Housing Material
Pressure Range SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
V000 -30inHg...0 Vacuum HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
C015 -30inHg … 15 psi Compound Range MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
C030 -30inHg … 30 psi Compound Range IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
C060 -30inHg … 60 psi Compound Range IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
C100 -30inHg … 100 psi Compound Range CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
C160 -30inHg … 160 psi Compound Range DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
P015 15 psi Gauge pressure range NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
P030 30 psi Gauge pressure range S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
P060 60 psi Gauge pressure range XX Other - consult factory
P100 100 psi Gauge pressure range 6
P160 160 psi Gauge pressure range Flushing Connection Lower Housing¹
P200 200 psi Gauge pressure range -0 Without
P300 300 psi Gauge pressure range -1 1 X 1/8" NPT
P400 400 psi Gauge pressure range -2 1 X 1/4" NPT DI
P600 600 psi Gauge pressure range -3 2 x 1/8" NPT AP
7
-4 2 x 1/4" NPT HR
P10C 1000 psi Gauge pressure range AG
P15C 1500 psi Gauge pressure range Diaphragm Material²
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) M
P20C 2000 psi Gauge pressure range
P30C 3000 psi Gauge pressure range HB Hastelloy B3 (2.4600) SE
P50C 5000 psi Gauge pressure range HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) AL
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) S
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
1
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
Pressure Units
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
PX PSI - Single scale
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
PC PSI outside / KG/CM2 inside in red
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
PK PSI outside / KPA inside in red
S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
PB PSI outside /BAR inside in red
SP Special scale
2 8
Connector Location System Fill
LM Lower mount 68 KN68 - Silicone DC200-10 cst
3 BK Lower back mount 02 KN2 - Silicone DC200-50 cst
Process Connection 32 KN32 - Silicone DC704
N2F 1/4" NPT female 21 KN21 - Halocarbon 6.3
N4F 1/2" NPT female 07 KN7 - Glycerine 99.7% USP (1000 cst)³
N6F 3/4 NPT female 92 KN92 - Mineral Oil Lubepharm (23 cst)
N8F 1" NPT female XX Other - consult factory
N4 1/2" NPT male 9
N6 3/4" NPT male Options ⁴
N8 1" NPT male FGL Glycerine case fill - change model # to M933.D1
XX Other - consult factory FS1 Silicone 1000 cst case fill - change model # to
4 M933.D1
Upper Housing Material LSG Laminated safety glass window
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
M3 Monel M30C⁶ XNC Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year 2009)
XX Other - consult factory compliant
5 WSS Instrument tag, Stainless steel
RS3 Restrictor, SS, 0.3 mm orifice (Super-restrictor)
PDP Drag pointer, red (standard)
CE4 4" Cooling element ⁵
10 CE8 8" Cooling element ⁵
Order Code: PLG Provided with flushing port plug(s) - 1/8" & 1/4" NPT
M932.D1
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ASSEMBLED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Threaded Seals > 990.TA
Type 990.TA
When an application is not well-suited for a gauge alone, due to clogging or corrosive
material, the WIKA 990.TA is ideal. This mini-seal is economical and features a one-
piece, tamper-resistant construction with an upper and lower housing, eliminating the
need for a gasket. The 990.TA is used in a variety of industries.
Standard Features 990.TA Selection Guide

Design: The diaphragm is welded together with the lower Field no. Code
Upper Housing Material
and upper housing, generating a leak-free construction.
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
The diaphragm is located between the upper and lower TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)²
housing. A flushing port can be added to the lower housing MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
to clean the diaphragm cavity. HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 2,500 psi CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
Suitable Pressure Span, Minimum: 3
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Gauge (Range): Lower Housing Material

2½", > 30 psi
4" or 4½", > 160 psi MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
Pressure Transmitters: > 60 psi IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
Operating Temperature: -40°F to 500°F (-40°C to 260°C) TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)²
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
Available Options 4
Flushing Connection Lower Housing³
■ Other materials -0 Without
■ Additional process connections -1 1 X 1/8" NPT
■ 5,000 psi design 5 -2 1 X 1/4" NPT
Diaphragm Material⁶
Notes:
1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 316L
stainless steel upper housings. HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
2) Titanium is not offered with any other materials other than itself for MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
this seal model. IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
3) Plugs are not supplied with flushing ports as standard. TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)²
5) Cooling elements are welded to the diaphragm seal. CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
6) Diaphragm material should match the lower housing DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
material. Please contact the factory for exceptions. S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
6
990.TA Selection Guide Pressure Rating @ 250ºF
Field no. Code 2500 2500 psi MWP
Instrument Connection 7 5000 5000 psi MWP
N4F 1/2" NPT female Options ⁴
N2F 1/4" NPT female XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
XNC
Process Connection 2009) compliant
N2F 1/4" NPT female CE4 4" Cooling element ¹,⁵
N4F 1/2" NPT female Provided flushing port plugs -
N2 1/4" NPT male PLG
8 1/8" & 1/4" NPT male
N4 1/2" NPT male
2
Order Code:
L990.TA
Field no.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
THREADED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Threaded Seals > 990.TB
Type 990.TB
The WIKA type 990.TB large mini-seal is used for low pressure
applications to protect the installed instrument from clogging due to
viscous, contaminated or solidified process medium. This seal also
allows for an exotic material interface with the process to protect the 990.TB Selection Guide
instrument from a corrosive application. Field no. Code
Standard Features MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
Design: The diaphragm is welded together with the lower 3 XX Other - consult factory
Lower Housing Material
and upper housing, generating a leak-free construction. The
diaphragm is located between the upper and lower housing. HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
A flushing port can be added to the lower housing to clean MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
the diaphragm cavity. IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) DI
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 2,500 psi CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) AP
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) HR
Suitable Pressure Span, Minimum:
XX Other - consult factory AG
Gauge (Range): 4
2½", > 15 psi Flushing Connection Lower Housing³ M
4" or 4½", > 15 psi -0 Without SE
-1 1 X 1/8" NPT AL
Pressure Transmitters: > 15 psi -2 1 X 1/4" NPT
5 S
Operating Temperature: -130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C) Diaphragm Material⁵
Available Options HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
■ Other materials IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
■ Additional process connections IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
■ Capillary tubing NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
990.TB Selection Guide XX Other - consult factory
Field no. Code 6
Instrument Connection Pressure Rating @ 250°F
N4F 1/2" NPT female 7 2500 2500 psi MWP
N2F 1/4" NPT female Options³
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
Process Connection Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
XNC
N2F 1/4" NPT female 2009) compliant
CE4 4" Cooling element ¹,⁴
N4F 1/2" NPT female
CE8 8" Cooling element ¹,⁴
N6F 3/4" NPT female
Provided flushing port plug(s) - 1/8" & 1/4"
N8F 1" NPT female PLG
8 NPT male
N2 1/4" NPT male
Notes
N4 1/2" NPT male
1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on
N6 3/4" NPT male 316L stainless steel upper housings.
N8 1" NPT male 2) Plugs are not supplied with flushing ports as standard.
2 3) List options in alphabetical order at the end of the configuration code.
4) Cooling elements are welded to the diaphragm seal.
5) Diaphragm material should match the lower housing material.
Please contact the factory for exceptions.
Order Code:
990.TB
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
THREADED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Threaded Seals > 990.10
Type 990.10
WIKA's type 990.10 standard threaded seal configuration is
constructed of an upper and lower housing with a welded diaphragm.
The design of this multi-purpose seal enables it to be used on a
variety of applications.
Standard Features
Design: The diaphragm is welded to the upper housing which allows
the replacement of the lower housing without jeopardizing the
integrity of the system fill fluid and installed instrument. The upper
and lower housing are bolted together and sealed by use of an O-ring.
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Process wetted components can be manufactured with solid metallic

and nonmetallic materials.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: up to 3,625 psi
Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4" or 4½", > 15 psi
Pressure Transmitters: > 15 psi
Operating Temperature: -130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C)
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ Additional process connections
■ Cooling element
■ Capillary tubing
Notes: (see next page)

1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 316L stainless steel upper housings.
2) Titanium upper housings and diaphragms are only offered together for this seal model.
3) Maximum working pressure is 200 psi at 200°F (8 bolts @
N/C). Only 1/4" and 1/2" NPT female connections are
available.
5) For use with silver plated metal gasket (AS) and 8 bolt configuration (3625) for process media temperatures
up to 752°F.
6) Teflon coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It is applied as a non-stick coating only.
7) Viton® (VI) gaskets are standard for 316L (SS) and carbon steel (CS) wetted parts. Teflon® (TF) gaskets are
standard for all other wetted parts configurations.
8) Only the PTFE lower housing (TF) does not require a gasket. See note 7 for all other lower housings.
Type 990.10
990.10 Selection Guide 990.10 Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Clamp & Support Material (including nuts and
N4F 1/2" NPT female bolts)
N2F 1/4" NPT female Retainer flange and bolts in
CS
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ galvanized steel max. 500oF
Process Connection Retainer flange and bolts in
N2F 1/4" NPT female SS
stainless steel max. 500oF
N4F 1/2" NPT female Retainer flange stainless steel and high
N6F 3/4" NPT female 6 HS
tensile
N8F 1" NPT female bolts - max. 752oF⁵
N2 1/4" NPT male Diaphragm Material
N4 1/2" NPT male SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
N6 3/4" NPT male HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
N8 1" NPT male HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
XX Other - consult factory MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
2
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated
TA Tantalum
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)²
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) Stainless steel (316L) with virgin PTFE-foil
SW
(Tmax 300°F)
3 Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon® PFA-spray-
Lower Housing Material PF
coating⁶
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
HB3 Hastelloy B3 (2.4600) S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) XX Other - consult factory
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) 7
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) Gasket Material⁷
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) BN
BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212oF
TF Solid virgin PTFE ³ VI
Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) TF
Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
PVC PVC ³ Metal Seal Form C, Inconel / Silver plated -
AS
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) max 752oF
PVDF PVDF (Kynar)³ NA None - for PTFE lower⁸
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) XX Other - consult factory
8 Pressure Rating @ 250°F
XX Other - consult factory 200 200 PSI MWP for plastic lower (8 bolt design)
1500 PSI MWP (standard 4 bolts)
4 1500
(not for high temp bolts and ring)
Flushing Connection Lower Housing⁴
3625 3625 psi (8 bolt design)
-0 Without
9
-1 1 X 1/8" NPT
Options⁹
-2 1 X 1/4" NPT
XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
-3 2 X 1/8" NPT
-4 2 X 1/4" NPT Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
XNC
-5 1 X 1/2" NPT 2009) compliant
-6 2 X 1/2" NPT CE4 4" Cooling element¹,¹⁰
5 CE8 8" Cooling element¹,¹⁰
PLG Provided with flushing port plug(s) - 1/8" &
1/4"
10

Order Code:
990.10
X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
For datasheets and additional information, please visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-2872.
THREADED SEALS 83
DI
AP
HR
AG
M
SE
AL
S
THREADED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Threaded Seals > 990.TC
Type 990.TC
WIKA's type 990.TC threaded seal is constructed of an upper and
lower housing, two O-rings and a diaphragm. Due to the clamped
diaphragm design, if excessive wear occurs to the configuration, the
diaphragm can be replaced as the pressure instrument remains
intact.
Standard Features
Design: The diaphragm is clamped between the upper and lower
housing. This design allows for the installation of metallic and nonmetallic
diaphragms. The upper and lower housing and diaphragm are bolted
together and sealed by use of two O-rings. Process wetted components
can be manufactured with solid metallic and nonmetallic materials.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: up to 2,500 psi
DIAPHRAGM SEALS

Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ 4" cooling element

1) Axial weld-in connections are only available on 316L stainless steel upper housings.
3 Teflon® spray coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It is applied as a non-
stick coating only.
4) Viton® (VI) gaskets are standard for 316L (SS) and carbon steel (CS) wetted parts. Teflon® (TF) gaskets
are standard for all other wetted parts configurations.
6) Viton® diaphragm requires 2500 psi (MWP) 8-bolt configuration.
THREADED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Threaded Seals > 990.TC
Type 990.TC
990.TC Selection Guide 990.TC Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Diaphragm Material
N4F 1/2" NPT female SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
N2F 1/4" NPT female HB Hastelloy B3 (2.4600)
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
Process Connection MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
N2F 1/4" NPT female IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
N4F 1/2" NPT female IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
N6F 3/4" NPT female TA Tantalum
N8F 1" NPT female NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
N2 1/4" NPT male TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
N4 1/2" NPT male CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
N6 3/4" NPT male Stainless steel (316L) with virgin PTFE-foil
SW
N8 1" NPT male (Tmax 300°F)
XX Other - consult factory Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon®-spray-
PF
2 coating³ DI
Upper Housing Material DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) AP
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304) HR
3 SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) VI Viton®⁶
AG
M
7 SE
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) Gasket Material⁴
HB3 Hastelloy B3 (2.4600) BN BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212oF
AL
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF S
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) 8
Pressure Rating @ 250°F
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) 1500 1500 psi MWP (standard 4 bolts)
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) 2500 2500 psi (8 bolt design)
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) 9
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) Options⁵
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304) Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
XNC 2009) compliant
10 Provided with flushing port plugs -1/8" & 1/4"
4 PLG
Flushing Connection Lower Housing² NPT male
-0 Without
-1 1 X 1/8" NPT
-2 1 X 1/4" NPT
-3 2 X 1/8" NPT
-4 2 X 1/4" NPT
5
Clamp & Support Material (including nuts and
bolts)
Retainer flange and bolts in
CS
galvanized steel max. 500oF
6 Retainer flange and bolts in
SS
stainless steel max. 500oF
Order Code:
990.TC X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

THREADED SEALS
Type 990.40
WIKA's type 990.40 large displacement volume threaded seal is
constructed of an upper and lower housing with a welded
diaphragm.
This design allows for a variety of usable materials to be assembled
to meet the requirements of specific applications. The large
diameter diaphragm is excellent for use on low pressure
applications and with switches that contain a large displacement
volume to activate.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi
Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Pressure Transmitters: > 100 in H2O

Differential Transmitters (Span): > 10" H20
Available Options
■ Other materials

4) For use with silver plated metal gasket (AS) for process media temperatures up to 752°F.
5) Teflon® spray coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It is applied as a non-
stick coating only.
9) Threaded instrument connections on this model come with M6 fill ports as standard.
THREADED SEALS
Type 990.40
N4F 1/2" NPT female⁹ SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
N2F 1/4" NPT female⁹ HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
N6F 3/4" NPT female TA Tantalum
N8F 1" NPT female NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
N4 1/2" NPT male TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ²
N6 3/4" NPT male CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
N8 1" NPT male PF Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon®-spray-coating⁵
2 AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin
Upper Housing Material DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
7 DI
Gasket Material⁶ AP
3 VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF
HR
TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated AG
Metal Seal Form C, Inconel / Silver plated - max
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) 8 AS
752oF
M
HB3 Hastelloy B3 (2.4600) Pressure Rating @ 250°F SE
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) 200 200 psi MWP for 4.9" diaphragm size AL
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) 1500 1500 psi MWP for 2.9" & 3.5" diaphragm size S
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) 9
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) Diaphragm Diameter
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) 2.9 2.9" (72mm) special size (MWP = 1500PSI)
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) 3.5 3.5" (89mm) standard size (MWP = 1500PSI)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)) 10 4.9 4.9" (124mm) special size (MWP = 200PSI)
4 Options ⁷
Flushing Connection Lower Housing³ XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
-0 Without
Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year 2009)
-2 1 X 1/4" NPT XNC
compliant
-4 2 x 1/4" NPT
CE4 4" Cooling element¹,⁸
-5 1 X 1/2" NPT
CE8 8" Cooling element¹,⁸
-6 2 X 1/2" NPT
5 Provided with flushing port plug(s) - 1/8" & 1/4"
Bolting Material PLG
11 NPT male
CS Bolts in galvanized steel max. 500oF
SS Bolts in stainless steel max. 500oF
6 HS High tensile stainless steel bolts - max. 752oF ⁴
Order Code:
L990.40 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
THREADED SEALS
Type 990.34
The type 990.34 high pressure seal is installed on
pressure gauges or pressure transmitters. This seal
protects the installed instrument from clogging due
to viscous, contaminated or solidified process media.
This all-welded design is used in controlled fugitive
emissions applications. 9000/15,000 psi
1,500/5,000 psi
Standard Features
Design: Diaphragm, lower and upper housing are welded
together generating a leak-free construction. The
diaphragm is located between the upper and lower
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
housing. A flushing port can be added to the lower

housing to clean the diaphragm cavity.
Pressure Rating, Maximum:
1,500 psi, 5,000 psi, 9,000 psi
Gauge, Range (with 9,000/15,000 psi version):
2½", > 30 psi
4½", > 160 psi
Gauge, Range (with 1,500/5,000 psi version):
2½", > 15 psi
4 & 4½", > 15 psi
Operating Temperature:
-130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C)
Available Options
■ Other materials
THREADED SEALS
Type 990.34
990.34 Selection Guide
Field no. Code 990.34 Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Field no. Code
N4F 1/2" NPT female⁶ Diaphragm Material⁷
N2F 1/4" NPT female ⁶ SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹
N6F 3/4" NPT female TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)²
N8F 1" NPT female CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
N2 1/4" NPT male DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
N4 1/2" NPT male S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
N6 3/4" NPT male 6
N8 1" NPT male Pressure Rating @ 250°F
2
1500 1500 psi MWP
Upper Housing Material DI
5000 5000 psi MWP
9000 9000 psi MWP AP
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)² 150C 15000 psi MWP HR
M3 Monel M30C⁸ 7
Options ⁴
AG
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 M
3 XMT SE
(metal only)
Lower Housing Material AL
Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) XNC
HB3 Hastelloy B3 (2.4600)
Year 2009) compliant S
CE4 4" Cooling element 1,5
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
Provided with flushing plug(s) - 1/8" &
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) PLG
8 1/4"
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) NPT male
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304) Notes:
1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available
4 on 316L stainless steel upper housings.
Flushing Connection Lower Housing ³ 2) Titanium is not offered with any other materials other than itself for
-0 Without this seal model.
-1 1 X 1/8" NPT 3) Plugs are not supplied with flushing ports as standard.
-2 1 X 1/4" NPT
-3 2 x 1/8" NPT 6) Threaded instrument connections on this model come
-4 2 x 1/4" NPT with M6 fill ports as standard.
5 7) Diaphragm material should match the lower housing
material. Please contact the factory for exceptions.
8) If lower is Monel 400, upper must be selected as (M3) Monel M30C.
Order Code:
990.34 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
THREADED SEALS
Type 990.36
WIKA type 990.36 high-pressure button seal is used on pressure gauges
or pressure transmitters. The flush diaphragm protects the installed
instrument from clogging due to viscous and solidified process media. This
flush design eliminates material hardening within an internal cavity, which
may occur in a standard threaded seal.
Standard Features
Design: The diaphragm is located flush on the end of the
male threaded process connection. The seal body is
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
constructed of similar material as the diaphragm. This

all-welded design eliminates all potential seal leak paths.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 9,000 psi
Gauge Mechanical, Range:
1" NPT-male process connection:
2½", > 160 psi
4 & 4½", > 1,000 psi
2" NPT- male process connection:
2½", > 15 psi
4 & 4½", > 30 psi
Gauge & Absolute Switch or Transmitter, Span:
¾" NPT-male process connection > 160 psi
1" NPT-male process connection > 160 psi
2" NPT-male process connection > 15 psi
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: N/A
Type 990.36

Field no. Code
Instrument Connection
N4F 1/2" NPT female
N2F 1/4" NPT female
Process Connection
N4 1/2" NPT male consult factor
N6 3/4" NPT male consult factor
N8 1" NPT male
N12 1.5" NPT male
N16 2" NPT male
2
Housing Material DI
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) AP
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) HR
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
AG
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) M
3 SE
Diaphragm Material ²
AL
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) S
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
4
Options ³
XMT
(metal only)
5 XNC
Year 2009) compliant
Notes:
1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 316L
stainless steel upper housings.
2) Diaphragm material should match the housing material. Please contact
the factory for exceptions.
Order Code:
990.36 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.12
Type 990.12
Type 990.12, WIKA's standard flanged seal configuration, has an
upper and lower housing with a welded diaphragm. This
construction allows for a variety of usable materials and process
connection sizes to be assembled to meet the requirements of
specific applications.
Standard Features
Design: The diaphragm is welded to the upper housing which allows the replacement
of the lower housing without jeopardizing the integrity of the system fill fluid and
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
installed instrument. The upper and lower housing are bolted together and sealed
by use of an O-ring. Process wetted components can be manufactured with solid
metallic, metallic lined and nonmetallic lined materials. Additional sealing faces and
flange standards are available.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: flange rating per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ Additional process connections, EN 1092-1, JIS
■ Cooling element

2) ANSI/ASME B16.5 class 900 and 1500 flanges share dimensions for NPS <= 2.0-in.
3) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class required for any RTJ
sealing face request.
5) These lower housing materials are only offered in smooth finish facings (RFSF) and are not offered
with flushing ports.
stick coating only.
10) Only the PTFE-lined lower housing (SW) will not require a gasket. See note 9 for all other lower housings.
FLANGED SEALS
Type 990.12
Instrument Connection Flushing Connection Lower Housing ⁶
N4F 1/2" NPT female -0 Without
N2F 1/4" NPT female -1 1 x 1/8" NPT
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ -2 1 x 1/4" NPT
Process Connection according to ASME B16.5 -3 2 x 1/8" NPT
50 1/2" pipe -4 2 x 1/4" NPT
75 3/4" pipe -5 1 x 1/2" NPT
10 1" pipe -6 2 x 1/2" NPT
7
15 1.5" pipe Clamp & Support Material (including nuts and
20 2" pipe bolts)
2
Flange Rating Retainer flange and bolts in
CS
-150 150# galvanized steel max. 500oF
-300 300# Retainer flange and bolts in
SS
-600 600# stainless steel max. 500oF
3
-15X 900#/1500# ² 8 Retainer flange stainless steel and high tensile DI
HS
Flange Faces bolts - max. 752oF ⁷ AP
R RF = Raised Face (125-250 RMS) Diaphragm Material HR
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint³ SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) AG
F FF = Flat Face HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
M
S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish SE
4 MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
Upper Housing Material IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) AL
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) S
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) TA Tantalum
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ⁴ NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ⁴
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) Stainless steel (316L) with
5 SW
Lower Housing Material virgin PTFE-foil
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon®-spray-
PF
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) coating ⁸
HB3 Hastelloy B3 (2.4600) AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) Gasket Material ⁹
9 BN BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212oF
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
TA Stainless steel with tantalum lining ⁵ VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Metal Seal Form C, Inconel / Silver plated -
AS
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) max 752oF
SW Stainless steel with Virgin PTFE Lining ⁵ NA None 10
PF Stainless steel with Teflon spray coating
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) 10
S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304) Options 11
6
Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
XNC
2009) compliant
Provided with flushing port plug(s) -1/8" & 1/4"
PLG
11 NPT male

Order Code:
990.12 X
Field no. 1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FA
Type 990.FA
The type 990.FA flanged seal is constructed of an upper and lower housing,
two O-rings and a diaphragm. The clamped diaphragm provides a method
of replacing only the diaphragm when damage or excessive wear occurs.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 2,500 psi or maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ Additional process connections, EN 1092-1, JIS

1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 316L stainless steel
upper housings.
2) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class required for
any RTJ sealing face request.
3) These lower housing materials are only offered in smooth finish facings (RFSF) and
are not offered with flushing ports.
5) Teflon® spray coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It is applied
as a non-stick coating only.
6) Viton® (VI) gaskets are standard for 316L (SS) and carbon steel (CS) wetted parts.
Teflon® (TF) gaskets are standard for all
other wetted parts configurations.
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FA
Type 990.FA
990.FA Selection Guide 990.FA Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Flushing Connection Lower Housing⁴
N2F 1/4" NPT female -1 1 X 1/8" NPT
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ -2 1 X 1/4" NPT
50 1/2" pipe -4 2 x 1/4" NPT
75 3/4" pipe -5 1 X 1/2" NPT
10 1" pipe -6 2 X 1/2" NPT
7
20 2" pipe bolts)
2
Flange Rating Retainer flange and bolts in
CS
-300 300# 8 Retainer flange and bolts in
SS
3 -600 600# stainless steel max. 500oF DI
Flange Faces Diaphragm Material
AP
R RF = Raised Face (125-250RMS) SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) HR
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint ²
F FF = Flat Face HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) AG
S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish MO Monel 400 (2.4360) M
4 IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) SE
Upper Housing Material IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated AL
TA Tantalum
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) S
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
Stainless steel (316L) with
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) SW
5 virgin PTFE-foil
Lower Housing Material Stainless steel (316L) with
PF
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated Teflon®PFA-spray-
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) coating⁵
HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4600) AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
9
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) Gasket Material⁶
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) BN BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212oF
TA Stainless steel with tantalum lining ³ VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) 10
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) Options⁷
SW Stainless steel with virgin PTFE Lining ³ XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
PF Stainless steel with Teflon PFA spray coating⁵ Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
XNC
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) 2009) compliant
S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304) CE4 4" Cooling element 1,8
6 PLG
11 NPT male

Order Code:
990.FA X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FC
Type 990.FC
Type 990.FC, 1" and 1½", flanged seal configuration is comprised
of a two-piece lower housing (flange and insert). The flange on this
seal contains through holes for mounting with the end user's flange.
The construction of this seal allows for numerous materials to be
used for the process-wetted components.
Standard Features
Design: The insert on the flanged connection is bolted to the flange and
upper housing and sealed with an O-ring. The flange and upper housing
can be constructed of plated carbon steel or stainless steel. All process
wetted components can be comprised of numerous materials, solid or
lined.
Process Rating, Maximum: flange rating per ASME B16.5
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ Cooling element

3) These lower housing materials are only offered in smooth finish facings (RFSF) and are not offered
with flushing ports.
stick coating only.
are standard for all
other wetted parts configurations.
7) Only the design PTFE-lined lower housing (SW) does not require a gasket. See note 7 for all
other lower housings.
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FC
Type 990.FC
990.FC Selection Guide 990.FC Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Flushing Connection Lower Housing⁴
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ -2 1 X 1/4" NPT
10 1" pipe 7 -4 2 x 1/4" NPT
2 15 1.5" pipe Clamp & Support Material (including nuts and
Flange Rating bolts)
CS
3 -600 600# 8 Retainer flange and bolts in
SS
Flange Faces stainless steel max. 500oF
R RF = Raised Face (125-250RMS) Diaphragm Material
S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
4 DI
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) AP
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) HR
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) AG
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
TA Tantalum
M
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) SE
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
5 TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) AL
Lower Housing Material CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) S
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated Stainless steel (316L) with
SW
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) virgin PTFE-foil
HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) PF Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon®-spray-coating⁵
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
TA Tantalum lined³ 9
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) Gasket Material⁶
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) BN BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212oF
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF
SW Stainless steel with virgin PTFE Lining³ TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
PF Stainless steel with Teflon spray coating⁵ Metal Seal Form C, Inconel / Silver plated -
AS
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) max 752oF
S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304) NA None
10
6 Options⁷
Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year 2009)
XNC
compliant
CE4 4" Cooling element1,8
PLG
11 NPT male
Order Code:
990.FC X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FD
Type 990.FD
The 990.FD is a process industry diaphragm seal used in combination with
pressure gauges. The design of this seal consists of an internal clamped
diaphragm with a threaded process connection. The 990.FD diaphragm
seal is intended for corrosive, contaminated, hot or viscous pressure media.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: flange rating per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
DIAPHRAGM SEALS

Available Options
■ Other materials

upper housings.
2) These lower housing materials are only offered in smooth finish facings (RFSF) and are not
offered with flushing ports.
4) Teflon spray coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It is applied as a non-
stick coating only.
5) Viton® (VI) gaskets are standard for 316L (SS) and carbon steel (CS) wetted parts. Teflon® (TF
gaskets are standard for all other wetted parts configurations.
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FD
Type 990.FD
990.FD Selection Guide 990.FD Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Flushing Connection Lower Housing³
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ -2 1 X 1/4" NPT
10 1" pipe 7 -4 2 x 1/4" NPT
2
Flange Rating bolts)
-300 300# CS
galvanized steel max. 500oF
3 -600 600# 8 Retainer flange and bolts in
SS
Flange Faces stainless steel max. 500oF
R RF = Raised Face (125-250RMS) Diaphragm Material
4 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) DI
Upper Housing Material HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) AP
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
HR
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) AG
5 M
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
TA Tantalum SE
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) AL
HB3 Hastelloy B3 (2.4600) S
SW Stainless steel (316L) with virgin PTFE-foil
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon® PFA
PF
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) spray-coating⁴
TA Stainless steel with tantalum lining² AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) Gasket Material⁵
9 BN BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212oF
SW Stainless steel with virgin PTFE Lining²
PF Stainless steel with Teflon PFA spray coating⁴ VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
10
6 Options⁶
XNC
2009) compliant
Provided with flushing port plug(s) - 1/8" &
11 PLG
1/4"
NPT male
Order Code:
990.FD X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FB
Type 990.FB
WIKA type 990.FB, all-welded flanged seal configuration is
comprised of an upper and lower housing welded together
with an internal diaphragm providing a leak-free design. This
all-welded design is ideal for applications where emissions to
the environment are tightly monitored.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi or maximum flange rating per
ASME B.16.5
Gauge (Range):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
DIAPHRAGM SEALS

Available Options
■ Other process connections, EN 1092-1, JIS
■ Cooling element

upper housings.
2) ANSI/ASME B16.5 class 900 and class 1500 flanges share dimensions for NPS ≤ 2.0-in
3) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class required for any
RTJ sealing face request.
4) Titanium is not offered with any other materials other than itself for this seal model.
8) Diaphragm material should match the lower housing material. Please contact the
factory for exceptions.
9) If lower is Monel 400, upper must be selected as (M3) Monel M30C.
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FB
Type 990.FB
990.FB Selection Guide 990.FB Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Flushing Connection Lower Housing⁵
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ -2 1 X 1/4" NPT
50 ½" pipe 7 -4 2 x 1/4" NPT
75 ¾" pipe Diaphragm Material2,8
10 1" pipe SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
15 1½" pipe HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
20 2" pipe HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
2
Flange Rating MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
-150 150# IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
-300 300# IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
-600 600# NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)⁴ DI
-15X 900/1500#²
3 CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) AP
Flange Faces DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) HR
R RF = Raised Face (125-250RMS) S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304) AG
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint³ 8
S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish M
4 Options⁶
SE
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) AL
TI Titanium grade 2 (3.7035)⁴ XNC
2009) compliant S
M3 Monel M30C⁹ CE4 4" Cooling element 1,7
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) CE8 8" Cooling element 1,7
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
5 Provided with flushing port plug(s)
PLG
Lower Housing Material 9 - 1/8" & 1/4" NPT male
HB3 Hastelloy B3 (2.4600)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)⁴
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
6
Order Code:
990.FB X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
For datasheets and additional information, please visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-
2872. 101
FLANGED SEALS
Type 990.26
Type 990.26 flanged diaphragm seal is a one-piece design. The
diaphragm is recessed from the end user's gasket-sealing
surface. A variety of process wetted materials are available.
This seal is commonly installed on transmitters and pressure
gauges. 990.26 Selection Guide
Field no. Code
N4F 1/2" NPT female⁶
Standard Features N2F 1/4" NPT female⁶
Design: This seal contains a recessed diaphragm to the gasket-
Process Connection (according to
sealing surface. This seal is a one-piece design removing all ASME B16.5)
requirements for internal gaskets and O-rings. 50 1/2" flange
75 3/4" flange
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 725 psi maximum flange rating 2 10 1" flange
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
per ASME B16.5 Flange Rating

Suitable Pressure Span, Minimum: -150 150#
-300 300#
Gauge (Range): -600 600#
3
2½", > 15 psi
Flange Faces
4 or 4½", > 15 psi R RF = Raised Face (125-250 RMS)
Pressure Transmitters: > 15 psi 4 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish
Operating Temperature: -130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C) Material of Wetted Parts
Available Options MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
■ Cooling element IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
■ Capillary tubing TA Stainless steel with tantalum lining²
■ Rotatable version (990.FE, 1.0" NPS) NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)³
Notes: CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
316L stainless steel flange housings. S4 Stainless steel 304L (1.4304)
2) These lower housing materials are only offered in smooth finish
facings (RFSF) and are not offered with flushing ports. 5
3) All titanium design, only threaded instrument connections available. Options⁴
5) Cooling elements are welded to the diaphragm seal. XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal
6) Threaded instrument connections on this model come with M6 fill only)
ports as standard. Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103
XNC
6
Order Code:
990.26 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6
FLANGED SEALS
Type 990.27
Type 990.27 flanged, flush diaphragm seal is a one-piece design.
The diaphragm is flush with the end user's gasket-sealing surface
which removes all internal cavities, avoiding clogging and media
build-up. A wide variety of process wetted materials are available,
such as solid metallic, metal or plastic-lined, and coated. This seal
is commonly installed on transmitters and pressure gauges.
Standard Features
Design: This seal contains a diaphragm flush on the gasket-sealing surface.
This seal is a one-piece design removing all requirements for internal
gaskets and O-rings. All exotic metal process wetted surfaces either use
the patented WIKA metal bonding process or seam welding for diaphragm
attachment that protects all welds from exposure to the process media. DI
316 SS series flange material is standard for WIKA. Additional sealing faces AP
and flange standards are available. HR
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5 AG
Suitable Pressure, Minimum: M
Gauge Mechanical, Range: > 15 psi SE
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200" H2O AL
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10" H2O differential S
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ Other process connections, EN 1092-1,JIS

1) Weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 316L stainless
steel flange housings.
2) ANSI/ASME B16.5 class 900 and class 1500 flanges share dimensions for
NPS ≤ 2.0-in
3) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class
required for any RTJ sealing face request.
4) These diaphragm material options are only available with raised face
smooth finish (RFSF) flange faces.
5) Titanium diaphragm available with 316L (SS) flange housing for process media
temperature up to 300°F. All titanium design required for higher temperatures.
6) Teflon® spray coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It
is applied as a non-stick coating only.
9) Threaded instrument connections on this model come with M6 fill
ports as standard.
2872. 103
FLANGED SEALS
Type 990.27
N4F 1/2" NPT female ⁹ (Axial) SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
N4F-R 1/2" NPT female ⁹ (Radial) HB Hastelloy B3 (2.4600)
N2F 1/4" NPT female ⁹ (Axial) HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
N2F-R 1/4" NPT female ⁹ (Radial) MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)⁴
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)⁴
CPL-R Capillary (Radial weld-in) connection¹
1 TA Tantalum
Process Connection (according to NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)⁴
ASME B16.5) TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) 4,5
15 1.5" flange CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)⁴
20 2" flange Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon® PFA
30 3" flange PF spray-coating⁶
40 4" flange AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
5X 5" flange µin⁴

2
Flange Rating 6 DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)⁴
-150 150# Options (see note 7)
-300 300# XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
-600 600# Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
-900 900#² XNC
2009) compliant
-15X 1500#² CE4 4" Cooling element 1,8
-25X 2500# CE8 8" Cooling element 1,8
3 7
Flange Faces
R RF = Raised Face (125-250RMS)
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint³
F FF = Flat Face
4 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish
Flange Housing Material
5 SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)

Order Code:
990.27 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FR
Type 990.FR
Type 990.FR flanged, flush diaphragm seal is a two-piece design.
The diaphragm is flush with the end user's gasket-sealing surface
which removes all internal cavities, To avoid clogs and media buid-
up, a wide variety of process wetted materials are available, such
as solid metallic, metal or plastic lined and coated. This seal is
commonly installed on transmitters and pressure gauges.
Standard Features
Design: This seal contains a diaphragm flush on the gasket-sealing surface.
This seal is a two-piece design removing all requirements for internal
gaskets and O-rings. All exotic metal process wetted surfaces either use the
patented WIKA metal bonding process or seaming welding for diaphragm
attachment that protects all welds from exposure to the process media.
DI
316 SS series flange material is standard for WIKA. Additional sealing faces
AP
and flange standards are available. HR
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5 AG
Suitable Pressure, Minimum: M
Gauge Mechanical, Range: > 15 psi SE
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200" H2O AL
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10" H2O differential S
Available Options
■ Other materials

1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 316L stainless steel flange housings.
2) ANSI/ASME B16.5 class 900 and class 1500 flanges share dimensions for NPS ≤ 2.0-in with exception to RTJ faces.
Please use code (15X) for any class 900 flange within these conditions.
3) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class required for any RTJ sealing face request.
4) Titanium diaphragm available with 316L stainless steel flange housing for process media temperature up to 300 oF.
All titanium design required for higher temperatures.
5) These diaphragm material options are only available with raised face smooth finish (RFSF) flange faces.
6) Teflon® spray coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It is applied as a non-stick coating only.
2872. 105
FLANGED SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Flanged Seals > 990.FR
Type 990.FR
990.FR Selection Guide 990.FR Selection Guide
Instrument Connection Diaphragm Material⁴
N2F 1/4" NPT female HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection¹ MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
Process Connection (according to ASME B16.5) IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
20 2" flange IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
30 3" flange TA Tantalum
40 4" flange NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
5X 5" flange TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
2 CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
Flange Rating
-150 150# Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon® PFA
PF
spray-coating ⁶
-300 300#
AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin
-600 600#
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
-900 900# ²
-15X 1500# ² 6
3 Options⁷
Flange Faces XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
R RF = Raised Face (125-250RMS) Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year 2009)
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint ³ XNC
compliant
F FF = Flat Face CE4 4" Cooling element 1,8
4 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish CE8 8" Cooling element 1,8
7
Flange Housing Material
Order Code:
990.FR X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FLANGED SEALS
Type 990.28
Type 990.28 pancake diaphragm seal is a one-piece design.

The diaphragm is flush with the end user's gasket-sealing
surface which removes all internal cavities, avoiding clogging 990.28 Selection Guide
and settlement buildup. This seal is installed between the Field no. Code
end user's process flange and a blind back-up flange (up to Flange Faces
2500# classification per ASME B16.5). A wide variety of
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint²
process wetted materials are available, such as solid S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish
3
metallic, metal- or plastic-lined, and coated. This seal is Housing Material
commonly installed on transmitters and pressure gauges. SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
4 TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ³
Standard Features Diaphragm Material
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating up HB Hastelloy B3 (2.4600) DI
to 2500# classification per ASME B16.5 HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
AP
Suitable Pressure Minimum: HR
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) ⁶
Gauge Mechanical, Range: > 15 psi IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858) ⁶ AG
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200" H2O TA Tantalum M
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10" H2O differential NI Nickel 200 (2.4066) ⁶ SE
Operating Temperature Range: TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ³ AL
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) ⁶
-130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C) S
Stainless steel (316L) with
PF
Teflon®- spray-coating 4,6
Available Options AU
Stainless steel (316L) with Gold
Lining 10 µin⁶
■ Capillary tubing DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) ⁶
5
Notes: Back-up Flange Material
1) Radial weld-in connections are only available on 316L stainless steel NO Without back-up flange
housings. CS Carbon steel, Nickel plated
2) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure
6 SS 316L Stainless steel
class connection required for any RTJ sealing face request.
3) All titanium design required; only threaded instrument connections available. Back-up Flange Pressure Rating
4) Teflon® PFA spray coating (PF) is not intended for full corrosion protection. It -NONE Without back-up flange
is applied as a non-stick coating only.
-150R 150# RF
6) These diaphragm material options are only available with raised face -300R 300# RF
smooth finish (RFSF) flange faces.
7 -600R 600# RF
Options ⁵
990.28 Selection Guide XMT
(metal only)
Field no. Code
Wetted parts NACE
Instrument Connection 8 XNC
(MR0175/MR0103 Year 2009) compliant
N2F-R Radial connection - 1/4" NPT female
1 CPL-R Capillary (Radial Weld-in) connection ¹
ASME B16.5)
15 1.5" flange
20 2" flange
30 3" flange
40 4" flange *Additional order details
2
Order Code:
990.28 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2872. 107
FLANGED SEALS
Type 990.41
Type 990.41, WIKA's large displacement volume flange seal

configuration, is comprised of an upper and lower housing with
a welded diaphragm. This construction allows for a variety of
materials to be used to meet specific requirements of applications.
The large diameter diaphragm is excellent for use on low-pressure
applications and with switches that contain a large displacement
volume.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: up to 1,500 psi, limited by design
or maximum flange rating
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Gauge Mechanical, Range: > 15 psi

Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200" H20
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10" H2O differential
Available Options
■ Other materials

flange housings.
2) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class required for any RTJ
sealing face request.
4) These lower housing materials are only offered in smooth finish facings (RFSF) and are not
offered with flushing ports.
stick coating only.
8) Viton® (VI) gaskets are standard for 316L (SS) and carbon steel (CS) wetted parts. Teflon® (TF)
gaskets are standard for
all other wetted parts configurations.
9) Only the PTFE-lined lower housing (SW) will not require a gasket. See note 8 for all
other lower housings.
12) Threaded instrument connections on this model come with M6 fill ports as standard.
FLANGED SEALS
Type 990.41
Instrument Connection Bolting Material
N4F 1/2" NPT female 12 CS Bolts in galvanized steel max. 500oF
N2F 1/4" NPT female 12
SS Bolts in stainless steel max. 500oF
8 HS High tensile stainless steel bolts - max. 752oF⁶
Process Connection according to ASME B16.5
50 1/2" pipe Diaphragm Material
75 3/4" pipe SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435)
10 1" pipe HB Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
15 1.5" pipe HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
20 2" pipe MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
2 IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
Flange Rating IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
-150 150# TA Tantalum
-300 300# NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
3 -600 600# TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ³
Flange Faces CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) DI
R RF = Raised Face (125-250RMS) Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon PFA
® AP
PF
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint² spray-coating⁷ HR
4 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish AU Stainless steel (316L) with Gold Lining 10 µin AG
Upper Housing Material DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) M
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated 9 SE
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) Gasket Material⁸ AL
5 TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)³ BN BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212oF
S
Lower Housing Material VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400oF
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500oF
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) Metal Seal Form C, Inconel / Silver plated -
AS
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) max 752oF
MO Monel 400 (2.4360) NA None ⁹
10
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
Diaphragm Diameter
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
2.9 2.9" (72mm) special size (MWP = 1500PSI)
TA Stainless steel with tantalum lining⁴
3.5 3.5" (89mm) special size (MWP = 1500PSI)
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
11 4.9 4.9" (124mm) special size (MWP = 200PSI)
CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660) Options - (see note 10)
SW Stainless steel with virgin PTFE Lining⁴ XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
PF Stainless steel with Teflon spray coating Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
XNC
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462) 2009) compliant
CE4 4" Cooling element - (see notes 1, 11)
6
CE8 8" Cooling element - (see notes 1, 11)
Flushing Connection Lower Housing (LH) ⁵ PLG Provided with flushing port plug(s)
-0 Without 12
-1 1 X 1/8" NPT
-2 1 X 1/4" NPT
-3 2 x 1/8" NPT
-4 2 x 1/4" NPT
-5 1 X 1/2" NPT
-6 2 X 1/2" NPT
7
Order Code:
990.41 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2872. 109
Diaphragm Seals > Sanitary Seals > 990.22
Type 990.22
WIKA's type 990.22 Tri-Clamp® sanitary process connection is designed to
mate with an equal sized fitting. This seal is designed to assemble and
disassemble from its mating fitting. This seal and mating fitting is held
together via a clamp to minimize impurities entering the process during the
removal and reinstallation of the seal. This seal meets the criteria set by 3A
standards and is designed for applications in the pharmaceutical, and food
and beverage industries.
Standard Features Housing Material ⁴

Design: This seal is designed to connect with an TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
equally sized Tri-Clamp ferrule. The external flush 3 HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
diaphragm with gasket provides a hygienic process Diaphragm Material ⁴
DIAPHRAGM SEALS

connection. The standard material of construction is
ES Electropolished 316L SS (1.4435) Ra ≤ 20
316 SS. Electropolished process wetted surfaces µin
are available as an option. HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819), ¾"
Pressure Rating, Maximum (Clamping device HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) 1½"
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) 2"
dependent, ref. MSHHS clamp):
TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) 1½"
1½” = 600 psi, 2" = 550 psi, 2½" = 450 psi, 4 TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) 2"
3" = 350 psi, 4" = 250 psi Options ²
Suitable Pressure, Minimum: XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal
only)
Gauge Mechanical, Range: XEP Certificate of Electropolish Finish
1½" Process Connection: CE4 4" Cooling element 1,3
5
2½" -30" Hg to 60 psi up to -30" Hg to 600 psi X3A "3A" logo etched on seal
4 & 4½" -30" Hg to 400 psi up to -30" Hg to 600
psi
2" Process Connection:
2½" -30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to 550 psi
4 & 4½" -30" Hg to 100 psi up to -30" Hg to 550
psi
2½", 3", & 4" Process Connection:
-30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to maximum
pressure rating
Gauge & Absolute Switch or Transmitter, Span:
200" H2O
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span:
10" H2O differential
Operating Temperature:
-10°F to 572°F (-23°C to 300°C)
Field no. Code
N4F 1/2" NPT female
N2F 1/4" NPT female
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹
Process Connection (according to BS4825,
Part 3)
75 ¾" (dm = 0.63")
10 1 " (dm = 1.0")
15 1½" (dm = 1.3")
20 2" (dm = 1.6")
25 2½" (dm = 2.1")
30 3" (dm = 2.9")
2
316L stainless steel flange housings.
SANITARY SEALS
Notes: 3) Cooling elements are welded to the diaphragm seal.
1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 4) Diaphragm and housing material must match.
Order Code:
990.22 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5
110 *Additional order details
PLASTIC SEALS
Diaphragm Seals > Plastic Seals > 990.31
Type 990.31
Type 990.31 is WIKA's version of a large threaded seal with a plastic
body. The upper housing is made of PP. The diaphragm is clamped
between the plastic upper and lower housing. This seal is made for
applications where typical metallic components cannot withstand the
process media (acids, chlorines, etc.), but is not suitable for vacuum
applications.
Standard Features
Design: The plastic lower is available in PP, PVC,
and PVDF. The diaphragm is a EPDM
with a PTFE (Teflon®) overlay. 990.31 Selection Guide
Pressure Rating, Maximum: See chart below Field no. Code
Suitable Pressure, Minimum: Instrument Connection
N2F 1/4" NPT female
Gauge Mechanical, Range: > 60 psi DI
1 N4F 1/2" NPT female ³
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 60 psi AP
Process Connection (MWP 160 PSI ¹)
Operating Temperature: N2F 1/4" NPT female HR
See table below 2 N4F 1/2" NPT female AG
Upper Housing Material M
3 PP Polypropylene SE
Lower Housing Material AL
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
S
PVDF Polyvinylidene fluoride (Kynar)
Notes: PP Polypropylene
1) Maximum working pressure (MWP) 160PSI @ 68°F. See datasheet 4
for MWP vs. temperature relation. Diaphragm Material
2) Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 not available for this seal model. 5 TF EDPM with PTFE Overlay
3) The 1/2" NPT female instrument connection is not available for 1/4" Upper Housing Color
NPT female process connection configurations.
6 Blue Blue
Options ²
7 XXX Other - consult factory
Order Code:
990.31 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Pressure-Temperature Rating
2
150
Max. Pressure (psi)
90
60
30
0
32 08 104 140 32 68 104 140 176 -40 -432 68 104 140 176 212 248
Process Temperature °F
111
InLine Seals
Diaphragm Seals > InLine Seals > 981.10
Type 981.10
WIKA's type 981.10 wafer InLine Seal is for flow pressure measurement.
This seal becomes an integral part of the process piping system resulting in
no obstructions to the direction of the flow. Suited for rapidly flowing
pressure media with low to medium viscosity, this seal is designed for
applications in the petrochemical, chemical and most other flow
applications.
Standard Features
Design: This wafer seal is designed for bolting between two end user pipe flanges.
The outside diameter of the seal assists to obtain correct alignment during
installation. The welded seal diaphragm contains no protrusions or interruptions to
the process flow. 316L SS is the most common material of construction, but
additional materials are available.
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating up to 2,500

classification per ASME B16.5
Suitable Pressure Minimum (dependent on process connection):
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 50" H2O
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10" H2O differential
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ Cooling element

1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 316L stainless steel flange housings.
2) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class required for any RTJ sealing face request.
5) For instrument assemblies, please provide detailed information on the required
instrument orientation in relation to the flow-wise direction of the seal.
InLine Seals
Type 981.10

Instrument Connection ⁵ Face-to-Face Length
N4F 1/2 NPT female 060 2.36" (60 mm)
N2F 1/4 NPT female 100 3.94" (100 mm)
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ 5 XXX Non-standard - please specify
Process Connection --Outer Diameter Housing and Diaphragm Material
10 1" pipe 2.480" (63 mm) SS Stainless steel 316L(1.4435)
15 1.5" pipe 3.071" (78 mm) Stainless steel 316L base with Hastelloy B2
20 2" pipe 3.740" (95 mm) HB (2.4617)
30 3" pipe 5.118" (130 mm) Stainless steel 316L base with Hastelloy
40 4" pipe 5.906" (150 mm) HC C276 (2.4819)
2
Flange Faces Stainless steel 316L base with Monel 400
MO (2.4360)
R RF = Raised Face (125-250 RMS)
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint ² TA Stainless steel 316L base with Tantalum DI
3 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish Stainless steel 316L base with Titanium AP
TI Grade 2 (3.7035) - Tmax=150°C
Internal Diameter as per Process Connection HR
PF Stainless steel 1.4571 with PFA-coating AG
0285 1.122" (28.5 mm) 1" 6
0430 1.692" (43.0 mm) 1.5" Options ³ M
0545 2.145" (54.5 mm) 2" XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal SE
0825 3.248" (82.5 mm) 3" only)
AL
1070 4.212" (107 mm) 4" Wetted parts NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year
4 XNC S
2009) compliant
7 Zero Point Stabilization - please order if
ZPS
steam cleaning (SIP) is possible
Order Code:
981.10 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4
*Additional order details 5 6 7
2872.
113
InLine Seals
Type 981.27
The type 981.27 flanged InLine Seal is designed for flow pressure
measurements. The flanged InLine Seal is installed between two
end user flanges and becomes an integral part of the piping
system. This seal replaces "T"s in the process piping system for
installing pressure measuring instruments. This seal is non-
disruptive to the process flow and assists in obtaining a true
pressure reading. Suited for rapidly flowing pressure media with low
to medium viscosity, this seal is designed for a variety of
applications.
Standard Features
Design: This seal contains two ASME flange process connections. The welded thin
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
walled cylindrical diaphragm extends the entire length of the seal body. The
diaphragm does not contain any protrusions or interruptions to the process flow. 316L
SS is the most common material of construction, but additional materials are
available.
Additional flange configurations are also available.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Suitable Pressure, Minimum (dependent on process connection):
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 50" H2O
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10"H2O differential
Available Options
■ Other materials
■ Cooling element

flange housings.
2) ANSI/ASME B16.5 class 900 and class 1500 flanges share dimensions for NPS ≤ 2.0-
in with exception to RTJ faces. Please use code (15X) for any class 900 flange within
these conditions.
3) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure class required for
any RTJ sealing face request.
6) For instrument assemblies, please provide detailed information on the required
instrument orientation in relation to the flow-wise direction of the seal.
114
For
data
shee
ts
and
addit
ional
infor
mati
on,
plea
se
visit
ww
w.wi
ka.c
om
or
call
1-
888-
945-
2872
.
InLine Seals
Type 981.27
Instrument Connection ⁶ Internal Diameter
N4F 1/2 NPT female 0266 1.047" (26.6 mm) for sizes 1"
N2F 1/4 NPT female 0430 1.692" (43mm) 1.5"
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ 0525 2.067" (52.5 mm) 2"
Process Connection (according to 0780 3.070" (78.0 mm) 3"
ASME B16.5) 1023 4.027" (102.3 mm) 4"
5
10 1" pipe Face-to-Face Length
15 1.5" pipe 114 4.49" (114 mm) for sizes 1"
20 2" pipe 146 5.75" (146 mm) 1.5"
30 3" pipe 156 6.14" (156 mm) 2"
40 4" pipe 166 6.54" (166 mm) 3" & 4"
2
Flange Rating (according to ASME B16.5) XXX Non-standard - please specify
6
-150 150# Housing and Diaphragm Material DI
-300 300# SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) AP
-600 600#
Stainless steel 316L base with Hastelloy B2 HR
-900 900# ² HB (2.4617)
-15X 1500# ²
AG
3 Stainless steel 316L base with Hastelloy M
HC
Flange Faces C276
(2.4819)
SE
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint ³ AL
Stainless steel 316L base with Monel 400
S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish MO
(2.4360) S
4
TA Stainless steel 316L base with Tantalum
Stainless steel 316L base with Titanium
TI
Grade
7 2 (3.7035) - Tmax=150°C
PF Stainless steel 1.4571 with PFA-coating
Options - (see note 4)
XNC
2009) compliant
Zero Point Stabilization - please order if

ZPS
8 steam cleaning (SIP) is possible
Order Code:
981.27 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2872. 115
InLine Seals
Type 981.31
Type 981.31, the concrete InLine Seal is designed for flow pressure
measurements with abrasive process media. This flanged InLine
Seal is installed between two end user flanges and becomes an
integral part of the piping system. This seal replaces "T"s in the
process piping system for installing pressure measuring instruments.
This seal is designed for the mining, wastewater, slurries and other
abrasive
applications. Applications within the minimum vacuum are acceptable.
Standard Features 981.31 Selection Guide

Field no. Code
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating Instrument Connection
per ASME B16.5 N4F 1/2 NPT female
1 N2F 1/4 NPT female
Suitable Pressure, Minimum:
DIAPHRAGM SEALS

Gauge Mechanical, Range: > 60 psi ASME B16.5)
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 60 psi 20 2" flange
Operating Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) 30 3" flange
40 4" flange
6X 6" flange
Available Options 2
8X 8" flange
■ Other materials Flange Rating (according to ASME B16.5)

-150 150#
■ Cooling element -300 300#
3
■ Capillary tubing Flange Faces
4 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish
Notes: Body and Flange Material
1) For instrument assemblies, please provide detailed information on the CS Carbon steel 1018, painted black
required instrument orientation in relation to the flow-wise direction of the
5 SS Stainless steel 316L(1.4435)
seal.
2) Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 not available for this seal model. Diaphragm Material
6 PU Polyurethane, PU/80 shore
Options ²
7 XXX Other - consult factory
Order Code:
981.31 X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
116
For
data
shee
ts
and
addit
ional
infor
mati
on,
plea
se
visit
ww
w.wi
ka.c
om
or
call
1-
888-
945-
2872
.
InLine Seals
Type 981.22
Type 981.22, WIKA’s sanitary InLine Seal, is designed for flow pressure
measurement applications. This seal becomes an integral part of the process
piping system removing disturbing turbulence, cornering dead volume, and
piping “T” or other obstacles that can occur in the direction of the flow. Suited for
rapidly flowing pressure media with low to medium viscosity. This seal meets the
criteria set by 3A standards and is designed for applications in the
pharmaceutical, and food and beverage industries.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 981.22 Selection Guide
1" and 1½" = 500 psi, 2" = 450 psi, 2½" = 400 psi, Field no. Code
3" = 350 psi, 4" = 200 psi Internal Diameter
Suitable Pressure, Minimum1: 0157 0618" (15.7 mm) For size 3/4"
0222 0.87" (22.2 mm) 1"
Gauge Mechanical, Range: -30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30 Hg to DI
0380 1.496" (38 mm) 1.5"
maximum pressure rating 0476 1.847" (47.6 mm) 2" AP
Gauge and Absolute Switch or Transmitter, Span: 50" H2O 3 0603 2.374" (60.3 mm) 2.5" HR
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10" H O differential AG
Face-to-Face Length
Operating Temperature 2 096 3.78" (96 mm) (special) M
2,3
: -10°F to 572°F (-23°C to 300°C) 114 4.49" (114 mm) 1" SE
Notes: 146 5.75" (146 mm) 1.5" AL
1) Axial weld-in connections and cooling elements are only available on 156 6.14" (156 mm) 2" and larger
316L stainless steel housings.
S
NS Non-Standard - please specify
2) List options in alphabetical order at the end of the configuration code. 4
3) For instrument assemblies, please provide detailed information on the Clamp Diameter
required instrument orientation in relation to the flow-wise direction of the 0250 0.98" (25 mm) For size 3/4"
seal.
0505 1.99" (50.5 mm) 1" / 1.5"
0640 2.50" (64 mm) 2.0"
0775 3.10" (77.5 mm) 2.5"
5
981.22 Selection Guide Housing and Diaphragm Material
Field no. Code SS
Stainless steel 316L(1.4435)
Instrument Connection ³
N4F 1/2" NPT female ES Electropolished 316L SS (1.4435)
N2F 1/4" NPT female Ra ≤ 20 µin
CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ 6 Stainless steel 316L base with Hastelloy
1 HC
Process Connection C276 (2.4819)
75 3/4" Tri-Clamp® CE4 Options ²
10 1" Tri-Clamp® 4" Cooling Element
15 1.5" Tri-Clamp® X3A "3A" logo etched on seal
20 2" Tri-Clamp® XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
25 2.5" Tri-Clamp® Zero Point Stabilization - please order if
ZPS
30 3" Tri-Clamp® steam cleaning (SIP) is possible
7
40 4" Tri-Clamp®
2
1
Surface roughness for 316L SS and Hastelloy® C276 is < 30 micro-inches
2
Surface roughness for 316L SS electropolished is < 15 micro-inches
Order Code: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
981.22 - ZZZ
2872. 117
SEAL ACCESSORIES
Diaphragm Seals > Seal Accessories > 910.27
Type 910.27
Type 910.27, WIKA's flushing ring is made to be installed
between the end user's flange and WIKA's flanged seal
configurations without a lower housing. A flushing ring
facilitates the purging of trapped gas pockets or settlement
from the process cavity adjacent to the seal diaphragm. This
flushing ring can also be used as ports for calibration. This
accessory can be made of various solid materials.
Field no. Code
Process Connection (per NPS Diameter)
Standard Features 15 1.5" pipe
20 2" pipe
Pressure Rating, Maximum : Maximum flange rating per
1
30 3" pipe
ASME B16.5 40 4" pipe
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
1 XX Other- consult factory

Flange Faces
J RTJ = Ring Type Joint ¹
Available Options 2 S RFSF = Raised Face Smooth Finish
Flushing Connection
■ Other materials -1 1 X 1/8" NPT
■ Other process connections, EN 1092-1,JIS -2 1 X 1/4" NPT
-3 2 x 1/8" NPT
-4 2 x 1/4" NPT
-5 1 X 1/2" NPT
-6 2 X 1/2" NPT
Notes: -X Other- consult factory
1) Customer to outline the exact ANSI/ASME B16.5 flange pressure 3
class required for any RTJ sealing face request.
Flushing Ring Material
2) List options in alphabetical order at the end on the configuration code.
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
4
Options ²
XMT (metal only)
XNC
Full flange style with bolt holes, Class
150
150
316L SS only
Full flange style with bolt holes, Class
300
300 316L SS only
5
PLG Provided with flushing port plug(s)
Order Code:
910.27
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5
SEAL ACCESSORIES
Diaphragm Seals > Seal Accessories > 910.ZA
Type 910.ZA
The type 910.ZA saddle seal is made to measure process
flow pressure. The saddle portion of this seal (lower hous-
ing) is welded to the external surface of a pipe with a hole
opening to the process flow. This seal can be used with low
to high viscous process media. This construction allows for a
wide variety of usable materials to be assembled to meet the
requirements of most flow applications.
Standard Features
Design: The diaphragm is welded to the upper housing of the seal
that allows for the removal from the lower housing without
jeopardizing the integrity of the system fill fluid and installed
instrument. The upper and lower housing are bolted together and
sealed by use of an O-ring. The radius on this lower housing is DI
machined to fit the contour of the outside diameter of the process AP
pipe. HR
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi AG
Suitable Pressure Span, Minimum: M
Gauge (Range): SE
2½", > 15 psi AL
4 or 4½", > 15 psi S
Available Options
■ Insert available as Type 990.15
■ 4" and larger
■ Saddle or insert can be ordered separately

upper housings.
stick coating only.
4) Viton® (VI) gaskets are standard for 316L (SS) and carbon steel (CS) wetted parts. Teflon® (TF)
gaskets are standard for
all other wetted parts configurations.
7) If only the insert (L990.15) or the saddle (910.20) is required, please consult factory.
For datasheets and additional information, please visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945- 119
2872.
SEAL ACCESSORIES
Diaphragm Seals > Seal Accessories > 910.ZA
Type 910.ZA
910.ZA Selection Guide 910.ZA Selection Guide
N2F 1/4" NPT female HB Hastelloy B3 (2.4600)
1 CPL Capillary (Axial weld-in) connection ¹ HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
Process Connection (per NPS Diameter) MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
25 2.5" pipe IN Inconel 600 (2.4816)
30 3" pipe IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
40 4" pipe TA Tantalum
5X 5" pipe NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
6X 6" pipe TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ²
8X 8" pipe CA Carpenter 20 (2.4660)
10X 10" pipe SW Stainless steel (316L) with virgin PTFE-foil
12X 12" pipe Stainless steel (316L) with Teflon® PFA
14X 14" pipe PF
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
spray-coating ³
2
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) 6
3 TI Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) ² Gasket Material ⁴
Saddle Flange Material VI Viton® (FPM) max. 400 oF
CS Carbon steel 1018, Nickel plated 7 TF Teflon® (PTFE) max. 500 oF
SS Stainless steel 316L (1.4435) Options ⁵
HC Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) XMT Material Certificate 3.1 EN10204 (metal only)
MO Monel 400 (2.4360)
IN Inconel 600 (2.4816) XNC
2009) compliant
IC Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
8 CE4 4" Cooling element 1,6
NI Nickel 200 (2.4066)
DP Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
4
Clamp and Support Material
Order Code:
910.ZA X
Field no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
120 *Additional order details

For
datas
heets
and
additio
nal
inform
ation,
please
visit
www.
wika.
com
or call
1-888-
945-
2872.
GENERAL SEAL INFORMATION
Diaphragm Seals > General Seal Information > Request For Quote Form
Request For Quote Form

This form contains spaces for all pertinent information when selecting the proper diaphragm
seal. Please make a copy of this form and fill in as much information as you have available when
requesting quotations or technical help from the factory.
Contact Name: Date:
Company Name:
DI
Telephone # Fax #: AP
HR
E-mail Address
AG
M
SE
AL
S
SECTION 1
Process Media
Common Name / Description: Example: Sulfuric Acid 90% Conc.
Temperature (°C): Process @ Max. Pressure: Min. Normal Max.
Transmitter/Gauge: Min. Normal Max.
Ambient: Min. Normal Max.
Pressure (psi): Static (Working Press.): Min. Normal Max.
Vacuum (psia @ °C): Normal @ °C
Max. @ °C
SECTION 2
Instrument Requirements
Measurement Range:
Wetted Parts:
Connection to Diaphragm Seal: [ Direct ] [ Cooling Element ] [ Capillary ] [ Length
} Orientation:
2872.
Diaphragm Seals > General Seal Information > Request For Quote Form
Request For Quote Form

SECTION 2 Continued
Instrument Type
Gauge Type #
Case Size (Inches): [ 2”] [ 2½” ] [ 3½” ] [ 4” ] [ 4½” ] [ 6” ]
Range: to [ psi ] [ bar ] Other
-or- Location of Instrument Connection: [ LM ] [ LBM ] [ CBM ]
Instrument Connection Size and Type: [ ¼” NPT ] [ ½” NPT ] [ Female ] [ Male ] Other
Transmitter Type #
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
-or- Range: to [ psi ] [ bar ] Other
Instrument Connection Size and Type: [ ¼” NPT ] [ ½” NPT ] [ Female ] [ Male ] Other
Switch Please provide specifics
Pressure Switch Point (Upscale): [ psi ] [ bar ] Other
Pressure Switch Point (Downscale): [ psi ] [ bar ] Other
Additional Details:
SECTION 3
Diaphragm Seal Requirements
Process Connection
Threaded? Standard: Nominal Size: Facing:
Flanged? Standard: Nominal Size: Pressure Class: Sealing Style:
Sanitary? Standard: Nominal Size: Facing:
Other? Standard: Description:
Wetted Material: System Fill Fluid:
Additional Details:
ase visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-2872.

120
Diaphragm Seals > General Seal Information > Mounting Options
Mounting Options
Cooling Element
The cooling element is intended to protect the pressure
instrument from high or low process temperature. Air flow
across heat exchanging fins reduces or increases the
temperature of the system fill fluid to protect the pressure
measuring instrument.
The cooling element is recommended for process

temperatures above 300°F and should be "direct mounted"
between the pressure instrument and the diaphragm
seal. Silicone fill is recommended. WIKA’s cooling
element is effective for temperature reductions of 200°F,
depending upon ambient conditions. The all stainless steel
construction is back welded to the stainless steel upper
housing or flange. DI
AP
Capillary line HR
A stainless steel capillary, with or without stainless AG
steel armor, provides a connection between the M
pressure instrument and the diaphragm seal. It SE
Diaphragm Seal Assembly with Cooling Element. AL
protects the pressure instrument from high or low (Cooling element always welded to upper housing) S
process temperatures and provides distant or remote
reading.
The capillary should be selected as short as possible,

since changes in ambient temperature conditions may
considerably affect the accuracy and response time of
the pressure instrument. Standard length is five feet;
other lengths are available upon request.
Wall mounting bracket
(ordered separately)
Installation on mechanical gauges normally requires a
gauge support and gauge adaptor or other surface mount-
ing provisions.
Any level difference between pressure instrument and

diaphragm seal will cause a pressure indication error.
The level difference can be compensated for during
calibration of the diaphragm seal assembly if the level
difference is known.
L
Minor corrections can be made on site by means of an

adjustable pointer or zero adjustment of the pressure
instrument.
Gauge Support and Adaptor

The gauge support and adaptor allows a wall mounting
installation of the pressure instrument by clamping it to
the gauge adaptor. Material: gauge support - aluminum
or stainless steel, gauge adaptor - stainless steel.
2872. 123
Diaphragm Seals > General Seal Information > Diaphragm Seal Accessories
Diaphragm Seal Accessories

Service Temperature Ratings Application Notes
[Vacuum Pressure] [Positive Gauge Pressure]
KN2 Silicone DC200 (50 cSt) -40°F to +302°F -40°F to +572°F Standard
KN68 Silicone DC200 (10 cSt) -103°F to +249°F -103°F to +482°F Standard
KN17 (Low Temp.)Silicone oil

-130°F to + 176°F -130°F to +392°F Low Temperature
(4cSt)
KN30 Methylcyclopentane N/A -202°F to +140°F Lower Temperature
KN93 (Food Grade) Sanitary/Food

N/A 0 to +572°F
Silicone DC200 (350 cSt) FDA 21 CFR 173.340
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
KN7 Standard, Sanitary/Food

N/A +60°F to +464°F
Glycerine 99.7% USP FDA 21 CFR 182.1320
KN12 (86.5%/13.5%)
N/A +14°F to +248°F Sanitary/Food
Glycerine/Water
KN59 Sanitary/Food
N/A -31°F to +500°F
Neobee® M20 FDA 21 CFR 172.856, 21 CFR
174.5
Sanitary/Food
KN92
+4 to +338°F +4°F to +500°F FDA 21 CFR 172.878, 21 CFR
Mineral Oil
178.3620(a), USP, EP
KN64
N/A +34°F to +185°F Ultrapure Media
Deionized (DI) Water
KN75
N/A -22°F to 140°F Ultrapure Media
DI Water/Propanol
KN32
+4°F to +350°F +4°F to +625°F High Temperature
Silicone DC704
KN3.2 (High Temp.)

-4°F to +392°F -4°F to +752°F Higher Temperature
Silicone oil
KN8
N/A -40°F to +392°F Chemically Inert
Fluorolube® FS-5
KN21
-40°F to +176°F -40°F to +346°F Chemically Inert
Halocarbon® 6.3
Diaphragm Seals > General Seal Information > Diaphragm Seal Accessories
Diaphragm Seal Accessories

Part Number
1/2" NPT female x 1/2" NPT male 1584510
Cooling Element Material 316L
1/4" NPT female x 1/4" NPT male 1600885
316Ti SS 1/2" NPT female x 1/2" NPT male 1030841

Unarmored 1/4" NPT female x 1/4" NPT male 1030868
5 FT. Length
Capillary with
M6 Fill Port Addtional cost for over 5 FT.
1/2" NPT male x 1/2" NPT female 1030850
304SS 1/4" NPT male x 1/4" NPT female 1030876
Armored
Capillary with 5 FT. Length Addtional cost for over 5 FT.
M6 Fill Port 316SS Armor
DI
PVC Sleeving for Armored Capillary AP
Mount Material Adaptor Material Instrument Conn.
HR
910.16 AG
DIN 16 281 1/4" NPT 4380866 M
Form H Aluminum Stainless steel SE
1/2" NPT 4295898
4"Wall Mount AL
with Adaptor 1/4" NPT 4380857 S
Stainless steel Stainless steel
1/2" NPT 4384046
Low Temperature Overfill (see note 1)
Gauge tack weld to seal (SS socket to SS seal Upper Housing) 291
Gauge back weld to seal (SS socket to SS seal Upper Housing) 292
Cleaning for Oxygen / Chlorine service (ASME B40.100 Level IV) 290
Certificate of Compliance by Industry Standards 776
NIST Calibration Certificate for Diaphragm Seal Systems (mechanical only) 405
Factory Calibration Report (not third party traceable)
Material Certificate (MTR) per EN 10204 3.1 (metal only) 784
Hydrostatic test 1.5X 782
Hydrostatic test 2.0X 787
Metallic Material Certificate NACE (MR0175/MR0103 Year 2009) 788
Certificate of PMI Testing 2247381
Certificate of Helium Leak Testing per EN10204 3.1 777
General Dimensional Drawing (no special configurations)
Certified Dimensional Drawing (as per customer order)
Note:
1) For outdoor applications with extended period of exposure to freezing conditions.
2872. 125
BI-METAL THERMOMETERS
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > Bimetal Operating Principle
Bimetal Operating Principle
The temperature is measured with a bimetal system inside the thermometer stem. The bimetal system
consists of two metal strips bonded together that have different expansion coefficients. Therefore, one strip
MECHANICAL TEMPERATURE
will expand faster than the other causing the bimetal strip to curl in proportion to its temperature. The bimetal
system is heli- cally wound and heat treated for long term stability. Temperature variations cause the bimetal
strip to unwind or wind tighter, which in turn rotates the pointer.
1/2" NPT connection

Thermometer stem
Bimetal helix
Case, dial Adjustment screw

& pointer
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > Bimetal Thermometers General Specifications
Bimetal Thermometers General Specifications
Case: Sturdy, corrosion resistant series 304 SS case and bezel. Designed and
constructed to provide a hermetic seal (IP65, NEMA 4X) which prevents crystal
fogging and damage caused by moisture to the working components. Install
thermometer so the maximum temperature case is kept below 200°F at all
times.
Dial: Anti-parallax heavy gauge aluminum with white matte finish to reduce glare.
Dished form with Celsius on lower inner plane and Fahrenheit on raised outer
plane offers accurate indication of both scales (if equipped with dual scales).
External Reset: (comes standard on all process grade bimetal thermometers)

A slotted-hex adjustment head offers screwdriver or wrench use to field
calibrate the thermometer. This feature allows maximum accuracy at a selected
area of
temperature range. O-ring gasket prevents leakage and maintains weather tight
seal. Note: use well-agitated bath and accurate test thermometer when making
any adjustment.
Standards: WIKA manufactures ASME B40.3 bimetal thermometers, which meet

or exceed the standard issued by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Window: Optically clear, strong glass, gasketed to maintain weather tight

integrity. Acrylic and Lexan® windows are available as an option but not recom-
mended for case temperature exceeding 200°F maximum (150°F for plastic/acrylic window).
Pointer: Balanced, lightweight aluminum with matte black finish.
Stem: 304 SS welded at tip and case connector to prevent leakage. ¼" diameter is standard, 3/8" is available. Stem lengths to
72" are available, as well as 316 SS stem and connector assemblies. ME
CH
Immersion: For accurate temperature readings, immerse the stem a minimum of 2" in agitated liquid or 4" in moving air or gas. AN
IC
Over Range: Temporary over or under range of 50% of scale up to 500°F or 260°C will not affect the instrument's accuracy. AL
TE
Bimetal Element: An extremely responsive temperature sensing helix which has been carefully sized and tested, heat treated MP
and aged to relieve inherent stresses and ensure continued accuracy.
ER
AT
Accuracy: Guaranteed to be accurate to within 1% of full scale (Grade A per ASME B40.3). Calibration is to standards
traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. UR
E
Hermetic Seal: Hermetically sealed per ASME B40.3. Guaranteed not to fog up (IP65, NEMA 4X).
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize pointer oscillation.
7-Year Warranty: WIKA extends a 7-year warranty on standard types 30, 31, 50, 51, 32 and 52. Such units are guaranteed
to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. For all other models, WIKA extends a
1-year warranty. Complete details available upon request.
Filled Thermometer Policy: Silicone filling is available on selected types for ranges between -40°F and 500°F. WIKA
does not recommend use of filled instruments for continual use at operating temperatures above of 400°F (204°C) or
below
-100° F(-70° C). Under no circumstances will an instrument warranty apply or will WIKA assume any liability for use above
these temperatures. Per ASME B40.3, plain glass windows must not be used on filled thermometers due to expansion of
fill fluid and potential lens breakage. Note: for stem lengths over 24"- consult factory.
Thermowells are recommended for pressure, corrosive, fluid or high velocity applications.
127
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > TI.1005
Type TI.1005
Type TI.1005 is a bimetal dial thermometer requiring no power to deliver its quick, accurate readings. The 1” dial is easy to read. Stem leng
Standard Features
Scale: As indicated Reset: Yes; 7/16” hex hub

Range: (°F); As indicated adjustment
Window: Lexan Stem diameter: .142”
Connection: Plain, 7/16” hex Accuracy: +1% of full range span
hub (ASME B40.3 - Grade
adjustment A)
Type TI.1005
Connection Plain
Dial Size 1"
Stem Length 5"
Scale °F
-40/160 °F 1005219D
0-220 °F 1005223D
50/550 °F 1005216D
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > TI.ST
Type TI.ST
WIKA dual magnet surface mount thermometers are problem
solvers. Type TI.ST is an inexpensive, easy-to-use, accurate surface
mounting thermometer, which attaches to any ferrous metal
surface, giving unlimited localized temperature indication. The
specially-designed bimetal sensing element and housing provides
quick readings with an accuracy of +2% of full scale range. These
2” dial thermometers feature steel cases, glass windows, polished
aluminum dials with very legible graduations and are available in
ranges listed below.
WIKA dual magnet mount surface thermometers are the ideal Type TI.ST
choice for ovens, boilers, process lines, motors, generators, or Connection Surface
anywhere a temporary or permanent surface temperature is to be
measured.
Dial Size 2"
Stem Length N/A
Scale °F or °C
Standard Features 0/250 °F ST206MW
Dial: 2” 0/500 °F ST228MW
Depth: ½” -20/120 °C ST106MW
Accuracy: +2% of full range span -70/70 °C ST101MW
Reset: No Stock items shown in blue print.
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > TI.20
Type TI.20
Type TI.20 thermometers are high-quality, economical
thermometers designed for limited space and OEM applications. All
type TI.20 bimetal thermometers carry a 1-year warranty.
Standard Features
Case: 304 SS
Dial: Anti-parallax or flat dial, Over Range: Temporary over or under range
heavy tolerance of 50% of scale up
gauge aluminum to 500°F (260°C)
with white matte finish Accuracy: +1% of full range span
Window: Fully gasketed per Grade A, ASME
glass; Lexan® B40.3
available Connection: ¼” NPT, 304 SS
Reset: N/A Stem Lengths: 2½” to 24”
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3 Shipping Weight: Stem length 2½”- 9”= 6oz.**
Stem: ¼” diameter; 304 SS, (**weights of individual
TIG welded at tip and case thermometers)
connection
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize pointer
oscillation
ME
CH
Type TI.20 AN
Connection 1/4" NPT Back IC
Dial Size 2" AL
Stem Length 2½" TE
Scale °F & °C MP
0/250 °F & °C 20025D006G2 ER
AT
UR
E
Notes:
1. Stem lengths are available from 2½" to 24".
2. Ranges from -100°F (-70°C) to 1,000°F (550°C)
are available.
3. Silicone fill not available.
4. Thermowells are recommended for
pressure, corrosive, fluid or high velocity
applications.
129
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > TI.T20 / TI.T17
Type TI.T20 / TI.T17

Count on WIKA laboratory thin stem thermometers to deliver
fast, extremely accurate readings. These thermometers
include beaker clip and reset feature on plain connections
only. No external adjustment available on threaded
connections. All type TI.T20 bimetal thermometers carry a 1-
year warranty.
Standard Features
Case: 304 SS
Dial: Heavy gauge aluminum with Over Range: Temporary over or under
white matte finish range tolerance of 50%
Window: Fully gasketed glass of scale up to 500°F
standard; Lexan® available (260°C)
Reset: 7/16” hex hub Accuracy: +1% of full range span
adjustable (not Grade A per ASME
available with threaded B40.3
connection) Connection: Plain, 7/16” hex hub
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3; with no threads
guaranteed not to fog up Stem Lengths: 5”, 8”, 12”, 15” and 18”
Stem: 0.150” diameter; 304 SS, External Reset: Adjustable on
TIG welded at tip and case plain connection only
connection Shipping Weight: Stem length 2.5”- 9”= 4oz.**
Dampening: To minimize pointer oscillation (**weights of individual
thermometers)
Table 7 - Connection
Sample Part Number: T20 050 2 24 D0 G 0 S C Code Description
Table 1: Type 0 Plain
1 1/8" NPT*
Table 2: Stem Length
2 1/4" NPT*
Table 3: Scale Type
* No external adjustment
Table 4: Range
Table 5: Dial Type
Table 6: Window
Table 7: Connection
Table 8: Tip
Table 9: Options
Table 1 & 2 - Type & Stem Length
Type TI.T17 - 1¾" Back Connected

Stem Length 2.5" 5" 8" 12" 15" 18"
Code 025 050 080 120 150 180
Type TI.T20 - 2" Back Connected

Stem Length 2.5" 5" 8" 12" 15" 18"
Code 025 050 080 120 150 180
Table 3 - Scale Type

Code Description
0 Dual Scale °F & °C
1 °C Only
2 °F Only
08 50/300°F & 10/150°C 0/150°C 50/300°F
10 2) 50/500°F & 10/260°C 0/250°C 50/500°F
11 150/750°F & 65/400°C 0/300°C 150/750°F
19 -40/160°F & -40/70°C
2) -40/70°C -40/160°F
Table 4 - Standard Ranges 24 2) 0/220°F & -10/110°C -10/110°C 0/220°F
Code Description °C Only °F Only 34 2) 0/180°F & -18/82°C -18/82°C 0/180°F
03 1) 25/125°F & -5/50°C 0/50°C 25/125°F 1) Minimum 3” stem - all connectors
2) Minimum 3” stem threaded connections
04 2) 0/140°F & -20/60°C N/A 0/140°F
05 2) 0/200°F & -15/90°C 0/100°C 0/200°F
Table 5 - Dial Type Table 6 - Window

Code Description Code Description
D0 WIKA Standard G Glass
L Lexan®
Table 8 - Tip Table 9 - Options

S Sharp C Beaker clip
B Blunt 0 None
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > TI.30 / TI.50
Type TI.30 / TI.50

WIKA bimetal thermometers are ideal for most rugged industrial
temperature measurement applications. The hermetically-sealed
case offers protection from weather and dust, and is guaranteed
against fogging up. WIKA type TI.30 and TI.50 thermometers are
guaranteed for 7 years.
Standard Features
Case: 304 SS Over Range: Temporary over or under range
Dial: Anti-parallax, heavy gauge tolerance of 50% of scale up to
aluminum with white matte 500°F (260°C)
finish Accuracy: +1% full range span
External Reset: Slotted hex adjustment (ASME B40.3
Window: Fully gasketed glass Standard)
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3, IP65, NEMA 4X Shipping Weight: Type 30: stem length 2½”-9”=12oz.
Stem: ¼” diameter; 304 SS, TIG welded Type 50: stem length 2½”-9”=1lb.8oz.
at tip and case connection. (weights of individual thermometers)
⅜" diameter available
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize pointer
oscillation
Type TI.30 ME
Connection 1/2" NPT Back
CH
Dial Size 3" AN
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6" 9" 12" IC
-40/120 °F 30025D202G4 30040D202G4 30060D202G4 30090D202G4 30120D202G4 AL
0/250 °F 30025D206G4 30040D206G4 30060D206G4 30090D206G4 30120D206G4 TE
50/550 °F 30025D216G4 30040D216G4 30060D216G4 30090D216G4 30120D216G4 MP
-40/120 °F & °C 30025D002G4 30040D002G4 30060D002G4 30090D002G4 30120D002G4 ER
0/250 °F & °C 30025D006G4 30040D006G4 30060D006G4 30090D006G4 30120D006G4 AT
50/500 °F & °C 30025D010G4 30040D010G4 30060D010G4 30090D010G4 30120D010G4 UR
E
Type TI.50 Available Options
Connection 1/2" NPT Back
■ Stem lengths: (in inches) 2½” to 72"
Dial Size 5" ■ Silicone fill
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6" 9" ■ Custom dials
-40/120 °F 50025D202G4 50040D202G4 50060D202G4 50090D202G4 ■ Min-max pointer
0/250 °F 50025D206G4 50040D206G4 50060D206G4 50090D206G4
■ Union locknut
50/550 °F 50025D216G4 50040D216G4 50060D216G4 50090D216G4
-40/120 °F & °C 50025D002G4 50040D002G4 50060D002G4 50090D002G4
■ Window: Lexan®, acrylic, shatterproof
0/250 °F & °C 50025D006G4 50040D006G4 50060D006G4 50090D006G4
50/500 °F & °C 50025D010G4 50040D010G4 50060D010G4 50090D010G4
F
d
ets and additional information, please visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-2872.
131
Type TI.31 / TI.51

WIKA TI.31 and TI.51 bimetal thermometers offer the same fea-
tures as the TI.30 and TI.50, with a fixed lower mount (bottom)
connection. The hermetically-sealed case offers protection from
weather and dust, and is guaranteed against fogging up. The
TI.31 and TI.51 have a 7-year guarantee.
Standard Features
Case: 304 SS
Dial: Anti-parallax, heavy gauge Over Range: Temporary over or under range
aluminum with white matte tolerance of 50% of scale up to
finish 500°F (260°C)
External Reset: Slotted hex adjustment Accuracy: +1% full range
span per ASME
Window: Fully gasketed glass standard
B40.3
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3, IP65, NEMA
Shipping Weight: Type 31: stem length -
4X Stem: ¼" diameter; 304 SS, 2½"- 9"= 12oz.**
TIG welded at tip and case Type 51: stem length -
connection. 3/8" diameter 2½"- 9"= 1lb. 10oz.**
available (**weights of individual
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize
thermometers)
pointer oscillation.
Available Options
Type TI.31
Category Process grade thermometer, resettable■ Stem lengths: (In inches) 2½” to 72"
Datasheet TI.31 ■ Silicone fill, custom dials, min-max pointer, union
Connection 1/2" NPT Lower locknut, union connection
■ Window:Lexan®, acrylic,
Dial Size 3"
shatterproof, sharp tip, dampened
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6"
movement
-40/120 °F 31025D202G4 31040D202G4 31060D202G4
0/250 °F 31025D206G4 31040D206G4 31060D206G4 ■ RS= Ride side connection location
50/550 °F 31025D216G4 31040D216G4 31060D216G4 ■ LS= Left side connection location
■ TS= Top side connection location
Note: TI.51, 5" dial thermometer also available. Con-

sult factory for details.
Type TI.32 / TI.52

WIKA TI.32 and TI.52 bimetal thermometers are similar to TI.30 and TI.50 but with an all-angle swivel connection. The hermetically-
WIKA TI.32 and TI.52 thermometers are guaranteed for 7 years.
Standard Features
Case: 304 SS Over Range: Temporary over or under range
Dial: Anti-parallax, heavy gauge tolerance of 50% of scale
aluminum with white matte up to 500°F (260°C)
finish Accuracy: +1% of full scale
External Reset: Slotted hex adjustment per ASME B40.3
Window: Fully gasketed glass All Angle Case: Rotation of 360° and stem variation
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3, IP65, NEMA of more than 180°.
4X Shipping Weight: Type 32: stem length
Stem: ¼” diameter; 304 SS, 2½”- 9”= 1lb.
TIG welded at tip and case Type 52: stem length
connection. ⅜" diameter 2½”- 9”= 2lbs.
available (weights of individual
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize thermometers)
pointer oscillation.
Type TI.32 Available Options ME

Connection 1/2" NPT all angle ■ Stem lengths: CH
AN
Dial Size 3" (In inches) 2½” to 72"
IC
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6" 9" 12" ■ Silicone fill,
AL
-40/120 °F 32025D202G4 32040D202G4 32060D202G4 32090D202G4 32120D202G4 custom dials,
TE
0/250 °F 32025D206G4 32040D206G4 32060D206G4 32090D206G4 32120D206G4 min-max
MP
50/550 °F 32025D216G4 32040D216G4 32060D216G4 32090D216G4 32120D216G4 pointer, Union
ER
locknut,
AT
Union connection
UR
■ Window: Lexan®, acrylic, shatterproof E
Type TI.52
Connection 1/2" NPT all angle
Dial Size 5"
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6" 9" 12"
-40/120 °F 52025D202G4 52040D202G4 52060D202G4 52090D202G4 52120D202G4
0/250 °F 52025D206G4 52040D206G4 52060D206G4 52090D206G4 52120D206G4
50/550°F 52025D216G4 52040D216G4 52060D216G4 52090D216G4 52120D216G4
-40/120 °F & °C 52025D002G4 52040D002G4 52060D002G4 52090D002G4 52120D002G4
0/250 °F & °C 52025D006G4 52040D006G4 52060D006G4 52090D006G4 52120D006G4
50/500 °F & °C 52025D010G4 52040D010G4 52060D010G4 52090D010G4 52120D010G4
133
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > TI.33 / TI.34 / TI.53 / TI.54
Type TI.33 / TI.34 / TI.53 / TI.54

WIKA’s industrial grade bimetal dial thermometers, TI.33, 34, 53
and 54 are an ideal choice where a weather-resistant, tamper-
proof thermometer is needed. Each thermometer includes a 1-year
warranty.
Standard Features
Case: 304 SS
Shipping Weight: Type 33 & 34: stem length -
Dial: Anti-parallax, heavy
2½”- 9”= 12oz.
gauge aluminum with
Type 53: stem length -
matte finish
2½”- 9”= 1lb. 8oz.
Window: Fully gasketed glass
Type 54: stem length
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3, IP65, NEMA
4X - 2½”-9” = 12oz.
Stem: ¼” diameter; 304 SS, (**weights of
TIG welded at tip and case individual
connection. ⅜" diameter thermometers)
available
Note: Silicone-filled, dampened movement, min/
Accuracy: +1% of full range span per max pointer, dry with plug, .375 stem and 316
Grade A, ASME B40.3 wetted parts not available
Over Range: Temporary over or under range
tolerance of 50% of scale
up to 500°F (260°C)
Type TI.33 Available Options

Connection 1/2" NPT back ■
Stem lengths from 2½” to 24”
Dial Size 3" ■
Ranges from -100°F (-70°C) to
1,000°F (550°C)
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6" 9"
■ Special ranges, custom dials, stems,
0/250 °F 33025D206G4 33040D206G4 33060D206G4 33090D206G4
50/550 °F 33025D216G4 33040D216G4 33060D216G4 33090D216G4 connections and windows
■ Window: Lexan®, acrylic, shatterproof
Stock items shown in blue print. ■ Sharp tip
Type Descriptions
Type 33 (TI.33) = 3" back connection
Type 34 (TI.34) = 3" bottom connection
Type 53 (TI.53) = 5" back connection
Type 54 (TI.54) = 5" bottom connection
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > Ordering Bimetal Thermometers
Ordering Bimetal Thermometers

Sample Part Number: 30 025 D 2 06 G 4 XX X X Table 1 - Basic Type
Table 1: Basic Type Process Grade - Resettable Industrial Grade - Non-Resettable
Table 2: Stem Length Type Description Type Description
Table 3: Dial Type 30 3" Back connected 20 2" Back connected
(Logo) 31 3" Bottom connected 33 3" Back connected
Table 4: Scale Type (F, C, or F & C)
32 3" Adjustable angle 34 3" Bottom connected
Table 5: Range
Table 6: Window Material 50 5" Back connected 53 5" Back connected
Table 7: Connection 51 5" Bottom connected 54 5" Bottom connected
Table 8: Options 52 5" Adjustable angle
Table 9: Certificates Stem lengths above 24" are not available with non-resettable models
Table 10: Tag
Table 2 - Stem Length - specify as XX.X" with no decimal point, see "code"
Stem Length 2.5" - 9" 12" 15" 18" 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" 66" 72"
Code 025-090 120 150 180 240 300 360 420 480 540 600 660 720
Table 3 - Dial Type Table 4 - Scale Type

D WIKA Standard logo 0 Dual scale °F & °C
X Special 1 Single scale °C
2 Single scale °F
Table 5 - Range
Dual Scale Single Scale
Code °F Range Figure Int. Div. °C range Figure Int. Div. °F Range °C Range ME
01³ -100/150°F 20° 2° -70/70°C 10° 1° -100/150°F -70/70°C CH
AN
13 -80/120°F 20° 2° -60/50°C 10° 1° -80/120°F -60/50°C
IC
02 -40/120°F 20° 2° -40/50°C 10° 1° -40/120°F -50/50°C
AL
14 -20/120°F 20° 2° -30/50°C 10° 1° -20/120°F -30/50°C
TE
19 -40/160°F 20° 2° -40/70° 10° 1° -40/160°F -40/70°C
MP
23¹ 0/100°F 10° 1° -20/40°C 5° ½° 0/100°F -20/40°C
ER
03¹ 25/125°F 10° 1° -5/50°C 5° ½° 25/125°F 0/50°C
AT
15¹ 30/130°F 10° 1° 0/55°C 5° ½° 30/130°F 0/55°C
UR
04 0/140°F 10° 1° -20/60°C 5° ½° 0/140°F -20/60°C
E
05 0/200°F 20° 2° -15/90°C 10° 1° 0/200°F 0/100°C
06 0/250°F 20° 2° -20/120°C 10° 1° 0/250°F -20/120°C
07 20/240°F 20° 2° -5/115°C 10° 1° 20/240°F -10/110°C
08 50/300°F 20° 2° 10°/150°C 10° 1° 50/300°F 0/150°C
09 50/400°F 50° 5° 10/200°C 20° 2° 50/400°F 0/200°C
10 50/500°F 50° 5° 10/260°C 20° 2° 50/500°F 0/250°C
16³ 50/550°F 50° 5° 10/290°C 20° 2° 50/550°F 10/290°C
17³ 0/600°F 100° 10° -20/315°C 50° 5° 0/600°F -20/315°C
11³ 150/750°F 100° 10° 65/400°C 50° 5° 150/750°F 0/300°C
18³ 100/800°F 100° 10° 40/425°C 50° 5° 100/800°F 0/450°C
12²,³ 200/1,000°F 100° 10° 100/540°C 50° 5° 200/1,000°F 100/550°C
Notes:
1. Not available with 2½" stem
2. Not recommended for continued use over 800°F
3. Silicone fill not available
135
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > Ordering Bimetal Thermometers
Ordering Bimetal Thermometers

Sample Part Number: 30 025 D 2 06 G 4 XX X X
Table 1: Basic Type
Table 3: Dial Type
(Logo)
Table 4: Scale Type (F, C, or F & C)
Table 5: Range
Table 6: Window Material
Table 7: Connection
Table 8: Options
Table 9: Certificates
Table 10: Tag
Table 6 - Window Table 8 - Options

A Acrylic lens DM Dampened movement
L Lexan® lens SF Silicone fill
S¹ Shatterproof lens ST Sharp tip
G¹ Glass MM Min/max pointer
¹ not available with silicone fill LS Left side
RS Right side
TS Top side
Table 7 - Process Connection
DF² Dry w/plug
Code Description
² Prepares unit for liquid case filling and shipped dry
0 Plain conn.
1 1/8 NPT 0.375 Stem Diameter Upgrade Option
2 1/4 NPT Code Descripton
3 3/8 NPT HA Full length
4 1/2 NPT HD Reduced tip

5 G 1/2 B HS Reduced w/sharp tip
7 Union conn.
316 SS Wetted Parts Upgrade for 0.250 Stem Diameter
Code Descripton
SS 316 SS wetted parts
Table 9 - Certificates
Description Code
NIST Factory Certificate of Accuracy I
Accessories
Part Number Description
TA-600-011 ½" Union locknut
TA800-0T85 T-85 conv. kit
TA800-0020 ½" NPT duct flange
5.3 oz. tube heat transfer compound for use
2256045
in thermowells
Notes:
Certificate of compliance available at no charge
Mechanical Temperature > Bimetal Thermometers > Bimetal Thermometer Options
Bimetal Thermometers Options
Dampened Movement
Union Lock Nut
Engineered solution providing benefits of case fill
The WIKA union lock nut
in a dry configuration. This silicone-free option
provides a simple and
provides dampening in tough environments at all
inexpensive means to mount
available temperature ranges. Available in all
WIKA bimetal thermometers
process grade models.
with ½" NPT so that the dial
is oriented for proper view-
ing. For more information,
T-85 Thermowell Conversion Kit
please consult factory. To
This conversion kit offers an easy,
order, specify part number
inexpensive way to install a WIKA bimetal
TA600-0111.
thermometer in a glass industrial
thermometer's thermowell. For more
information, please consult factory. To
order, specify part number TA800-0T85.
Maximum or Minimum
Indicating Pointer
This option allows operator to view what the
highest or lowest temperature has been in the
process. High vibration environments are not
recommended.
Adjustable Union Connection

The WIKA adjustable union ME
connection allows for the CH
installation of a type 32 or 52 AN
adjustable angle IC
thermometer without rotating the case.
AL
Ideal for use in a confined space.
TE
MP
ER
AT
UR
E
Left, Right or Top Connection

All WIKA 3" and 5" bottom connected thermometers are available with
the connection oriented to the left, right or top. Please see "How to
Order" on next page for this option.
Not Shown
 Heavy duty ⅜" stems and ⅜" stems
 Acrylic, Lexan®, shatterproof and glass windows
with 2½" x ¼" OD sensitive portion
 Stainless steel tags are available options
available
 Silicone fill
 Thermometers may be ordered with sharp tips
 Certificates of Conformance, Origin and Calibration available
for piercing media to be measured
 Please see these options on Table 8 of "Ordering
 316 SS wetted parts are available
Bimetal Thermometers".
 ½" NPT duct flange
 Other options are available. Please consult factory
137
DIGITAL THERMOMETERS
Mechanical Temperature > Digital Thermometers > TI.80 / TI.82
Type TI.80 / TI.82

WIKA’s solar-powered digital thermometers are ideal for power utilities, petrochemical and quality control applications, where exact readings are
Standard Features
Case: 304 SS
Stem: 304 SS, lengths from 1" to 24"
Window: Glass standard, acrylic
available Connection: ½" NPT, others available
Sensor System: Ceramic thermistor requiring lighting of only 35 LUX to operate
the 3-volt solar cell. The circuitry offers a fast 15-second update
time and accuracy to within 1% of scale. A patented safety
circuit prevents false readings
Accuracy: + 1% of full range span
Type TI.80
Connection 1/2” NPT Back
Dial Size 3"
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 24"
-50/300 °F 80025D2G4 80040D2G4 80060D2G4 80090D2G4 80120D2G4 80150D2G4 80180D2G4 80240D2G4
-50/150°C 80025D1G4 80040D1G4 80060D1G4 80090D1G4 80120D1G4 80150D1G4 80180D1G4 80240D1G4
Type TI.82
Connection 1/2” NPT Just-Right Adjustable Angle
Dial Size 3"
Stem Length 2½" 4" 6" 9" 12" 15" 18" 24"
-50/300 °F 82025D2G4 82040D2G4 82060D2G4 82090D2G4 82120D2G4 82150D2G4 82180D2G4 82240D2G4
-50/150°C 82025D1G4 82040D1G4 82060D1G4 82090D1G4 82120D1G4 82150D1G4 82180D1G4 82240D1G4
Options Stock items shown in blue print.

Code Description
0 Plain
Connection 2 1/4" NPT
3 3/8" NPT (TI.80 only)
Window A Acrylic
ST Shart tip
Accessories
SS 316 SS wetted parts
3/8" dia. stem
HD
w/ 2½" L x ¼" dia. tip
Stem
3/8" dia. stem
HS
w/ 2½" L x ¼ dia. sharp tip
TWIN-TEMP THERMOMETERS
Mechanical Temperature > Twin-Temp Thermometers > TT.30 / TT.32 / TT.50 / TT.52
Type TT.30 / TT.32 / TT.50 / TT.52

The Twin-Temp thermometer combines the convenience, simplicity and self-powered
actuation of a bimetal thermometer and data acquisition capabilities of a
thermocouple or RTD electrical output. With standards traceable to the NIST, the
Twin-Temp offers simplified calibration for ISO 9001 compliance and other statistical
process control requirements. It is ideal in applications requiring quick and easy
readability at the point of process, while still affording a means of electronic data
acquisition and digital panel remote read-out. The Twin-Temp puts two temperature
sensors to work at one location.
Standard Features
Case and Bezel: 304 SS Over Range: Maximum exposure 500°F

Case: All angle or back connected Thermocouple: Type K grounded junction
Dial Size: 3" or 5" thermocouple standard
Process Connection: ½" NPT standard Types J, E and T available
External Reset: Slotted hex head, RTD: 100-Ohm thin film
fully gasketed platinum DIN Curve
Window: Glass, fully gasketed (.00385 Ohm/ Ohm/°C), 3
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3 wire standard
Stem: 304 SS, TIG welded at tip and Accuracy: + 1% of full range span
case connector to prevent Warranty: 1 year
leakage. ¼" diameter standard, Wiring: Twin-Temp (RTD): red-terminal
lengths available from 2½" to 48” 1, green-terminal 2, black-
for thermocouple, 4” to 48" for terminal 3 Twin-Temp (T/C):
RTD. negative-red always, positive-
colored (depends on t/c type)
Note: Silicone fill not available
Mechanical Temperature > Twin-Temp Thermometers > Ordering Twin-Temp Thermometers
Ordering Twin-Temp Thermometers ME

CH
HOW TO ORDER: Table 1 - Basic Type
Code Description
AN
Select the appropriate codes and combine to complete
thermometer part number. 30 3" Back connected (with reset)
IC
32 3" All angle (with reset) AL
Sample Part Number: 30 060 D 0 01 G 4 R1 A R TE
50 5" Back connected (with reset)
52 5" All angle (with reset) MP
Table 1: Type
ER
Table 2 - Stem Length
AT
Table 3: WIKA Logo Table 4: Scale
Table 5: Range (Pick stem length from either thermocouple or RTD table) UR
Table 6: Window Code Description E
Table 7: Connection Length in inches with one decimal place (XX.X) RTD
Table 8: Output
XXX available only in 4" to 48" (040-480) stem length.
Table 9: Electrical Output Housing (Optional) Thermocouple available 2½" to 48" (025-480).
Table 10: Transmitter Output (Optional)
Thermocouples - Types J, K, E, T Grounded Thermocouple Output (consult factory for ungrounded)
Stem Length 2.5 4 6 9 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48
Code 025 040 060 090 120
Note: Thermocouple junction is welded to tip of stem
150 180 240 or 300 360 420 480
100 Ohn RTD Output

Stem Length 2.5 4 6 9 12 15 18 24 30 36 42 48
Code 025 040 060 090 120 150 180 240 300 360 420 480
Note: RTD is placed in stem above bimetal helix (requires minimum 3½" insertion)
139
Mechanical Temperature > Twin-Temp Thermometers > Ordering Twin-Temp Thermometers

Table 3 - Dial Type Table 5 - Ranges Table 6 - Window
Code Description Dual Scale Code Description
D WIKA standard Code Dual Scale °F & °C Single Scale °C Single Scale °F G Plain glass
X Special 02* -40/120°F & -40/50°C -50/50°C -40/120°F A Acrylic
03* 25/125°F & -5/50°C 0/50°C 25/125°F L Lexan®
Table 4 - Scale Type 04* 0/140°F & -20/60°C -20/60°C 0/140°F S Shatterproof
Code Description 5 0/200°F & -15/90°C 0/100°C 0/200°F
0 Dual scale °F & °C 6 0/250°F & -20/120°C -20/120°C 0/250°F Table 7 - Connection
1 Single scale °C 7 20/240°F & -5/115°C -10/110°C 20/240°F Code Description
2 Single scale °F 8 50/300°F & 10/150°C 0/150°C 50/300°F 2 1/4" NPT
9 50/400°F & 10/200°C 0/200°C 50/400°F 4 1/2" NPT
10 50/500°F & 10/260°C 0/250°C 50/500°F
16 50/550°F & 10/260°C 10/290°C 50/550°F
* Not available with 2½" stem
Choose an electrical output configuration from either the left column only or right column only
Table 8 - Electrical Output & Connection Type Selections Table 8 - Electrical Output & Connection Type
Order from this column for direct thermocouple (female plug) or RTD Order from this column for unit with lead wires for
(mini 3-pos terminal block) output only; will not accept transmitter or both thermocouple or RTD output; will accept
enclosure head options. enclosure head for transmitter or terminal block
housing options.
Electrical weatherproof housing connection is a 7/8-20 UNEF.
Thermocouple = female plug Electrical enclosure connection is a ½" NPT.
RTD = 3-wire mini-terminal block Thermocouple or RTD is 6" flying lead wire.

TJ Thermocouple output, Type J (female plug) J1 Thermocouple output, Type J
TK Thermocouple output, Type K (female plug) K1 Thermocouple output, Type K
TE Thermocouple output, Type E (female plug) E1 Thermocouple output, Type E
TT Thermocouple output, Type T (female plug) T1 Thermocouple output, Type T
RA 100 Ohm RTD output, 3-wire (terminal block) R1 100 Ohm RTD output, 3-wire
Table 9 - Electrical Output Housing Options

Table 9 - Electrical Output Housing Options For transmitter-equipped units.
(Match code to Table 8 output)
Code Description
For non-transmitter units. Plug-in (RTD output wire-in) X None
field connections only. (Match code to output selection in A *Std aluminum head enclosure
Table 8)
H *Exp. proof head
Code Description * ½" NPT Twin-Temp x ¾" NPT field connection
X None
J Straight barrel weather proof housing (7/8-20 UNEF) & plug
K Straight barrel weather proof housing (7/8-20 UNEF) & plug
E Straight barrel weather proof housing (7/8-20 UNEF) & plug
Table 10 - Transmitter Output
T Straight barrel weather proof housing (7/8-20 UNEF) & plug
For transmitter-equipped units.
R Straight barrel weather proof housing (7/8-20 UNEF)
Code Description
None (mandatory on all non-transmitter
X types; must use this code "X" for all TJ/TE/
TT/RA from Table 8
Table 10 - Transmitter Output
For non-transmitter equiped units.
1,3
4-20mA transmitter for all Thermocouple
T
Plug-in (RTD output wire-in) field connection only. output
2,3
4-20mA transmitter for all "R1" RTD
Code Description R
output (from Table 8)
None (mandatory on all non-transmitter types, must 3
Terminal block (for field wiring termination,
X B
use this code "X" for all TJ/TK/TE/TT/RA from Table when transmitter no used)
8) ¹ only compatible with codes J1/K1/E1/T1
² only compatible with code R1
³ must use code A or H from Table 9 for enclosure
Mechanical Temperature > Twin-Temp Thermometers > Twin-Temp Configurations
Twin-Temp Configurations
1. Weatherproof Housing and Plug

7/8 -20 UNEF threaded barrel with bushing and compression nut provide
environmental protection to thermocouple / RTD connection. (Order code

J,K,E,T or R from Table 9)
2.½" NPT Electrical Connection with Lead Wire

Available in thermocouple or RTD. This allows site
installation using other enclosures or piping
systems. (Order code J1, K1, E1, T1 or R1 from
Table 8)
3. Enclosure Head
A protective enclosure threads onto the optional 1/2"
NPT electrical connection. The housing protects
electrical connections from the environment. Houses
a 4-20 mA transmitter or terminal block. Aluminum
housing is standard. (Order code A from Table 9)
4. Terminal Block
Provides a connection point for the thermocouple or RTD.
Mounts to thermocouple head with two screws. Requires
lead-wire output connection (order code J1/K1/E1/T1/R1 ME
from Table 8) and aluminum head enclosure. (Order code CH
A from Table 9) AN
IC
AL
5. T-12 Thermocouple or T-24- RTD, 4-20 mA Transmitter TE
Provides a clean 4-20 mA signal to control room, data MP
acquisition equipment, panel readout, etc. Requires ER
AT
lead-wire output connection (order code J1/K1/E1/T1/
UR
R1 from Table 8) and aluminum head enclosure (order
E
code from Table 9).
Spare Parts
Description Part Number
Std aluminum head 102-02
Terminal block 2246228
Weather-proof housing TA6S0-0608
¹ When order separate of a Twin-Temp, range must be specified
2872.
Mechanical Temperature > Twin-Temp Thermometers > Twin-Temp Configurations
Twin-Temp Configurations
Type TT.30
w/enclosure head Type TT.52 w/thermocouple
connection
Type TT.52 w/enclosure head

Type TT.30 w/thermocouple connection
Type TT. 30
Type TT.30 w/RTD terminal block
w/thermocouple Plug-in
TWIN-TEMP SOLAR THERMOMETERS
Mechanical Temperature > Twin-Temp Solar Thermometers > TT.80, TT.82
Type TT.80, TT.82

This unique thermometer has the convenience of a LCD digital output
and the data acquisition capabilities of a thermocouple or RTD elec-
trical output in one process location.
Standard Features
Case and Bezel: 304 SS

RTD: 100-Ohm thin film platinum
Case: All angle or back connected
DIN Curve (.00385 Ohm/Ohm/°C),
Dial Size: 3”
3 wire standard
Process Connection: ½” NPT standard
Accuracy: + 1% of full range span
Window: Glass, fully gasketed
Warranty: 1 year
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3
Wiring: Twin-Temp (RTD): red-terminal 1,
Stem: 304 SS, TIG welded at tip and
case green-terminal 2, black-terminal
connector to prevent leakage. 3 Twin-Temp (T/C): negative-red
¼” diameter standard, always, positive-colored
lengths available from 2½” to (depends on t/c type)
24”.
Thermocouple: Type K grounded junction Note: Silicone fill not available
thermocouple standard. Types J,
E, T available
Mechanical Temperature > Twin-Temp Solar Thermometers > Ordering Twin-Temp Solar Thermometers
Ordering Twin-Temp Solar Thermometers

HOW TO ORDER: Sample Part Number: 80 040 D 6 G 4 R1 A R
Select the appropriate codes and combine to complete Table 1: Type Series
thermometer part number. ME
CH
Table 1 - Basic Type Table 3: Dial Type
AN
Code Description Table 4: Range
IC
80 3" Back connected Table 5: Window
82 3" All angle
AL
Table 6: Connection TE
Table 2 - Stem Length Table 7: Output Type MP
Table 8: Electrical Output Housing (Optional) Table 9: ER
Code Description
WIKA Electrical Output (Optional) AT
025
Table 5 - Window Material
2.5"
Table 8 - Electrical Output Housing Options
UR
040 4"
Code Description E
Code Description
060 6"
G Plain glass X None
090 9" A Std Aluminum head enclosure
A Acrylic
120 12" Table 9 - Transmitter Output
150 15" Table 6 - Process Connection Code Description
180 18" Code Description X None
240 24" 4 1/2" NPT 4-20mA transmitter for all
1,3
Table 3 - Dial Type Table 7 - Electrical Output T
thermocouple output
D WIKA standard 4-20mA transmitter for all "R1" RTD
2,3
J1 Thermocouple output, type J R
output (from Table 8)
K1 Thermocouple output, type K 3
Terminal block (for field wiring
Table 4 - Ranges B
E1 Thermocouple output, type E termination, when transmitter not used)
Code Description
T1 Thermocouple output, type T ¹ only compatible with codes J1/K1/E1/T1
1 -50/300 °F ² only compatible with code R1
2 -50/150 °C R1 100 Ohm RTD output, 3-wire ³ must use code A Table 8 for enclosure
For datasheets and additional

information, please visit
www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-2872.
143
Mechanical Temperature > Gas Actuated Thermometers > Gas Actuated Thermometers Operating and Installation
Gas Actuated Thermometers Operating and Installation

Gas actuated thermometers fall within “Class IV, gas-filled with absorbent” definition. They use
a thermal system filled with gas and an absorbent (such as activated granular carbon) in the
bulb. This technology allows for a significantly reduced bulb size. WIKA gas actuated
thermometers offer extremely high accuracy, low ambient error and extreme over-range
capability. With the same small bulb diameter throughout the offered ranges, the WIKA
thermometer can be
installed in most existing piping and tank applications.
WIKA gas actuated thermometers provide the solution to mercury-free require-

ments in food processing, refrigeration or other mercury-sensitive environments.
A variety of case types, sizes and materials provides a custom made instrument
for each application in ranges between -320° Fahrenheit and +1200° Fahrenheit
or equivalent Celsius. Dual reading scales (F & C) are standard.
WIKA gas actuated dial thermometers are available as direct reading or remote
reading with stainless steel bulbs and armored capillary. WIKA extends a one-year
warranty against defects in material and workmanship on standard gas actuated dial
thermometers.
Installation Guidelines: While WIKA gas actuated dial thermometers are highly accurate and rugged instruments, there are
some guidelines that should be followed in their application and installation. Consideration must be given to the measured
medium. Is it corrosive, abrasive, turbulent or under pressure? Can the sensing bulb be placed to give an accurate
indication of the temperature?
The sensing bulb should be placed in a non-turbulent area of piping or ducting and as close the center of the flow as
possible. In tanks, it should be placed in an area of the tank that will provide a good average of the temperature of the fluid
contained. The bulb should be protected from corrosive or abrasive media and excessively high pressures. The usual
method of protection is the use of a thermowell.
When a remote reading thermometer is installed, consideration must be given to the location of the bulb, the dial indicator
and the routing of the capillary. The capillary must be located where it will not be damaged by workers or equipment used in
future maintenance. Remember that the capillary CANNOT be cut to facilitate installation or relocation.
For Installation and Use of WIKA Filled System Dial Thermometers

General: Before installing a thermometer, consideration should be given to temperature, humidity, vibration, shock and other
climatic and ambient conditions of the service application. Bulbs may be installed in thermowells or directly into the medium
for temperature measurement. The filled system of the thermometer is a sealed unit and must remain sealed. The
connecting tubing of remote units should be kept coiled to avoid sharp bends or kinks. Connecting tubing must not be cut.
Thermometers can be rendered inaccurate during shipment despite care taken in packaging. To insure conformance to the
accuracy to which the thermometer was manufactured, it should be checked before use.
Installation Procedure: The bulb should be located in the process at the point that will provide the temperature indication
that is most representative of the process temperature. Circulation of the medium around the bulb is necessary for optimum
response time and accuracy. For direct reading thermometers, use wrench flats when provided to install the thermometer.
For remote reading thermometers – do not twist, kink, strain or cut the connecting tube. After the case has been mounted,
uncoil and stretch out the connecting tubing, placing the bulb at its intended location. After installing the bulb, fasten the
connecting tubing to a wall or other support to prevent damage. Position the connecting tubing to avoid extreme
temperature. Since the
connecting tubing length cannot be altered, any excess should be coiled on a 3" minimum radius and supported near the case.
Gas actuated thermometers have the following options and accessories:

Flush Mounting Ring: Adapts the phenolic case for flush panel mounting.
Windows: Optional acrylic or shatterproof glass available.
GAS ACTUATED THERMOMETERS

Mechanical Temperature > Gas Actuated Thermometers > Gas Actuated Thermometers Operating and Installation
Gas Actuated Thermal Systems

The WIKA gas actuated dial thermometer systems are available in several bulb and material configurations. The application
should be the determining factor in deciding both the type and material of the thermal system. For use in corrosive or
otherwise more demanding installations, WIKA offers a 316 SS bulb and capillary. The stainless steel system is protected
with stainless steel spring armor or an optional stainless steel interlocking armor. It should be noted that the unions on
these systems DO NOT provide a pressure seal. For pressure seals, always use in conjunction with a thermowell.
For installations requiring a pressure seal between the process and the atmosphere, a thermowell should be used. The
bendable extension with a sliding union allows for variable insertion depths to place properly the active portion of the
sensing bulb in the process for maximum accuracy. Aluminum duct flanges are available for threading union fitted bulbs
into duct work to provide temperature indication of ducted air or gases.
Thermal Systems
Code No. Bulb Type Bulb Material Capillary Material Capillary Protection
0 Just-Rite 316 SS N/A N/A
1 Plain 316 SS 316 SS Stainless steel spring armor**
8 ½" NPSM Sliding Union 316 SS 316 SS Stainless steel spring armor**
**Stainless steel interlocking armor is available and must be used on systems longer than 40 feet.
Sliding Union w/ ¼" Bendable Extension
Plain Bulb w/ Rigid Extension ME

CH
AN
IC
Bulbs available on WIKA gas actuated dial thermometers have 3/8" diameters to allow for installation in most existing piping AL
and tanks. As the bulb is the temperature sensing element of the system, it must be placed where the most accurate TE
temperature reading can be obtained. In piping, this is usually the center of the flow in an area of least turbulence. In tanks, MP
this is an area that will represent a good average of the fluid temperature - usually close to the center of the tank. Available ER
materials, lengths and insertion depths for standard bulbs are listed in the accompanying chart. AT
UR
E
Bulbs (All bulbs with threaded connections are ½" NPT)
Code No Bulb Type Bulb Material Bulb Length Extension Length Insertion - U Dimension Thermowell
Thermowell Lag Extension
Standard
1 Plain w/extension 316 SS 3" 12" 2½"- 10½" -
4 Just-Rite 316 SS 4"* _ 2½" -
6 Just-Rite 316 SS 6"* _ 4½" 2½"
9 Just-Rite 316 SS 9"* _ 7½" 4½"
X Just-Rite 316 SS 12" _ 10½" 6½"
7 Sliding union 316 SS 3" 12" 2½" - 10½" 2½" - 7½"
8 Sliding union 316 SS 3" 18" 2½" - 16½" 2½" - 13½"
*3" active
length
Accuracy: +1% of full range span
Capillary: 316 SS with stainless steel
Over Range: 50% of span above top of range
spring armor, or 316 SS
or 1300°F, which ever is lower
with stainless steel
Cases: Drawn stainless steel,
interlocking armor. 99'
aluminum and Phenolic/GRP;
maximum
for stem, surface or panel
Dials: White coated aluminum
mount
with black marking
Sizes: 4½", 6"
Pointer: Adjustable, balanced,
Mounting Connections: Lower or back on remote
aluminum with matte
reading thermometers; adjustable
black finish
angle on Just Rite
3/8" dia. x 3" active length standard Ambient Error: 0.25% at midscale of span per
Bulb:
25° F change in ambient temp
in stainless steel; plain, sliding union
Case Styles: Wall mount-manufactured in 3 wall-mounted

Just-Rite’s standard bulb/stem thermal system is
case styles: cast aluminum back flange case with 4½” dial
available in 4”, 6” and 9” lengths; only 3” of the tip is
size, the phenolic/GRP turret case with 4½” dial size, and
active. Panel mount WIKA gas actuated remote
stainless steel back flange case in 4½” and 6” dial sizes;
reading dial thermometers accommodate most panel
may be specified with back or lower-connected capillaries.
mounting requirements. Stainless steel U clamp cases
are available in 4½” and 6”. Aluminum front flange
Adjustable angle-flangeless, stainless steel case with

cases offer 4½” and 6” dial sizes. A stainless steel
bayonet bezel and 360° rotation. Stainless steel bulb can
semi-flush front flange case is available in 4½” and 6”
be rotated 180° to either side of the vertical axis of the
dial sizes. All panel mount thermometers are back
stem to allow mounting from the top, bottom or either side
connected. Turret phenolic case is available in 4½”.
of an installation. Union fitted bulb can be threaded directly
Just-Rite is available in 4½” and 6”.
into a process connection or into a thermowell or duct
flange.
Mechanical Temperature > Gas Actuated Thermometers > Ordering Gas Actuated Thermometers
Ordering Gas Actuated Thermometers Table 1 - Basic Type

Code Description
HOW TO ORDER: R45 4½" Case
Select the appropriate codes and combine to complete R60 6" Case
thermometer part number.
Table 2 - Case Type & Material
Sample Part Number: R45 E L 3 8 7 10 004 00 WI Code Description Material Dial Size
Table 1: Case Size K Back flange, bayonet ring SS 4½", 6"
Table 2: Case Style B Back flange, bayonet ring Aluminum 4½", 6"
Table 3: Connection E Turret, threaded ring Phenolic 4½"
Table 4: Window F Front flange, hinged ring Aluminum 4½", 6"
Material Table 5: S Semi-flush front flange, bayonet ring SS 4½", 6"
Thermal System Table 4½"
U U-clamp, bayonet ring SS
6: Bulb Selection 6"
4½"
Table 7: Capillary Length (feet) *V Just-Rite, adjustable angle SS
6"
Table 8: Temperature Range
* Capillary is not available. Fixed stem length only as specified in Table 6.
Table 9: Options
WIKA Standard Dial
146
minum back flange case with a 4½" dial size, the phenolic/GRP turret case (also with a 4½" dial size) and the stainless steel back flange case available in 4
Mechanical Temperature > Gas Actuated Thermometers > Ordering Gas Actuated Thermometers
Table 3 - Connection Table 4 - Window

Code Description Case Size Case Type Code Description Case Size Case Type
B Back connection 4½", 6" All 3 Acrylic 4½" B, E
L Lower connection 4½", 6" 4½" (K, B, E); 6" (K only) 4 Glass 4½", 6" All
*A Adjustable angle 4½", 6" V only 5 Shatter-proof glass 4½" E, K, E, U, V
* Capillary is not available. Fixed stem length only as specified in Table 6.
Table 5 - Thermal System Special Table 5 & 6

Code Bulb Type Bulb Material Capillary Material Capillary Protection Note:
0 Adjustable angle ½" NPT 316 SS N/A **N/A The only possible
1 Plain 316 SS 316 SS Spring armor* thermal system/bulb
8 Sliding union ½" NPT 316 SS 316 SS Spring armor* combinations are as
follows:
* For systems up to 40 ft.; Spiral interlock required on all systems over 40 ft. (see "SI" options, Table 9)
** Capillary is not available; fixed stem length only as indicated in Table 6. Plain Bulb: (11)
Adjustable Angle: (04),
Table 6 - Bulb Selection (06), (09), (0X)
Code Description To fit Thermowells with: Sliding Union: (87), (88)
Adjustable Angle Code 0, Table 5 OA Length Thermowell Insertion
4 3/8" Dia. x 3" length (active), total 4" 4¼" U = 2½"
X 3/8" Dia. x 3" length (active), total 12" 12¼" U = 10½"
Plain Bulb - Remote Code 1, Table 5
1 3/8" Dia. x 3" length (active) + 10" rigid extension
Sliding Union (½" NPSM) Bulb w/Bendable Ext. Code 8, Table 5 Union Thermowell Insertion
7 3/8" Dia. x 3" length (active) w/ 12" bendable extension 3 to 12" U = 2½" to 10½"
8 3/8" Dia. x 3" length (active) w/ 18" bendable extension 3 to 18" U = 2½" to 16½"
Note: Gas-actuated thermometers use standard process type 3/8" bore thermowells, if required. Order separately.
Table 7 - Capillary Length Table 8 - Temperature Range

Code Description Code Dual Scale °F & °C Note:
05 5 feet *001 -320/100°F -200/40°C Ranges marked with an asterisk(*) indicated ME
10 10 feet 002 -120/120°F -80/50°C in Table 8 reference Table 9 and require CH
20 20 feet 003 0/120°F -20/50°C additional cost as indicated. AN
30 30 feet 004 0/160°F -20/70°C IC
40 40 feet 005 -40/180°F -40/80°C AL
*50 50 feet 006 20/240°F -10/115°C TE
*80 80 feet 007 0/300°F -20/150°C MP
XX Adjustable angle case 008 50/550°F 10/280°C ER
* Requires "SI" option, see Table 9 009 50/750°F 0/400°C AT
**010 400/1,200°F 200/650°C UR
Note: 11 50/400°F 0/200°C E
Capillary can be configured to any whole
* Requires "LT" option, See Table 9
foot, 99' and below. I.E. - 08 = 8' capillary ** Requires "HT" option, See Table 9
Table 9 - Options & Accessories

Code Description Case Size Case Type
00 Without accessories All All
FR Flush mounting ring 4½" E
*LT Low temperature (Cryogenic -320°F) All All
**HT High temperature (1200°F) All All

***SI 316 SS interlocking armor All All
DM Dampened movement All All Table 10 - Dial
* Requires Temperature Range Code "001", See Table 8
** Requires Temperature Range Code "010", See Table 8 Logo
*** Required for all systems over 40 feet Code Description
WI WIKA
147
Mechanical Temperature > Gas Actuated Thermometers > Temperature Switch Gauge Operating and Installation
Gas Actuated Thermometers

Temperature Switch Gauge Operating and Installation
Operation: WIKA's TI.TSG60 temperature switch gauge is a patented technology that offers the best accuracy and least
ambient error in remote temperature technology. Our direct drive edge-welded Bourdon tube offers a linear 180o dial arc
while maintaining positive operation of micro switches with a 1½% accuracy full scale with better than ½% repeatability.
Most important is the extremely low ambient error due to the NiSpan Bourdon tube and carbon-filled molecular sieve gas
actuated patented technology. The cam adjustable switches offer little resistance to the powerful direct drive system offering
consistent switch action with low repeatability error.
Our dual system SCADA version offers dual independent outputs with a failsafe redundant system. Total independence offers
accuracy of remote electronics plus the reliability of the local mechanical dial readout all within one unit. The SCADA system
comes fully calibrated and requires no field calibration.
Switching: Up to four filled adjustable switches are available with standard ratings of 10 AMP @ 125/250 VAC, non-
inductive; 5 AMP @ 120 VAC , inductive; ½ AMP @ 125 VDC, non-inductive; ¼ AMP @ 250 VDC, non-inductive. The
differential is 3% of the range. Switches are fully adjustable within the full range of the instrument. Switches can be set
within 2o C of each other.
Mounting / Installation: The TI.TSG60 temperature switch gauge is ideal for general industrial installations. Switches can be
adjusted from the front of the unit without having to shut down or remove the instrument from the process.
Adjustment of the Set Points: The TI.TSG60 has up to four fully adjustable set points adjustable from the front of the unit.
The set point indicators are easily adjusted and then locked in place with the following procedure:
1. Unscrew and remove the front bezel and lens counter-clockwise, as it is shipped from the factory hand tightened.
2. Using a small straight screwdriver, loosen the Set Point indicator and, using two fingers, position the indicator to
the desired Set Point, and re-tighten the Set Point indicator.
3. Replace the bezel and lens and, using a strap wrench, rotate the bezel and lens clockwise 3/8" beyond hand tight to fully
engage the waterproof gasket. Do not over tighten.
Max. Hand Setting: The TI.TSG60 is available with a maximum registering hand that will indicate the highest temperature
the unit records by staying at that point. To re-set the max, hand turn the knob counter-clockwise until it rests against the
pointer.
Mechanical Temperature > Gas Actuated Thermometers > TI.TSG60
Type TI.TSG60
WIKA’s TI.TSG60 offers users an unprecedented combination of industrial strength performance with unmatched precision. This 6" gas actuate
Standard Features
Case and Bezel: 304 SS, 6.25" diameter Over Range: 50% up to 500°F, except 10% on
Case Style: Bottom connected back flange 0 -120°C and 0 - 250°F
Process Conn: 3/8" x 3" 316 SS
Capillary: Stainless steel with stainless steel
bulb with 12" or 18" bendable extension, interlocking armor; up to 99’
and ½" NPT one-time compression Switch Rating: 10 amp @ 125/250 VAC, non-inductive;
fitting 5 amp @ 120 VAC, inductive; ½ amp
Window: Lexan® @ 125 VDC, non-inductive; ¼ amp @
Range: 11 standard ranges available. 250 VDC, non-inductive
See “How to Order”

Mechanical Temperature > Gas Actuated Thermometers > Ordering Temperature Switch Gauges
Ordering Temperature Switch Gauges

HOW TO ORDER:
Select the appropriate codes and combine to complete thermometer part number.
Sample Part Number: TSG60 03 2 A2 X7 05 SG WI

Table 1: Basic Type
Table 2: Range
Table 3: Switches
Table 4: Switch Indictor Options
Table 5: Thermal
System Table 6:
Capillary Length Table
7: Options
Table 8: Logo
Table 1 - Basic Type Table 5 - Thermal System

6" back flange temperature switch gauge 3/8" x 3" bulb w/12" bendable extension,
X7
TI.TSG60 with conxall connector harness ½" NPT one-time adjustable compression fitting
5" wire length
3/8" x 3" bulb w/18" bendable extension,
X8
½" NPT one-time adjustable compression fitting
Table 2 - Range
Code Description Code Description Table 6 - Capillary Length
01* -450/50°F 07 0/1000°FC Code Description
02* -320/200°F 08 -20/120° XX Capillary length in feet
03 0/250°F 09 -20/160°C
ME
04 -50/350°F 10 -20/180°C
Table 7 - Options
CH
05 50/550°F 11 -20/200°C
Code Description AN
06 50/750°F
SG Safety glass IC
Table 3 - Switches
EX Explosion-proof AL
Code Description
TE
1 One adjustable switch (amphenol connector)
MP
2 Two adjustable switches (amphenol connector)
Table 8 - Logo ER
3 Three adjustable switches (amphenol connector)
Code Description AT
4 Four adjustable switches (amphenol connector)
EH WI WIKA UR
EH BL Blank E
Table 4 - Standard Switch Indicator Options

Code Description
A1 Center switch indicator (1 switch)
A2 Right & left switch indicators (2 switches)
A3* Right, left & center switch indicators (3 switches)
A4* Right, left, right, left switch indicator (4 switches)
* For adjacent switches, right and left side indicators will allow for closest
proximity of switch settings
149
VAPOR ACTUATED THERMOMETERS
Mechanical Temperature > Vapor Actuated Thermometers > TI.V20 / TI.V25 / TI.V35 / TI.V45
Type TI.V20 / TI.V25 / TI.V35 / TI.V45

WIKA’s vapor actuated thermometers are highly accurate and provide remote
reading. They are available in U-clamp, front flange or back flange case
configurations. WIKA’s vapor actuated thermometers are well suited for
refrigeration, solar heating and water treatment applications.
Standard Features
Case: Stainless steel
Accuracy: ±1 scale division
Movement: Heavy duty brass, rotary type
Ring: Snap-in O-ring
Window: Glass or polycarbonate
Pointer: Aluminum, adjustable, black finish
Dial: Aluminum, white background, black
graduations Bourdon Tube: Phosphor bronze, soldered to socket
and tip Process Connection: Plain, union or thermowell
Bulb: Copper or stainless steel
Capillary: Copper- plain or with braid armor;
stainless steel- plain; stainless steel
or with stainless steel interlocking
armor
Mechanical Temperature > Vapor Actuated Thermometers > Ordering Vapor Actuated Thermometers
Ordering Vapor Actuated Thermometers

HOW TO ORDER:
Select the appropriate codes and combine to complete thermometer part number.
Sample Model No: V25 UB3 5331 05 04 WI

Table 1:
Table 2-4:
Table 5-8:
Table 9:
Table 10:
WIKA Standard Dial:
Table 1 - Basic Type Table 2 - Case Style

Code Description Code Case Type Material Case Size Case Conn.
V20 2" F Front flange SS 2", 2½" B
V25 2½" U U-clamp SS 2", 2½" B
V35 3½" Q U-clamp SS 3½" B
V45 4½" B Back flange SS 3½", 4½" B, L
R Front flange, semi-flush SS 3½", 4½" B
VAPOR ACTUATED THERMOMETERS
Mechanical Temperature > Vapor Actuated Thermometers > Ordering Vapor Actuated Thermometers
Ordering Vapor Actuated Thermometers

Table 3 - Case Connection Table 7 - Process Connection Fitting
Code Description Case Size Type Code Description
B Back connection All All 1 Union ½" NPT
L Lower connection 3½", 4½" B 2 Union ¾" NPT
3 Thermowell ½" NPT
Table 4 - Case Front Window 4 Thermowell ¾" NPT
Code Description Case Size Case Type 5* Thermowell ½" NPT with 2" lag ext.
3 Lexan® snap-in lens All All 6* Thermowell ¾" NPT with 2" lag ext.
4 Glass lens w/ SS ring 2", 2½" F, U 7 Aluminum air duct flange (union only)
5 Glass lens w/ chrome-plated brass ring 3½" All 9 Plain bulb (always select “plain bulb” - table 5;
7 Glass lens w/ rubber ring 4½" B, R codes 1, 2, 3
8 Glass lens w/ crimped SS ring, water-proof 2", 2½" U * Lag only available with #3 bulb
9 Lexan® threaded lens 2" 2½" F, U, Q
Table 8 - Process Connection Material
Code
Description
Table 5 - Thermal Systems 0None (plain bulb only, always select for Codes 1-3 in Table 5
CodeBulb TypeBulb Mat'lCapillary Mat'l Cap Protection 1Brass
PlainCopperCopper 2304 SS
None Cu. braid None None Cu. braid
PlainCopperCopper Interlock armor 3316 SS
Plain316 SS316 SS None 5Aluminum (air duct flange only)
UnionCopperCopper
UnionCopperCopper
Union316 SS316 SS
Union316 SS316 SS Table 9 - Capillary Length
Code Description
05 5 feet
10 10 feet
15 15 feet
Note: Available combinations for Thermal System (Table 5) and Bulb Selection (Table 6):
20 20 feet
Plain: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36
30 30 feet ME
50 50 feet
Union: 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 80 CH
80 feet
AN
Also must consider Capillary Length (Table 9). IC
Note:
AL
Capillary can be configured to any whole foot, 99' and TE
Table 6 - Bulb Selection below. I.E. - 08 = 8' capillary MP
Table 10 - Range
Use Codes below for Plain Bulb for Non-threaded
ER
Code Description
Process Connection (Codes 1-3 in Table 5) AT
01 -40/60 °F&°C
Code Diameter Length Max. Sys. Length 02 -40/110 °F&°C
UR
2 3/8" 3.4" 25 feet 03 -20/100 °F&°C
E
3 3/8" 4.9" 50 feet
04 0/150 °F&°C
4 3/8" 7.9" 99 feet
05 0/180 °F&°C
5 3/8" 9.4" 99 feet
06 20/220 °F&°C
6 3/8" 2.5" 5 feet
07 40/240 °F&°C
Use Codes below for Union Bulb for Threaded
Process Connection (Codes 4-9 in Table 5) 08 30/300 °F&°C
1 7/16" 2.5" 10 Feet 09 100/350 °F&°C
2 7/16" 3.4" 25 feet 11 150/450 °F&°C
3¹ 7/16" 5.4" 50 feet Table 11 - Logo
4 7/16" 7.4" 99 feet Code Description
5 7/16" 9.4" 99 feet WI WIKA
¹ Required for lagging extension thermowell, see Table 7 BL Blank
151
INDUSTRIAL GLASS THERMOMETERS
Mechanical Temperature > Industrial Glass Thermometers > TI.61102 / TI.61104, TI.62102 / TI.62104
Type TI.61102 / TI.61104, TI.62102 / TI.62104

WIKA's 6" industrial glass thermometers are ideal for process piping, HVAC/R
applications, diesel engines, compressors and brine lines. This series of thermometers
is manufactured in straight and back connected configurations, and come with a
standard dual threaded brass socket with both ½" and ¾" NPT connections.
Standard Features
Case: V-shaped gray GE Valox®; wide angle construction
Glass Front: Protective glass cover retained within outer edges of case. Spring pressure
created by V-scale secures glass against case and prevents rattling.
Cover plate completes assembly.
Tube and Scale: Blue spirit fill liquid (non-mercury fill). V-shaped scale designed with extra
large black numbers. Crosslocked scale holding device prevents loosening
or shifting of scale and removes holes and screws that interfere with scale
markings or numerals.
Stem and Socket
Assembly: Brass stem ensures fast response to temperature changes.
The standard socket is made of brass and dual threaded for ½” and ¾” NPT.
Accuracy: +1% of full scale range
Mechanical Temperature > Industrial Glass Thermometers > Ordering Industrial Glass Thermometers
Ordering TI.61102 / TI.61104, TI.62102 / TI.62104 Thermometers

Sample Part No: 62102 06 213 P WI
HOW TO ORDER:
Table 1: Type & Stem Select the appropriate codes and combine to
Table 2: Connection complete thermometer part number.
Table 3: Range/Scale ABBREVIATIONS
Table 4: Options N/C - there is no charge for this option.

Table 5: Logo
Table 1 - Thermometer Type & Stem Length
Code Description Stem Length
61102 Straight with 2" stem 1.31" Table 2 - Connection
62102 Back with 2" stem 1.31"
Code Description
61104 Straight with 4" stem 3.31"
00 None - swivel nut connection
62104 Back with 4" stem 3.31" 06 ½" and ¾" brass well
Table 3 - Range
°F Only °C Only Dual Scale °F & °C
Code °F Scale Div. Code °C Scale Div Code °F & °C Scale Div.
201 -40/110 2 115 -40/45 1 001 -40/110 (-45/45 C) 2/1
203 20/120 2 102 -5/50 1 003 20/120 (0/50 C) 2/1
213 20/180 2 118 0/110 2 013 20/180 (0/80 C) 2/2
207 30/240 2 108 0/150 2 007 30/240 (5/110 C) 2/2
208 30/300 5 106 10/200 5 008 30/300 (0/150 C) 5/2
209 50/400 5 n/a n/a n/a 009 50/400 (10/200 C) 5/5
Table 4 - Options Table 5 - Logo
P Plastic window WI WIKA
Thermometer with ½" x ¾" NPT Brass Thermowell Thermometer with Swivel Nut Connection
Type Description Type Description
6110206 Straight form with U dimension 1.31" 6110200 Straight form with U dimension 1.31"
6210206 Back form with U dimension 1.31" 6210200
6110406 Straight form with U dimension 3.31" 6110400 Back form with U dimension 1.31"
6210406 Back form with U dimension 3.31" 6210400 Straight form with U dimension 3.31"
Back form with U dimension 3.31"

Mechanical Temperature > Solar Industrial Glass Thermometer > TI.D01
Type TI.D01
WIKA's TI.D01 solar industrial thermometer offers fast, accurate and easy-to-read temperature indica-
tions. This thermometer features a totally adjustable case to permit viewing at any angle, and its bulb
and socket are completely interchangeable with standard industrial glass thermometers. The solar
industrial thermometer is switchable between Fahrenheit and Celsius, and offers a sensing range of
-50 to 300°F and -50 to 150°C, resolved in tenths of a degree, with accuracy to within +1% of
reading.
Standard Features
Factory Stock
Range: -50/300°F (-50/150°C) Part Number Description
D010300WI 3½" stem, no thermowell
Accuracy: +1% of reading or 1°, whichever is
D010600WI 6" stem, no thermowell
greater Resolution: 1/10° between –19.9/199.9°F (-28/93°C)
D010301WI 3½" stem, with thermowell
Lux Rating: 10 lux (one foot candle)
D010601WI 6" stem, with thermowell
Update: 10 seconds
Ambient Operating
Non-Stocked Items
Temperature: -30/140°F (-35/60°C) Part Number Description
Humidity: 100% maximum D010304WI 3½" stem, with reversible flange air duct stem
Ambient Temperature D010604WI 6" stem, with reversible flange air duct
Error: None stem
Case: High-impact ABS D010901WI 9"" stem with thermowell
Display: 7/16" LCD digits, wide ambient temperature range Accessories
Sensor: Glass passivated thermistor Part Number Description
Stock items shown in blue print. TA600-0216 Clear plastic protective cover
Mechanical Temperature > Industrial Glass Thermometers > TI.701/TI.901
Type TI.701 / TI.901 ME

CH
WIKA's TI.701 (7") and TI.901(9") industrial glass thermometers offer quick, easy-to-read AN
temperature measurement for tough applications. Glass/mineral reinforced GE Valox® housings and IC
spring mounted windows contribute to impact, shock and vibration resistance. WIKA industrial glass AL
thermometers are the ideal choice for process piping, HVAC/R applications, diesel engines and TE
compressors. MP
ER
Standard Features AT
Case: V-shaped case parts are molded UR
of rugged GE Valox® 735 polyester, Adjustable Joint: Matching GE Valox® joint E
finished in textured black. completely encloses capillary
Heavy glass window is spring- for thermal system protection.
mounted to prevent rattles. Tube and Capillary: Blue spirit-fill liquid (non-mercury
Stem: To ensure sensitivity, bulb fill) standard; magnifying lens
chambers are precision ground tube is silicone shock-mounted
aluminum, tapered for a close- to increase service life. Guaran-
tolerance metal- to-metal contact teed accurate to within +1% of
with matching tapered socket. scale range.
Graphite is used as a conductor Scale: Permanently baked-on, bold
between bulb chamber and glass black graduations are printed
tube. on white-coated aluminum. No
Locking Device: Independent adjustable case lock- mounting screws obscure
nut and angle adjusting screw scale. Scale adjusts through
provide 360° positioning of case locking device at top of
and stem. instrument.
Accuracy: +1% of full scale range
SOLAR INDUSTRIAL GLASS THERMOMETERS 153
Ordering TI.701 / TI.901 Thermometers

Sample Part No: 901 03 01 004 P WI
HOW TO ORDER:
Table 1: Scale
Table 2: Stem Length Select the appropriate codes and combine to complete thermometer part number.
Table 3: Connection
Table 4: Range
Table 5: Options
Table 6: Logo
Table 1 - Scale Table 5 - Options

701 7" scale, swivel-nut connection P 7" plastic window
901 9" scale, swivel-nut connection P 9" plastic window
702 7" scale, perforated stem for duct flange A* 7" or 9" aluminum case*
902 9" scale, perforated stem for duct flange
* required above 300oF / 160oC
Table 2 - Stem Length Table 6 - Logo
03 3½" stem WI WIKA
06 6" stem
09 9" stem
Factory Stock
12 12" stem
Part Number Description
Table 3 - Connection 9010300004WI 9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/120°F & °C

Code Description
00 Swivel-nut connection (no thermowell) 9010300007WI 9" scale, 3½" stem, 30/240°F & °C
01 ¾" NPT brass, thermowell

02 ¾" NPT brass with lagging extension 9010300204WI 9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/120°F
03 ¾" NPT brass union hub
04 Duct flange, reversible with or without lagging ext 9010300205WI 9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/160°F
Table 4 - Single Scale Ranges 9010300206WI 9" scale, 3½" stem, 30/180°F
Code °F °F Scale Div. Code °C °C Scale Div.
201 -40/110 2 101 -40/50 1
9010300207WI 9" scale, 3½" stem, 30/240°F
204 0/120 1 104 0/100 1
205 0/160 2 105 0/160 2 9" scale, 3½" stem, with ¾" NPT
9010301204WI
206 30/180 2 brass thermowell 0/120°F
207 30/240 2 9" scale, 3½" stem, with ¾" NPT
9010301207WI
208 30/300 5 brass thermowell 30/240°F
*210 50/550 5
* Requires aluminum case 9010300005WI 9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/160°F & °C
9010600204WI 9" scale, 6" stem, 0/120°F

Table 4 - Dual Scale Ranges
Code °F °C °F Scale Div. °C Scale Div.
001 -40/110 -40/43 2 1 9010600208WI 9" scale, 6" stem, 30/300°F
004 0/120 -17/49 1 1
9" scale, 6" stem, with ¾" NPT
005 0/160 -15/70 2 1 9010601208WI
brass thermowell 30/300°F
006 30/180 0/80 2 1
007 in blue
Stock items shown 30/240print. 0/115 2 1
008 30/300 0/150 5 2
*010 50/550 10/290 5 5
* Requires aluminum case
Ordering TI.701 / TI.901 Thermometers

Custom (Non-Stock) Industrial Glass Thermometers
7" & 9" Scale Industrial Thermometers with Swivel-nut Connection (no Thermowell) T-85 Thermowell Conversion Kit
Type Connection Range Logo Description Part Number Description
70103 00 See chart WI 7" scale, 3½" stem This conversion
70106 00 See chart WI 7" scale, 6" stem kit offers an easy,
70109 00 See chart WI 7" scale, 9" stem inexpensive way
70112 00 See chart WI 7" scale, 12" stem to install a WIKA
90103 00 See chart WI 9" scale, 3½" stem bimetal thermometer
90106 00 See chart WI 9" scale, 6" stem TA800-0T85
in a glass industrial
90109 00 See chart WI 9" scale, 9" stem thermometer's
90112 00 See chart WI 9" scale, 12" stem thermowell. For more
information, please
consult factory.
7" & 9" Scale Industrial Thermometers with ¾" NPT Brass Thermowell, with or without Lagging Extension
Type Connection Range Logo Description
70103 01 See chart WI 7" scale, 3½" stem with thermowell
70106 01 or 02 See chart WI 7" scale, 6" stem with thermowell (01) or well with lagging extension (02)
90103 01 See chart WI 9" scale, 3½" stem with thermowell
ME
CH
AN
7" & 9" Scale Industrial Thermometers Complete with Flange IC
Type Connection Range Logo Description AL
70203 04 See chart WI 7" scale, 3½" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.) TE
70206 04 See chart WI 7" scale, 6" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.) MP
70209 04 See chart WI 7" scale, 9" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.) ER
70212 04 See chart WI 7" scale, 12" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.) AT
90203 04 See chart WI 9" scale, 3½" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.) UR
90206 04 See chart WI 9" scale, 6" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.) E
90209 04 See chart WI 9" scale, 9" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.)
90212 04 See chart WI 9" scale, 12" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.)
Single Scale Ranges Dual Scale Ranges

Code °F °F Scale Div. Code °C °C Scale Div. Code °F °C °F Scale Div. °C Scale Div.
201 -40/110 2 101 -40/50 1 001 -40/110 -40/43 2 1
204 0/120 1 104 0/100 1 004 0/120 -17/49 1 1
205 0/160 2 105 0/160 2 005 0/160 -15/70 2 1
206 30/180 2 006 30/180 0/80 2 1
207 30/240 2 007 30/240 0/115 2 1
208 30/300 5 008 30/300 0/150 5 2
*210 50/550 5 *010 50/550 10/290 5 5
* Requires aluminum case * Requires aluminum case
THERMOWELLS
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Flanged, Threaded, Socket Weld, Weld-in, Sanitary
Type TW.FL / TW10 Flanged, TW.TH / TW15 Threaded,

TW.SW / TW20 Socket Weld, TW.WI / TW25 Weld-
in, TW.SC / TW30 Sanitary
Thermowells for temperature instruments are recommend-

ed for all process systems where pressure, velocity or
viscous, abrasive and corrosive materials are present indi-
vidually or in combination. A properly selected thermowell
protects the temperature instrument from possible damage
resulting from these process variables. Furthermore, a
thermowell permits removal of the temperature instrument
for replacement, repair or testing without affecting the
process media or the system.
Standard Features
Process Connections: Threaded, flanged, sanitary, socket, weld, weld-in
Instrument Connection: ½" NPSM standard (National Pipe Standard Mechanical;
a straight pipe thread for mechanical joints)
Shank Configurations: Reduced, straight, tapered

Bore Diameter: .260", .385"
Materials: Brass, AISI 304, AISI 316
Surface Finish: Brass: 60-100 Ra; AISI 304 & AISI 316: 60-100 Ra
sanitary (AISI 304 & AISI 316): 16-20 Ra
THERMOWELLS
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Thermowell Terminology
Thermowell Terminology
Process Connection: External means to connect thermowell to process piping system. Wells can be threaded, bolted
(to matching flange), clamped or welded in place.
Instrument Connection: Internal threads to connect temperature instrument to thermowell.
U Dimension: Length of well inserted into the piping system. Measured from the base of the process connection to
the end tip of well.
T Dimension: Also called lagging extension. Extends length between the instrument and process connections to
accommodate vessel or piping insulation. Standard length is 3" (2" for a well with a 2½" U dimension).
S Dimension: Instrument insertion length into well.
Bore Diameter: Dimension of internal bore to match the diameter of the instrument stem/bulb inserted into the well. The
.260" and .385" bore sizes fit instrument stem/bulb diameters of ¼" and 3/8" respectively. Bore length equals S dimension.
Root Diameter: Diameter of well shank below process connection. This dimension varies with process connection and/or
shank design.
Tip Diameter: Diameter of well shank at the end tip of well. This dimension may vary with process connection and/or shank
design.
Reduced Shank: Also called reduced tip. The shank O.D. is reduced over the last 2½" of the U dimension from
the standard root diameter to a ½" O.D. The stepped shank is available with a .260" bore size only.
Straight Shank: Shank O.D. is the same from the root diameter to the tip diameter. The straight shank is generally used
with a .385" bore size but a .260" bore size is available.
Tapered Shank: Shank O.D. is gradually reduced from the root diameter to the tip diameter. Available with a .260" or ME
.385" bore size. The tapered shank is recommended for heavy duty applications characterized by high vibration, pressure, CH
temperature and/or velocity.
AN
IC
AL
TE
MP
ER
AT
Threaded Straight Configuration Threaded Tapered Configuration
UR
E
Threaded Reduced (Stepped) Configuration
Flanged Tapered Configuration Sanitary Reduced Configuration
157
THERMOWELLS
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Thermowells For Bimetal & Gas Actuated Thermometers
Thermowells For Bimetal & Gas Actuated Thermometers

CODING EXAMPLES
Type Part Process Bore/Type Lag Shank Design U Material Rating Facing
Number Connection Dim.
Threaded 75-TH2R-045-CC ¾" NPT .260/threaded None Stepped 4½" 304SS
Threaded 75-TH2LT-055-SS-T5 ¾" NPT .260/threaded 5" Lag Tapered shank 5½" 316SS
Flanged 15-FL2T-070-SS-150RF 1½" flanged .260/flanged None Tapered shank 7" 316SS 150# RF
Sanitary 10-SC2R-045-SS 1" sanitary .260/sanitary None Stepped shank 4½" 316SS
Socket 75-SW2R-045-CC ¾" NPT .260/skt weld None Stepped 4½" 304SS
weld
WIKA THERMOWELL PRODUCT CODING EXPLANATION

Process Type / Bore Dia. Lag Shank Design Standard U Dimensions For Stem Standard Material Cap &
Connection (No Lag) Length Chain
Type FL All Other Types
50 = ½" TH2 = Threaded/.260 Blank=No lag R = Reduced N/A *015 = 15/8" 2½" BR=Brass 2= ST.ST.
75 = ¾" TH3 = Threaded/.385 L=Standard lag S = Straight 020 = 2" 025 = 2½" 4" CC=304 SS
10 = 1" FL2 = Flanged/.260 T = Tapered 040 = 4" 045 = 4½" 6" SS=316 SS
12 = 1¼ FL3 = Flanged/.385 070 = 7" 075 = 7½" 9" CS=Carbon
15 = 1½" SC2 = Sanitary/.260 steel
100 = 10" 105 = 10½" 12" MO=Monel®
20 = 2"" SC3 = Sanitary/.385
130 = 13" 135 = 13½" 15" CP=Carp.20
SW2 = Socket weld/.260
160 = 16" 165 = 16½" 18" IN=Inconel® 600
SW3 = Socket weld/.385 220 = 22" 225 = 22½" 24"
Standard U
with lag (T)
Type FL All Other Types
For Flanged Well,

020 = 2" 025 = 2½"
Specify Rating & Facing
(T=2") (T=2") 6"
Rating Facing
040 = 4" 045 = 4½"
150#
300# FF=Flat Face flange (T=3") (T=3") 9"
070 = 7" 075 = 7.½"
600# RF=Raised Face
flange (T=3") (T=3") 12"
900# RTJ=Ring Joint flange 100 = 10" 105 = 10½"
*Note: For ½" NPT process
1500# (T=3") (T=3") 15" connection the "U" dimension
becomes 1" to accom-
130 = 13" 135 = 13½" modate ½" NPSM female
(T=3") (T=3") 18" thread. Order as "010", i.e.
50TH2R010CC.
190 = 19" 195 = 19½"
(T=3") (T=3") 24"
Threaded Thermowell Factory Stock

Part Number
75TH2R015BR 75TH2R015CC 75TH2R015SS 75TH2R025BR 75TH2R025CC
75TH2R025SS 75TH2LR025SS 75TH2R045CC 75TH2R045SS 75TH2R045BR
75TH2R045CC 75TH2LR045SS 75TH2R075SS 50TH2R010CC 50TH2R010SS
50TH2R025BR 50TH2R025CC 50TH2R025SS
THERMOWELLS
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Threaded Configuration
Threaded Configuration
1/2 1/2
NPSM NPSM
1/2 1/2
NPSM NPSM
1/2 1/2
NPSM N PSM
ME
1/2 1/2 CH
NPSM NPSM
AN
IC
AL
TE
MP
ER
AT
UR
E
Limited Space
Limited Space
See Note #1
Notes:
1. Normal U dimension on limited space well is 15/8" for ¾" NPT and 1" NPT process connection.
(For ½" NPT process connection, U dimension becomes 1" to accommodate ½" NPSM female
thread). Order as "010", i.e. 50TH2R010CC.
159
THERMOWELLS
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Flanged Configuration
Flanged Configuration
Minimum Head Lengths

Flange Flange Size
Rating 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
150# 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2)
300# 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6)
400# 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6)
600# 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6)
900# 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6)
1500# 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6)
2500# 3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 4.25" (108.0) 4.25" (108.0) 4.25" (108.0) 4.25" (108.0)
HOW TO ORDER
Specify flange size, rating and facing, thermowell U dim., bore dia. and material.
Raised face flange supplied as standard ANSI serrated. Specify 125 RMS smooth face if required at no extra charge.
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Socket Weld Configuration
Socket Weld Configuration
160
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Sanitary Configuration
Sanitary Configuration
Notes: Note: Minimum stem length is 4"

1. Meets USDA and 3A Sanitary Standard 74-03
2. Available with 1", 1½", 2" and 3" solid end caps
3. Special designs available upon request
4. Standard finish AISI 304 and AISI 316,16-20
Ra
Sanitary Thermowells - Stepped or Straight Shank

Type SC2 (.260 Bore) &SC3 (.385) bore, stepped or straight shank,
with or without lag
No Lag With Lag No Lag With Lag
Size Type S Dim Size Type S Dim
U Dim U Dim T Dim U Dim U Dim T Dim
SC2R 2½ -- -- 4 SC2R 2½ -- -- 4
1"
SC2LR SC2LR ME
or 4½ 2½" 2 6 2" 4½ 2½" 2 6 CH
SC3S SC3S
1½
" SC3LS 7½ 4½" 3 9 SC3LS 7½ 4½" 3 9 AN
IC
AL
TE
MP
ER
AT
UR
E
No Lag With Lag

Size Type S Dim
U Dim U Dim T Dim
SC2T 2½ -- -- 4
SC2L
2" 4½ 2½" 2 6
T
SC3T 7½ 4½" 3 9
SC3L
T
Note: Sanitary thermowells are polished to 16-20 Ra
per 3A Sanitary Standards
161
THERMOWELLS
Sanitary Thermowells - Tapered Shank Accessories

Type SC2 (.260 Bore) &SC3 (.385) bore, tapered shank, Description Part Number Code
with or without lag SS cap & chain Code 2
No Lag With Lag Stamping on well --
Size Type S Dim 5.3 oz. tube heat transfer compound 2256045 --
U Dim U Dim T Dim
Paper tag --
SC2T 2½ -- -- 4
1"
SC2L
or 4½ 2½" 2 6
T
1½
SC3T 7½ 4½" 3 9
"
SC3L
THERMOWELLS
Mechanical Temperature > Thermowells > Thermowells for Industrial Glass Thermometers
Thermowells for Industrial Glass Thermometers
Thermowell Product Coding Explanation

Process Nominal Bulb For Stem Standar
Type / Bore Dia. Lag Shank Design Cap & Chain
Connectio Length Length d

n Material
035 = 3½" 3½" BR=Brass

75 = ¾" TH5 = Threaded / Blank = No lag 1=Brass
R = Stepped 060 = 6" 6" CC=304 SS
10 = 1" 0.435 min. dia. L=Standard lag 2=St. Steel
090 = 9" 9" SS = 316
SS
WIKA Industrial Thermowell Coding Explanation Factory Stock

Type TH5 stepped shank, with or without lag Threaded Thermowell for
with lag Industrial Glass Thermometers
Size Type No lag "S"
U Dim. T Dim Part Number
¾" TH5R 2-9/16" ----- ----- 3½"
or 75TH5R035BR
TH5LR 5-1/16" 2-9/16" 2½" 6"
1" 75TH5R060BR
8-1/16" 5-1/16" 3" 9"
75TH5LR035BR
11-1/16" 8-1/16" 3" 12"
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Gauge Cocks > 910.10
Type 910.10
WIKA gauge cocks provide an economical method for isolating the
instrument from the process and for throttling line pressure. They also
act as an adjustable flow orifice and are rated to 200 psi. WIKA’s
910.10 gauge cocks are intended for use on light-duty air applications.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating: Brass: 200 psi
Operating Temperature: Media: max. 140°F (+93°C); min. 0°F (-18°C)
Valve Body: Brass
Handle: Brass, available with "T" or lever type handle
Stem Seals: None
Standard Threaded
Connection Size: ¼" NPT or ½" NPT M & F
Type 910.10
Pressure Gauge Cocks
Material Lever Type Connection Press. Rating Max Temp Rating Part Number
Brass "T" handle ¼" X ¼" NPT-female 200 psi 140°F 4339631
Brass "T" handle ¼" NPT-female X ¼" NPT-male 200 psi 140°F 4339640
Brass Lever handle ¼" X ¼" NPT-female 200 psi 140°F 4339658
Brass Lever handle ½" X ½" NPT-female 200 psi 140°F 4339674
¼" NPT-female X ¼" NPT-male
Brass Lever handle 200 psi 140°F 4339666
with union connection
Notes: In applications where process media leakage may result in possible personal injury or property damage, gauge cocks should not be
specified as they contain no packing gland and leakage may result. For tight shut-off and prevention of leakage, use of a WIKA Needle Valve is
required.
AC
CE
SS
OR
IE
S
163
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Needle Valves > 910.11
Type 910.11
Type 910.11 needle valves can be used to isolate
a pressure instrument from the application. For
general applications, the hard seat version is the
industry standard. Soft seat versions are ideal for
gaseous media where a bubble tight seal is
Standard Features - Stainless Steel Model
required. Both inline and angle versions are
available. Pressure Rating: Hard seat -10,000 psi @ 200°F max.
Soft seat - 6,000 psi @ 200°F max.
Standard Features - Carbon Steel Model
Valve Body: 316 SS
Pressure Rating: Hard seat -10,000 psi @ 200°F max. Bonnet: 316 SS
Soft seat - 6,000 psi @ 200°F max. Valve Stem: 316 SS (hard seat types with hard chromed
Valve Body: 12L14 carbon steel tip and stem threads)
Bonnet: 12L14 carbon steel Handle: 316 SS
Valve Stem: 316 SS Handle Bolt: Stainless steel
Handle: 12L14 carbon Bonnet Lock: Stainless
steel Handle Bolt: Carbon steel steel
Bonnet Lock: Carbon steel Stem Seals: Viton® O-ring, Teflon® back-up ring
Stem Seals: Viton® O-ring, Teflon® back-up ring Stem Seal Lock: Stainless steel (soft seat type)
Stem Seal Lock: Carbon steel (soft seat type) Stem Seat: Delrin (soft seat type)
Stem Seat: Delrin (soft seat type) Electropolish finish on stainless steel valves
Nickel-plated finish on carbon steel valves
Type 910.11
Hard Seat or Soft Seat Needle Valves
Hard Seat Soft Seat
Connection Body Material Size
Part Number Part Number
Female-Female ¼" NPT 9698838 9698919
3/8” NPT 4339925
Carbon
steel ½" NPT 9698846 9698927
¾" NPT 4339933
¼" NPT 9698855 9698935
Stainless 3/8" NPT 4339941
steel
½" NPT 9698863 9698944
Male-Female Carbon ¼" NPT 9698871 9698952
steel ½" NPT 9698889 9698960
flow
Stainless ¼" NPT 9698897 9698978
steel ½" NPT 9698901 9698986
Type 910.11
Hard Seat 90° Angle Needle Valves
ACCESSORIES
Data Sheet 910.11

Connection Body Material Size Part Number
Female-Female Carbon ¼" NPT 9799295
steel ½" NPT 9799308
Stainless ¼" NPT 9799316
Male-Female Carbon ¼" NPT 9799333
steel ½" NPT 9799367 Stock items
shown in blue print.
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Mini-Needle Valves > 910.11.100
Type 910.11.100
Type 910.11.100 mini-needle valves can be used
to isolate a pressure instrument from the
application where space is limited. Three
connection versions are available from stock.
Brass mini-valves supplied Carbon steel and stainless steel
with knurled knob standard. mini-valves supplied with T-handle.
Standard Features
Operating Temperature: Media: max. 200°F (+93°C);
min. 0°F (-18°C)
Flow Rate: Max. Cv = 0.42
Orifice Size: 0.172" (4.37mm)
Standard Features
Brass Model Standard Features Standard Features
Pressure Rating: 6,000 psi Carbon Steel Model Stainless Steel Model
Valve Body: Brass Pressure Rating: 10,000 psi Pressure Rating: 10,000 psi
Bonnet: Brass Valve Body: Carbon steel Valve Body: 316 SS, electropolished
Valve Stem: Brass Bonnet: Carbon steel, Bonnet: 316 SS, electropolished
Handle: Knurled knob, 12L14 Valve Stem: 316 SS, electropolished
brass Valve Stem: 316 SS Handle: T, 316
Handle Bolt: Brass, 360 Handle: T, carbon steel SS,electropolished Handle Bolt: Stainless
Stem Seals: Viton® O-ring, Handle Bolt: Carbon steel, steel
Teflon® back-up ring 12L14 Stem Seals: Viton® O-ring, Stem Seals: Viton® O-ring,
Teflon® back-up ring Teflon® back-up ring
Type 910.11.100
Mini Needle Valves
Female-Female 1/8" NPT 4266120
Brass
1/4" NPT 4266138
1/8" NPT 4266146
Carbon steel
1/4" NPT 4266154
1/8" NPT 4266162
Stainless steel
1/4" NPT 4266171
Male-Female 1/8" NPT 4266189
Brass
1/4" NPT 4266197
flow 1/8" NPT 4266201
Carbon steel
1/4" NPT 4266219
1/8" NPT 4266227 AC
Stainless steel
1/4" NPT 4266235 CE
Male-Male 1/8" NPT 4266243 SS
Brass
1/4" NPT 4266251 OR
1/8" NPT 4266260 IE
Carbon steel
1/4" NPT 4266278 S
1/8" NPT 4266286
Stainless steel
1/4" NPT 4266294
165
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Block & Bleed Needle Valves > 910.11.200
Type 910.11.200
Intended to isolate the pressure gauge from the measured fluid or to
provide a means of throttling or dampening pressure pulsation. Allows
pressure to be bled-off prior to instrument removal or replacement.
Standard Features
Valve Body: 12L14 carbon steel, nickel plated or
Stem Seat
316 SS, electropolished
(soft seat model): Delrin
Bonnet: 12L14 carbon steel or 316 SS
Orifice Size: 0.187 inches (4.75 mm)
Valve Stem: 316 SS (hard chromed on hard seat
types) Pressure Rating: Hard seat types-10,000 psi @
Handle: 12L14 carbon steel or 316 SS 200°F max.
Handle Bolt: 12L14 carbon steel or 18-8 SS Soft seat types- 6,000 psi @
Stem Seals: Viton® O-ring with PTFE back-up ring 200°F max.
Stem Seal Lock Operating
(soft seat model): 12L14 carbon steel or 316 SS Temperature: Media: max. 200°F
(+93°C); min. 0°F (-18°C)
Flow Rate: Hard seat types- Max. Cv 0.44
Soft seat types- Max. Cv 0.76
Type 910.11.200
Block & Bleed Needle Valves
Hard steel ½" NPT 4339712
Male-Female seat Carbon ¼" NPT 4339721
flow steel ½" NPT 4339739
Soft
Male-Female seat Carbon ¼" NPT 4339801
flow steel ½" NPT 4339810
¼" NPT 4339828
ACCESSORIES
Stainless
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Multi-Port Valves > 910.11.300
Type 910.11.300
Intended to isolate the pressure gauge from the measured fluid or to
provide a means of throttling or dampening pressure pulsation. Allows
additional instrument connections without adding permanent piping.
Standard Features
Valve Body: 12L14 carbon steel, nickel plated Stem Seat
or (soft seat types): Delrin
316 SS, electropolished Orifice Size: 0.187 inches (4.75 mm)
Bonnet: 12L14 carbon steel or 316 SS Pressure Rating: Hard seat types
Valve Stem: 316 SS (hard chromed on hard -10,000 psi @ 200°F max.
seat Soft seat types 6,000 psi
types) @ 200°F max.
Handle: 12L14 carbon steel or 316 SS Operating
Handle Bolt: 12L14 carbon steel or 18-8 Temperature Media: max. 200°F (+93°C);
SSl Stem Seals: Viton® O-ring with min. 0°F (-18°C)
PTFE back-up ring
Flow Rate: Hard seat type-Max. Cv
Stem Seal Lock 0.44 Soft seat type- Max. Cv
(soft seat model): 12L14 carbon steel or 316 SS 0.64
Available Options
■ Panel mounting bracket
Type 910.11.300
Multi-Port Needle Valves
Connection Seat Body Material Size Part Number
Male-Female Carbon ½" NPT 4339844
Hard steel ¾" male X ½" female NPT 4339852
seat Stainless ½" NPT 4339861
steel ¾" male X ½" female NPT 4339879
flow Carbon ½" NPT 4339887 AC
Soft steel ¾" male X ½" female NPT 4339895 CE
seat Stainless ½" NPT 4339909 SS
steel ¾" male X ½" female NPT 4339917 OR
IE
Stock items shown in blue print. S
167
Accessories > Snubbers > 910.12.100 / 910.12.200 / 910.12.300
Type 910.12.100 / 910.12.200 /

910.12.300
Pressure snubbers protect pressure instruments against surges
and pressure shocks. Porous snubbers are suitable for general
910.12.100
purpose applications. Piston snubbers are supplied with three
pistons to adapt to varying applications. Throttling snubbers
have a built-in needle valve that allows you to adjust the amount
of snubbing externally.
Standard Features 910.12.300
Pressure Connection: ¼" NPT or ½" NPT male x

female (see selection chart) 910.12.200
Material: Brass or stainless steel

O-ring material Available Options
(adjustable snubber only): Brass: Buna-N
Stainless steel: Viton® ■ Other threaded connections
Pressure Rating: Brass: 3,000 psi - 5,000
■ Cleaned for use in oxygen service
psi; Stainless steel: 5,000 ■ Monel® version
psi -
15,000 psi (see selection
chart) ■ Porous snubbers for different media
Temperature Rating:
14°F to 248°F (-10°C to types (specify media when ordering)
120°C)
Type 910.12.100
Porous Snubbers
Application Material Connection Pressure Rating Part Number
Air, Steam, Gas Brass ¼" M x ¼" F 5,000 psi 4341503
Light Oil, Water Brass ¼" M x ¼" F 5,000 psi 4341511
Air, Steam, Gas SS ¼" M x ¼" F 15,000 psi 4001524
Air, Steam, Gas Brass ½" M x ½" F 5,000 psi 50409671
Air, Steam, Gas SS ½" M x ½" F 15,000 psi 50409662
Type 910.12.200
Piston Snubbers¹
Material Connection Pressure Rating Part Number
¼" NPT 5,000 psi 4201639
Brass
½" NPT 5,000 psi 4201647
¼" NPT 15,000 psi 4201655
316 SS
½" NPT 15,000 psi 4201663
Type 910.12.300
ACCESSORIES
Throttling Snubbers²
Material Connection Pressure Rating Part Number
¼" NPT 3,400 psi 50334603
Brass
½" NPT 3,400 psi 50334611
¼" NPT 5,800 psi 50334620
316 SS
½" NPT 5,800 psi 50334638
Notes:
¹ Supplied with five pistons for light to heavy
snubbing Stock items shown in blue print.
² Includes a stainless steel needle valve
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Over-pressure Protector > 910.13
Type 910.13
Type 910.13 over-pressure protectors protect pressure instruments from
damaging spikes or surges. At a “pre-set” pressure, the over-pressure
protector “shuts-off” the pressure to the instrument thus preventing damage to
the pressure sensing element and protecting the calibration. The set-point is
externally adjustable. Type 910.13 over-pressure protectors also feature an
adjustable piston valve which is designed to dampen system pulsation.
Description
The over-pressure protector consists of a spring loaded piston valve. Under normal pressure conditions the spring holds
the valve open. When the system pressure exceeds the set pressure, the force exerted by the spring is overcome and the
valve closes. The valve will remain closed until the system pressure drops approximately 25% below the closing pressure,
where upon the force of the spring will open the valve.
Over-pressure protectors must not be used as process control devices.
Standard Features
Special Features Special Options
Pressure connection:
1/2" NPT male inlet, female ■ 7 different setting ranges ■ Other thread connections:
outlet selectable 1/4” NPT, G1/4B and G1/2B
Body: 316 Ti SS ■ Minimum pressure to 6 psi (0.4 bar) ■ Other materials: Brass, Monel® 400
Piston Valve: 316 Ti SS ■ Maximum pressure to 8,700 ■ Material Certificate (3.1 acc. to EN 10 204)
O-Ring: FPM (Viton®) psi (600 bar) ■ Nace Certificate (2.2 acc. to EN 10 204)
Operating Temperature: ■ Over-pressure safe up to 14,500 ■ Oxygen service (oil and grease free)
176 °F (80 °C maximum) psi (1,000 bar) ■ Mounted on pressure gauge with customer
Flow Direction: ■ Vacuum safe specifications, includes SS tag (note 2)
Male thread to female thread ■ Over-pressure protector set to customer
specifications, includes SS tag (note 2)
Note 2: Items come pre-set from factory.

Type 910.13 Customer must specify set or closing pressure.
Choose factory set part numbers for pressure
Over-pressure Protector gauge mounting and/or factory preset.
Range (psi) Range (bar) Part Number
6 to 35 0.4 to 2.5 9091963
30 to 85 2 to 6 9091971
85 to 365 5 to 25 9091980
290 to 870 20 to 60 0690600
725 to 3625 50 to 250 0690619
3,500 to 5,800 240 to 400 1615130
5,800 to 8,700 400 to 600 50311115
Factory Set Over-pressure Protectors (note 2)
AC
6 to 35 0.4 to 2.5 50681222
30 to 85 2 to 6 50681231
CE
85 to 365 5 to 25 50681249
SS
290 to 870 20 to 60 50681257
OR
725 to 3,625 50 to 250 50681265
IE
3,500 to 5,800 240 to 400 50681273
S
5,800 to 8,700 400 to 600 50681281
169
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Test Port Plugs > 910.14.100
Type 910.14.100
WIKA’s 910.14.100 pressure and temperature test port plugs allow media access ideally
for hydronic pressure and temperature measurement, without disturbing the process.
The pressure and temperature units are equipped with a self-sealing pierceable
rubber diaphragm and are rated at 1,000 psi and 200°F (350°F available).
Standard Features
Pressure Connection: 1/4" NPT or 1/2" NPT male
Material: Brass body; neoprene or nordel diaphragm core
Self-Sealing Diaphragm Material: Neoprene or nordel
Pressure Rating: 1,000 psi
Temperature Rating: Neoprene 32-200°F max.; Nordel 32-350°F max.
Type 910.14.100
Test Port Plugs
Material Connection Pressure Rating Plug Core Max. Temp Rating Part Number
Brass ¼" NPT-male 1,000 psi Neoprene 200°F 4339950
Brass ½" NPT-male 1,000 psi Neoprene 200°F 4339968
Brass ¼" NPT-male 1,000 psi Nordel 350°F 4343591
Brass ½" NPT-male 1,000 psi Nordel 350°F 4343603
Accessories > Adaptors > 910.14.200
Type 910.14.200
Type 910.14.200 pressure gauge adaptors and fittings are used for the installation
of pressure gauges and pressure gauge accessories.
Standard Features
Male-Female Adaptor: For adapting NPT to BSPP Special Options Available
(metric connections) ■ Chrome-plated brass
Pressure Connection: See sizes and other ■ Alternate thread sizes
dimensions on chart
Materials: Brass, 316 SS
Type 910.14.200
ACCESSORIES
NPT to Metric Adaptors

Material Description Part Number
Brass ¼" NPT-female to G¼B male 0084514
Brass ½" NPT-female to G½B male 0187143
Stainless steel ¼" NPT-female to G¼B male 1247573
Stainless steel ½" NPT-female to G½B male 0634603
Note: Sealing “O-ring” on “G” connection not included
170
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Couplings > 910.14.300
Type 910.14.300
WIKA offers couplings in a variety of connection sizes and materials.
Couplings can be used for adapting siphons and any other instrumenta-
tion to the process.
Standard Features
Type 910.14.300
Male-Male Adaptor: For joining two male
connections, e.g. pressure gauge and gauge
Couplings (for siphons)
Connection Body Material Part Number
siphon, standard versions
Brass 1652974
Pressure Connection: Sizes and other ¼" X ¼" Steel 1652982
dimensions on chart NPT female
Stainless steel 1652990
Materials: Brass, carbon steel, 316 SS Brass 1653008
½" X ½" Steel 1653016
NPT female Stainless steel 1653024
Available Options Chr. Moly 1601040
■ Chrome-plated brass
■ Alternate thread sizes Stock items shown in blue print
Accessories > Mini-Siphon > 910.24
Type 910.24
The WIKA mini-siphon is designed specifically to replace the old pigtail and coil siphon.
The mini-siphon has a thermal barrier which protects the pressure gauge from harmful
steam, hot vapors and liquids, and contains a unique inner chamber that reduces pressure
surges and “water hammer”. The mini–siphon also eliminates gauge whip and vibration that
is typically found on traditional siphons by mounting the gauge closer to the process.
Standard Features
Materials:
Available Options
Body: 316 Ti SS (1.4571) ■ Other thread connections: 1/4” NPT, G1/4B
Internal Chamber: 316 Ti SS (1.4571) and G1/2B
Mounting Position: Vertical or horizontal ■ Other materials: Monel® 400,
Connection: 1/2” NPT-male to 1/2” NPT-female Hastelloy®, Titanium, and Duplex
Flow: Male to female connection ■ Material Certificate (3.1 acc. to EN 10 204)
Inlet Orifice: 0.1575 inches (4mm) ■ NACE Certificate (2.2 acc. to EN 10 204)
Maximum Media Pressure: 6,092 psi @ 212 °F ■ Oxygen service (oil and grease free)
Maximum Media Temperature: 1,062 °F @ 2,611 AC
psi CE
SS
OR
Type 910.24 IE
S
Mini-Siphon
Body Material Conn. Size Pressure Rating Temp. Rating Part Number
Stainless steel 1/2" NPT 6,092 psi 1062 °F 50673670
171
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Siphons > 910.15.100 / 910.15.200
Type 910.15.100 / 910.15.200

Siphons should be used to protect pressure instruments in live steam service or other
hot vapor applications. The vapor condenses inside the coil of the siphon which
prevents the high temperature vapors from reaching the sensing element of the
pressure instrument. Additionally siphons assists in lowering process media
temperatures.
Standard Features
Forms: Pigtail siphon, Coil siphon
Materials: Brass, Steel A120 schedule 40, Steel A106B
schedule 80 & 160, 316 SS
Available Options
schedules 40, 80 & 160, Chrome Moly steel
(A335 P22) XX Heavy ■ Alternate threads
Media Temperature Reduction:
■ Special alloy material
Approximately 75°F for each 1 foot lineal
section of pipe. Actual reduction dependent
on process/application variables. ■ Material certificate
Note: When first installed, siphon should be filled with water or any other suitable separating liquid.
Type 910.15.100
Pigtail Siphon
Siphon Form Body Material Size Press. Rating Temp. Rating Part Number
Brass ¼" NPT 250 psi 400 °F 4201779
Steel, sch 40 ¼" NPT 500 psi 400 °F 4201787
316 SS, sch 40 ¼" NPT 500 psi 400 °F 4201761
316 SS, sch 80 ½" NPT 2,600 psi 500 °F 4362719
Type 910.15.200
Coil Siphon
Siphon Form Body Material Size Press. Rating Temp. Rating Part Number
Brass ¼" NPT 250 psi 400 °F 4201809
Steel, sch 40 ¼" NPT 500 psi 400 °F 4201817
Steel, sch 80 ¼" NPT 3,360 psi 400 °F 4201825
Steel, sch 80 ½" NPT 3,000 psi 400 °F 4201833
Steel, sch 160 ½" NPT 3,620 psi 700 °F 4201841
316 SS, sch 80 ½" NPT 2,650 psi 500 °F 4201850
316 SS, sch 160 ½" NPT 5,600 psi 500 °F 4201795
ACCESSORIES
Chr. Moly (XXH) ½" NPT 8,205 psi 750 °F 4201868
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Pressure Switches/Alarm Contacts > CP3000 / CP4000
CP3000 / CP4000
WIKA indicating pressure switches combine local pressure indication with alarm
and control capabilities into a single economical, reliable and compact system.
Superior to conventional gauge and switch connections, WIKA indicating pres sure
switches are extremely reliable, have low hysteresis, resist corrosion and have
easy set point adjustments. WIKA pressure switches are ideally suited for alar m
and control functions on hydraulic, pneumatic and general industrial
machinery and equipment. Additionally, pressure switches are used in process nstal-
industry i lations, including chemical and petrochemical plants, oil refineries, er
electric pow plants, pulp and paper mills, and water / wastewater treatment
plants.
Standard Features
Available Options
Area of Installation: Non-hazardous ■ Contact assembly available
Indicating Pressure Range: 0-60 to 0-20,000 psi for 6" process gauge (2XX.34)
Set Point Pressure Range: 0-30 to 0-20,000 psi
Contact Rating AC: 24-220VAC, 65VA
Switching Hysteresis: + 3.0%
Type CP3000
Magnetically Assisted Alarm Contacts
for 4½" Process Gauges
Contac Contact Installed Sold Separately
t Arrangement Part Number Part Number
Type
828.1 N.O. 828.1 774901
828.2 N.C. 828.2 774910
828.11 N.O./N.O. 828.11 774928
828.12 N.O./N.C. 828.12 691178
828.21 N.C./N.O. 828.21 691186
828.22 N.C./N.C. 828.22 774936
Adder to remove Triacs for DC Service NO TRIAC
Silicone fill (intalled only) SIL
NOTE: Gauge accuracy changes from 0.5% to 1.0% of Full Span when contact assembly is installed.
Type CP4000
Inductive Proximity Alarm Contacts
for 4½" Process Gauges
Contac Contact Installed Sold Separately
t Arrangement Part Number Part Number AC
Type
838.1 N.O. 838.1 771775
CE
838.2 N.C. 838.2 1193368 SS
838.11 N.O./N.O. 838.11 771791 OR
Abbreviations IE
838.12 N.O./N.C. 838.12 1193376 N.O. - Normally open
838.21 N.C./N.O. 838.21 1193384 S
N.C. - Normally closed
838.22 N.C./N.C. 838.22 1193392
Permanently attach reset knob 2069334 Stock items shown in blue print
NOTE: Intrinsically Safe (Type SN) with Fail/Safe Control is available as a special order option.
Gauge accuracy changes from 0.5% to 1.0% of Full Span when contact assembly is
installed.
F
datasheets and additional information, please visit www.wika.com or call 1-888-945-2872.
173
ACCESSORIES
CP3000 / CP4000
CP3000 - Magnetically-Assisted Contacts
CP3000 magnetically assisted contacts feature one or two magnetically-assisted mechanical contacts. The contact assembly
includes a built-in Triac switching amplifier which minimizes contact wear and allows load switching to 65VA. In this design, a
movable contact couples to the gauge pointer through a special adaptor. As the contact approaches the set pointer, the mag-
netic force of a small permanent magnet attached to the set pointer assists in closing and holding the contacts in place. This
avoids arching and reduces contact wear. The switching amplifier further reduces potential wear by its ability to switch large
load currents with small control current. The technical specifications are listed in Table 1 on the next page. These switches
are designed for use on alternating current (for DC consult WIKA).
CP4000 - Inductive Proximity Sensors

CP4000 inductive proximity sensors feature one or two inductive non-contact proximity sensors in place of mechanical
contacts and provide a high degree of reliability and operating safety. The system consists of a sensing head, containing two
axial coils with air gap, a metallic control flag and a switching amplifier. The sensing head is carried by the set pointer, while
the control flag is coupled to the gauge pointer by way of a special adaptor. Movement of the control flag in and out of the air
gap causes an impedance change in the transistor oscillator circuit formed by the two coils which in turn triggers the switching
amplifier. When the flag is inside the slot, circuit impedance is high and the contact relay is de-energized. Conversely, when
the flag is outside the slot, the relay is energized. The technical specifications are listed in Table 1 on the next page.
Control Units for CP4000

The switching amplifier and control relay are housed in a separate control unit. Depending on the type of control unit used,
inductive proximity sensor systems can be furnished in the following versions: standard for nonhazardous locations; intrinsi-
cally safe for hazardous locations; intrinsically safe with fail-safe circuitry. Control units are FM approved for use in Division I,
Classes I and II, Groups A through G hazardous locations. The control units must be located outside the hazardous area.
(See Table on next page).
Fail Safe Circuitry

Type SN inductive proximity sensor together with control unit type 904.17 is self monitoring, and its function is
superimposed on the regular control function. Should any fault occur in the sensing head (such as short or open circuit,
power failure or com- ponent failure), the control wiring or the control unit, the output relay is automatically de-energized.
Control Units
Required for inductive proximity alarm contacts - sold separately
Type 904.XX
Control Units for Inductive Proximity Alarm Contacts
Contact Rating Type Use For Use With Part Number
220 VAC, 5A, 904.25 General use Single contacts type 838.X 1195298
1100 VA 904.26 General use Double contacts type 838.XX 1195310
904.15 Intrinsically safe¹ Single contacts type 838.X 2367446
250 VAC, 4A,
904.16 Intrinsically safe¹ Double contacts type 838.XX 2314762
ACCESSORIES
500 VA
904.17 Intrinsically safe¹ Fail safe (for one contact) 2014548
¹ Intrinsically Safe (FM Approved)
ACCESSORIES
CP3000 / CP4000
Table 1
Contact Magnetic CP3000 Inductive Proximity CP4000
Non-Hazardous Hazardous Environment <FM>Control
Unit # (Built-in Triac) 904.25 904.26 904.15 904.16 904.17 Fail-safe
MSR010-1 MSR020-1 WE77/EX-1 WE77/EX-2 WE77/EX-SH-03
Indicating Pressure Range 0/60 to 0/20,000 psi 0/30 to 0/20,000 psi
Set Point Pressure Range 30 - 20,000 psi 5 - 20,000 psi
Momentary Pressure 130% 130%
Switching Hysteresis ± 3.0% FS ± 1.0% FS
Operating Voltage 110 VAC/60Hz 110 VAC/60Hz
Contact Rating 24-220 VAC, 65 VA¹ 220 VAC, 5A, 250 VAC, 4A, 500VA 30V, 1.6A
1100VA
Switching Frequency (Max) --- 20 Hz 10Hz 0.5 Hz
Control Circuit
Voltage --- --- 8 VDC 8 VDC
Current min 30mA --- 100 Ohms ---
Allowable Ext. Inductance --- --- 31 mH / 7.6 mH 32 mH
Allowable Ext. Capacitance --- --- 609 nF / 539 nF 804 nF
Ambient Temperature Range -10° to 140° F -10° to 140°F -10° to 140° F -10° to 140°F
Table 2
Contact Type Control System Area of Installation # Of Contacts Control Unit ² Control Unit
Type Number
Magnetically-assisted Standard Non-hazardous 1 ---0
2 ---0
Inductive Proximity 1 904.25 1
2 904.26 2
Instrinsically safe Hazardous 1 904.15 3
2 904.16 4
Inductive Proximity Instrinsically safe 1 904.17 5
Type SN with fail-safe control 2 904.17 ³ 6
Table 3
Contact Arrangement
Function Type Number
N.O. 8X8.1
N.C. 8X8.2
N.O. / N.O. 8X8.11
N.O. / N.C. 8X8.12 AC
N.C. / N.O. 8X8.21 CE
N.C. / N.C. 8X8.22 SS
OR
1
2
Minimum current of 10 mA must continuously flow from load. IE
Type 904 control units are combination power supply, switching modules for
panel or relay rack mount. 904.15 & 904.25 units are 1.57" (40mm) wide, S
2.76" (70mm) high and 4.33" (110mm) deep with mounting holes on 1.18"
(30mm) horizontal & 2.36" (60mm) vertical centers. The wider 904.16/.17
and 904.26 units are 2.35" (60mm) wide with 1.96" (50mm) horizontal
mounting centers. Minimum mounting screw clearance is .19" (4.8mm).
3
Requires 2 units, one per contact.
175
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > Socket Restrictor/Drag Pointer/Alarm Contacts
Socket Restrictor / Drag Pointer / Alarm Contacts

WIKA offers a full line of gauge accessories, including socket restrictors, drag pointers and alarm contacts.
Each of these products is an enhancement to the extensive WIKA product line.
Socket Restrictor
Available in brass, stainless steel or Monel®, the socket restrictor reduces the size
of the internal bore. The restrictor dampens the effects of pulsation which in turn
helps prevent internal damage to the Bourdon tube and movement and extends
the life of the gauge.
Drag Pointer (High Point Indicator)

The red drag pointer follows the regular pointer on increasing pressure and remains
at the highest point until it is reset by a knob on the front of the window. Drag
pointers are best suited for dry gauges.
Alarm Contacts
Many WIKA 2" (830.1E), 2½", 4", 4½" and 6" pressure gauges can be supplied
with alarm contacts. Both inductive and magnetically-assisted contacts are
available for dry and liquid-filled gauges. In addition, alarm contact assemblies
are available for intrinsically safe environments. Available on types 212.20,
23X.30, 23X.50, 2XX.34, 4XX.XX and 7XX.XX.
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
Accessories > > General Information > Pressure Gauge Accessories
Pressure Gauge Accessories
Alternate Window Assemblies

Installed Sold Separately
Gauge Size Gauge Type Window Type
Code Part Number
611.10 Instrument glass¹ GLS 1208152
21X.40 Instrument glass GLS 1208160
21X.40 Safety glass SG 1206761
2½" 23X.30 High temp glass HT 1327001
23X.30 Instrument glass GLS 1208195
23X.30 Safety glass SG 1613367
23X.54 (PMMA) acrylic PMMA 1397796
612.20 Safety glass SG 54380
4" 21X.40 Safety glass SG 1208190
2XX.54 PC/Lexan® PC 1376675
2X2.34 / 632.34 Instrument glass GLS 561134
4½"
2X2.34 / 632.34 Safety glass SG 561150
6" 2XX.34 Safety glass SG 154075
Adjustable Pointers Liquid Fill Adders (Add to the list price of a liquid fillable gauge)
Sold Separately Fill Type 2½" 4" 4½" 2 6"
Gauge Size Gauge Type
Part Number
Silicone
232.54 1552813 SIL SIL SIL SIL
2½"
232.30 060992
Halocarbon ®
4" 232.54 1398709 HALO HALO HALO HALO
6" 232.50 061000
Fluorolube®
FLR FLR FLR FLR
NOTE: Any discount that applies to a

pressure gauge also applies to its related
accessories. All "Assemblies" sold separately
include any additional parts (i.e. screws,
gaskets, etc.) needed for installation. Notes:
¹ Includes black steel friction ring
2
Includes installation of membrane and fill plug for LM only.
NOTE: Only inert (Halocarbon/Fluorolube) fill fluid is compatible for use with oxygen service
AC
CE
SS
OR
IE
S
177
ACCESSORIES

Drag Pointer Assemblies
Installed Sold Separately
Gauge Size Gauge Type Window Type Reset Knob Type
Code Part Number
232.30³ Acrylic Permanent DP 759805
213.40¹ Acrylic Permanent DP 738344 4
2½"³
2XX.53³ Acrylic Permanent DP 1193864 4
2XX.54³ Acrylic Permanent DP 1416405
213.40¹ Glass Removeable DP GLR 738352 4
213.40¹ Acrylic Permanent DP 1326651 4
213.40¹ Acrylic² Permanent DP 738395 4
2XX.53 / 2XX.54 Acrylic Permanent DP 1416570 4
2XX.53 / 2XX.54 Acrylic Removeable DP PMMAR 1410911
232.30 / 232.50 Acrylic Permanent DP 1326635
232.30 / 232.50 Acrylic² Permanent DP PMMA 1206133
4" 232.30 / 232.50 Acrylic Removeable DP PMMAR 738360
232.30 / 232.50 Glass Permanent DP GL 1326678
232.30 / 232.50 Glass² Permanent DP GL 738425
232.30 / 232.50 Glass Removeable DP GLR 738387
232.30 / 232.50 Safety glass Permanent DP SG 1326660
232.30 / 232.50 Safety glass² Permanent DP SG 738417
232.30 / 232.50 Safety glass Removeable DP SGR 738379
2X2.34 Acrylic Permanent DP 738441
4½"
2X2.34 Acrylic Removeable DP PMMAR 738433
232.50 / 312.20 Acrylic Permanent DP 738492
232.50 / 312.20 Acrylic Removeable DP PMMAR 738450
232.50 / 312.20 Glass Permanent DP GL 738506
6"
232.50 / 312.20 Glass Removeable DP GLR 738476
232.50 / 312.20 Safety glass Permanent DP SG 738484
232.50 / 312.20 Safety glass Removeable DP SGR 738468
Attach "removeable" knob with permanent adhesive 2069334
Notes:
¹ Minimum pressure range of 160 psi is required. Due to its high viscosity, the standard glycerine filling is replaced with a glycerine/water
filling. Accuracy is reduced to ± 5.0% of full span.
² Use for pressures equal to or below 30 psi full span.
³ For 2½” drag pointers: For pressure ranges <100 psi ; Additional accuracy reduction: DRY: ±3%FS, LF:±5%
For pressure ranges > 100 psi; Additional accuracy reduction: DRY: ± 1.5%FS, LF:±3%
4
Special tooling required for Part Numbers 738344, 1193864, 738352, 1326651, 738395 & 1416570
Certificates of Calibration Certifying Gauges to ASME B40.100 Cleanliness Level IV

Traceable to NIST standards (Includes cap on socket. Individually bagged and labeled)
NIST Standard Part Number Gauge Type Sold Separately
± 0.1% accuracy 111.XX 2250578
CC
(Type 342.XX) 2X2.53, 2X2.54, 132.53,
ACCESSORIES
± 0.25% accuracy 2X2.34 LM, 2X2.25HR, 2250560

CC
(Type 3X2.20 / 332.X4) & 332.54
± 0.5% to ±3/2/3% 712.XX 2250586
CC
accuracy¹
¹Any discount that applies to a pressure gauge also applies
to this NIST certificate NOTE: Any discount that applies to a pressure
gauge also applies to its related accessories.
All "Assemblies" sold separately include any
additional parts (i.e. screws, gaskets, etc.)
needed for installation.
178
ACCESSORIES

Front Flange Assemblies - Sold Separately
(Includes screws to mount to case where necessary)
Gauge Size Fits Gauge Description Mounting Part Number
111.12 Black painted steel Screw retained 2 1327080
2" 111.12 Chrome plated steel Screw retained 2 1327082
21X.53 Stainless steel polished Arbor press ¹ 1184954
111.12 Black painted steel Screw retained 2 1327084
111.12 Chrome plated steel Screw retained 2 1327086
113.13 Black ABS plastic Snap-fit 572861
213.40 Brass polished Screw retained 1327116
213.40 Chrome plated steel Screw retained 1327118
2½" 213.40 Stainless steel polished Screw retained 1327114
23X.30/50 Stainless steel polished Bayonet 50618393
2XX.53 Stainless steel polished Arbor press ¹ 4005899
23X.54 Stainless steel polished Arbor press ¹ 4005902
611.10 Chrome plated brass (CBM) Screw retained 659606
611.10 Black painted steel (CBM) Screw retained 659614
212.20 Stainless steel polished Bayonet lock 659576
213.40 Chrome plated brass Screw retained 501115
2XX.53 / 54 Stainless steel polished Arbor press ¹ 1418556
4" 232.30/50 Stainless steel polished Bayonet lock 659576
213.40 Stainless steel polished Screw-retained 738549
4½" Panel
2XX.53/2XX.54 Stainless steel polished Arbor press ¹ 1653903
Adapters
2XX.34 Stainless steel polished Hand-threaded 738581
6" 232.30/50 Stainless steel polished Bayonet lock 659584
Rear Flange Assemblies - Sold Separately

(Includes screws to mount to case where necessary)
Gauge Size Fits Gauge Description Mounting Part Number
213.40 Polished brass Screw retained 2 1206621
2½" 2XX.53 Polished stainless steel Snap-fit, crimp tab 3
1491695
2XX.54 Polished stainless steel Snap-fit, crimp tab 3
2256096
111.10 Black ABS plastic Screw-retained 1207555
213.40 Chrome plated brass Screw retained 2 1206630
4"
1572865
1572865
4½" 111.25 Satin-finish stainless steel Spot welded 4001605
212.20 Polished stainless steel Spot welded 1353217
6" 312.20 Polished stainless steel Spot welded 1353217 AC
23X.50 Polished stainless steel Spot welded 1353217 CE
SS
Notes: OR
¹ Special arbor press and fixtures required for installation. Contact factory for price and availability of press and fixtures.
2
Special case required. Must be factory installed. IE
3
Rear flange snaps onto case. Two tabs must be crimped to secure flange to the case. Special tool available. Contact factory. S
NOTE: Any discount that applies to a pressure gauge also applies to its related accessories.
All "Assemblies" sold separately include any additional parts (i.e. screws, gaskets, etc.) needed
for installation.
179
ACCESSORIES
U-clamp Assemblies - Sold Separately

Includes profile ring, bracket, & screws (where necessary)
Gauge Size Fits Gauge Profile Ring Material Bracket Material Mounting Part Number
2" 21X.53 Polished stainless steel Zinc plated steel Twist-on socket 1184890
213.40 Chrome plated steel Zinc plated steel Screw retained 0659665
2XX.53 Polished stainless steel Zinc plated steel Snap-fit bracket 9092331
2 ½" 2XX.53 Polished stainless steel Stainless steel Snap-fit bracket 1405829
23X.54 Polished stainless steel Zinc plated steel Snap-fit bracket 14103342
23X.54 Polished stainless steel Stainless steel Snap-fit bracket 14103422
213.40 Chrome plated steel Zinc plated steel Screw retained 659673
2XX.53 Polished stainless steel Zinc plated steel Snap-fit bracket 1487850
4" 2XX.53 Polished stainless steel Stainless steel Snap-fit bracket 1487841
23X.54 Polished stainless steel Zinc plated steel Arbor press¹ 1410318
23X.54 Polished stainless steel Stainless steel Arbor press¹ 1410326
Individual Restrictors - Sold Separately

Gauge Size Description Thread Orifice Part Number
212.20/21X.34 Brass threaded M4 .023" (.6mm) 0004324
26X.34 Monel® threaded M4 .023" (.6mm) 0607797
111.10/111.12/21X.53 Brass, press-in -- .012" (.3mm) 0525340
SS threaded for 1½", 2", 2½" M3.5 .012" (.3mm) 0165522
All
SS threaded for 2½" 3, 4", 4½" & 6" M4 .023" (.6mm) 0029122
other Brass threaded M3.5 .020" (.5mm) 0030872
s
Miscellaneous Accessories
Gauge Size Fits Gauge Description Part Number
111.10 / 113.13 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50 Blue rubber cover - LM 9090894
2½" 111.10 / 113.13 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50 Red rubber cover - LM 9090886
111.12 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50 Blue rubber cover - CBM 2169542
4" 13X.53 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50 Blue rubber cover - LM 9090916
111.12 Clear plastic adaptor ring 4 644838
2"
111.12 Black plastic adaptor ring 4 1601105
111.12 Clear plastic adaptor ring 4 646989
2½"
111.12 Black plastic adaptor ring 4 658332
¹ Installation requires special tooling. Contact factory for more information
2
Includes U-Clamp and standoff ring
3
Use M4 size restrictor for current type 23X.5X with welded case-to-socket connection
4
For CBM only
Threaded restrictors require gauges to have an internal tap. (Internal tap is
standard on all 4½" type 2xx.34 process gauges). Press-in restrictors require a
special tool for insertion.
Pressure Gauge Tools

Description Part Number
Cover ring remover for Type 213.40 - 2½" 1456784
Pointer puller tool 9091823 NOTE: Any discount that applies to a pressure gauge also
Spare tip for pointer puller tool 1400401 applies to its related accessories. All "Assemblies"
Threaded ring tool (for Type 2XX.34- 4½") 1031589 sold separately include any additional parts (i.e. screws,
Pointer puller adaptor for "Long-Hub" gaskets, etc.) needed for installation.
2246954
Pointers (use with #9091823 above)
ACCESSORIES
Fill Liquids - Sold Separately

Fill Liquid Size (Volume) Part Number Tags
Gallon (128 oz.) 251 Size Fits Gauge Description Code
Glycerine
Squirt bottle (8 oz.) 204 SS tag (attached)
Silicone oil Gallon (128 oz.) 279 All All with up to 10- TAG
DC 200 -1000 cst Squirt bottle (8 oz.) 207 char single-line
Halocarbon® Squirt bottle (8 oz.) 206 imprint
Fluorolube® Squirt bottle (8 oz.) 277 All All Paper tag PTAG
ACCESSORIES

Standard Pressure Ranges for all Sizes
(All ranges not stocked)
Single Scale Ranges Dual Scale Ranges (psi / ...)
psi bar kPa /kg-cm² /bar /kPa
30"Hg/0 (VAC) -1 -100 -1 -1 -100
30"Hg/0/15 psi -1 / +1 -100 / +100 -1 / +1 -1 / +1 -100 / +102
30"Hg/0/30 psi -1 / +2.5 -100 / +250 -1 / +2.1 -1 / +2 -100 / +205
30"Hg/0/60 psi -1 / +4 -100 / +400 -1 / +4.2 -1 / +4 -100 / +410
30"Hg/0/100 psi -1 / +6 -100 / +600 -1 / +7 -1 / +6.8 -100 / +680
30"Hg/0/160 psi -1 / +10 -100 / +1,000 -1 / +11 -1 / +11 -100 / +1,100
30"Hg/0/200 psi -1 / +16 -100 / +1,600 -1 / +14 -1 / +13.5 -100 / +1,380
0/10 0/0.6 0/60 -- -- 0/69
0/15 0/1 0/100 0/1.04 0/1.02 0/100
0/30 0/2.5 0/250 0/2.1 0/2.05 0/200
0/60 0/4 0/400 0/4.2 0/4.1 0/410
0/100 0/6 0/600 0/7 0/6.8 0/690
0/160 0/10 0/1,000 0/11.2 0/11 0/1,100
0/200 0/16 0/1,600 0/14 0/13.5 0/1,350
0/300 -- -- 0/21 0/20.5 0/2,050
0/400 0/25 0/2,500 0/28 0/27 0/2,700
0/600 0/40 0/4,000 0/43 0/41 0/4,100
0/800 -- -- 0/56 0/55 0/5,400
0/1,000 0/60 0/6,000 0/70 0/68 0/6,800
0/1,500 0/100 0/10,000 0/104 0/102 0/10,200
0/2,000 0/160 0/16,000 0/140 0/135 0/13,500
0/3,000 0/250 0/25,000 0/210 0/205 0/20,500
0/5,000 -- 0/350 0/340 0/34,000
0/6,000 0/400 0/40,000 0/420 0/410 0/41,000
0/7,500 0/530 0/517 0/50,000
0/10,000 0/600 0/60,000 0/700 0/690 0/68,000
0/15,000 0/1,000 0/100,000 0/1,050 0/1,030 0/102,000
0/20,000 0/1,600 0/160,000 0/1,400 0/1,380 0/137,000
PSI / Ft. H2O Dual Scales NOTE:

For Type 2XX.34 - 4 ½" WIKA is capable of producing almost any
PSI Ft. H2O type of custom artwork, including special
scales, fonts and logos. Please contact
30/0/15 -34/0/34
your WIKA distributor or the factory for
30/0/30 -34/0/70 availability, price and lead times.
30/0/60 -34/0/140
15 34
30 70
AC
60 140 CE
100 230
SS
160 370 OR
200 460 IE
To order type 2XX.34 gauges with dual scale psi/ft. S
H2O dials, specify gauge part number + the following
numbers:
XXX = psi range desired
Ex: 232.34 4½" XXX / psi / ft. H2O ½" L
181
Accessories > General Information > Standard Dial Layouts
Standard Dial Layouts

Accuracy (+)3/2/3%, 2.5%, 1.5% (+) 2/1/2 & 1.0% Accuracy + 0.5% of span Accuracy + 0.25% of span
F.S. Type 2XX.34 Process Type 3XX.XX Test Gauges
Types 1XX.XX and 2XX.XX Gauges
(nsee chart at right for 2XX.34 Process Gauges)
PRESSURE RANGES
Size 1½”, 2” & 2½” Size 3½”, 4” & 6”

Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI
PRESSURE
10 2 0.2 -- -- RANGES
Sizes 4½” & 6”
15 3 0.2 3 0.2
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
30 5 0.5 5 0.5
PSI PSI PSI
60 10 1 10 1
15 1 0.1
100 20 2 10 1
30 2 0.2
160 20 2 20 2
60 5 0.5
200 50 5 20 2
100 10 1
300 50 5 50 5
160 10 1
400 100 10 50 5
200 20 2
600 100 10 100 10
300 20 2
800 200 20 100 10
400 50 5
1,000 200 20 100 10
600 50 5
1,500 300 20 300 20
800 100 10
2,000 500 50 200 20
1,000 100 10
3,000 500 50 500 50
1,500 100 10
5,000 1,000 100 500 50
2,000 200 20
7,500 1,000 100 --- --
3,000 200 20
10,000 2,000 200 1,000 100
5,000 500 50
15,000 3,000 200 3,000 2,000
10,000 1,000 100
20,000 --- --- 2,000 200
15,000 1,000 100
VACUUM RANGE
20,000 2,000 200
VACUUM RANGE
30-0 “ Hg 5 “ Hg 0.5 “ Hg 5 “ Hg 0.5 “ Hg
COMPOUND RANGES
30-0 "Hg 5 "Hg 0.2 "Hg
COMPOUND RANGES
" Hg PSI “ Hg PSI “ Hg PSI “ Hg PSI “ Hg PSI
30-0- 15 10 5 1 0.5 5 3 1 0.5
" Hg PSI “ Hg PSI " Hg PSI
30-0- 30 10 10 2 1 10 5 1 0.5
30-0- 15 5 3 0.5 0.2
30-0- 60 30 20 2 2 10 10 1 2
30-0- 30 10 5 1 0.5
30-0- 100 30 20 5 2 30 10 2 2
30-0- 60 10 10 1 1
30-0- 160 30 20 10 5 30 20 5 5
30-0- 100 30 10 2 1
30-0- 200 30 50 10 5 30 20 5 5
30-0- 160 30 20 5 2
30-0- 200 30 20 5 2
PRESSURE
RANGES
Sizes 4” & 6”
GENERAL INFORMATION
PSI PSI PSI
15 1 0.05
30 2 0.1
60 5 0.2
100 10 0.5
160 10 1
200 20 1
300 20 1
400 50 2
600 50 2
800 100 5
1,000 100 5
1,500 100 5
2,000 200 10
3,000 200 10
5,000 500 20
10,000 1,000 50
15,000 1,000 50
20,000 2,000 100
VACUUM RANGE
30-0 "Hg 5 "Hg 0.1 "Hg
COMPOUND RANGES
" Hg PSI “ Hg PSI " Hg PSI
30-0- 15 5 5 0.2 0.1
30-0- 30 10 5 0.5 0.2
30-0- 60 10 5 1 0.5
30-0- 100 30 10 1 0.5
30-0- 160 30 10 2 1
30-0- 200 30 20 2 1
ACCESSORIES
ABBREVIATIONS
Fig. Inter. - spacing between numbers (figures) printed on dial
Grad. Inter. - spacing between tick marks (graduations) printed on dial
F.S. - full scale.
All accuracies are percentages of the full scale range of the gauge.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Accessories > General Information > Standard Dial Layouts
Standard Dial Layouts

Accuracy + 0.1% of span Accuracy + 1.5% & 2.5% of Accuracy + 1.5% of span
Type 341.11 Precision Test span Type 6XX.XX Low Pressure Gauges
Gauges Type 4XX.XX Sealgauges
PRESSURE RANGE PRESSURE RANGES PRESSURE RANGES
Size 10” Sealgauge® Sizes 4” & 6” Size 2½” Size 4”
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
PSI PSI PSI in. Water in. Water in. Water (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale)
10 0.5 0.02 5 1 0.10 Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm
15 0.5 0.02 10 1 0.10 Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water)
20 1 0.05 15 3 0.25 15 (380) 5 (100) 0.5 (10) 3 (50) 0.2 (5)
30 1 0.05 30 5 0.50 30 (760) 5 (200) 0.5 (20) 5 (100) 0.5 (10)
60 2 0.1 60 10 1 60 10 (500) 1 (50) 10 (300) 1 (20)
100 5 0.2 100 10 1 (1,500)
150 5 0.2 200 20 2 100 20 (500) 2 (50) 10 (500) 1 (50)
200 10 0.5 Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. (2,500)
300 10 0.5 Oz./Sq. in. Oz./Sq. in. Oz./Sq. in. 200 50 (1,000) 5 (100) 20 (1,000) 2 (100)
400 20 1 5 1 0.10 (5,000)
600 20 1 10 1 0.10 Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
800 20 1 15 3 0.25 (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale)
1,000 50 2 20 2 0.20 Oz. (In. Oz. (In. Oz. (In. Oz. (mm Oz. (mm
1,500 50 2 30 5 0.50 Sq. In. Water) Sq. In. Water) Sq. In. Water) Sq. In. Water) Sq. In. Water)
2,000 100 5 35 5 0.50 10 (400) 2 (100) 0.2 (10) 1 (100) 0.1 (10)
3,000 100 5 60 10 1 15 (660) 5 (100) 0.5 (10) 3 (100) 0.2 (10)
4,000 200 10 100 20 2 20 (880) 5 (200) 0.5 (20) 2 (200) 0.2 (20)
5,000 500 10 180 50 5 30 (1,320) 5 (200) 0.5 (50) 5 (200) 0.25 (20)
6,000 200 10 Range Fig. Inter. Grad Inter. 35 (1,540) 5 (500) 0.5 (50) 5 (300) 0.5 (20)
7,500 500 20 PSI PSI PSI 60 (2,640) 10 (500) 1 (50) 10 (500) 1 (50)
10,000 500 20 10 1 0.2 Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
15,000 1,000 50 15 3 0.5 (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale)
20,000 1,000 50 30 5 0.5 Oz. (In. Oz. (In. Oz. (In. Oz. / Sq. In. Oz. / Sq. In.
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. 60 10 1 Sq. In. Water) Sq. In. Water) Sq. In. Water)
in. Water in. Water in. Water 100 10 1 20 (400) 5 (100) 0.5 (10) --- ---
300 10 0.5 160 20 2 32 (660) 5 (100) 0.5 (10) --- ---
400 20 1 200 20 2 Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
500 20 1 300 50 5 PSI PSI PSi PSI PSI
600 20 1 400 50 5 3 0.5 0.05 0.5 0.05
800 20 1 600 50 5 5 1 0.1 0.5 0.5
1,000 50 2 VACUUM RANGE ¹ 10 2 0.2 1 0.1
VACUUM RANGE ¹ Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. VACUUM RANGE1
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. 30-0 “Hg 5 “Hg 0.5 “Hg Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
30-0 “Hg 2 “Hg 0.1 “Hg COMPOUND RANGES (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale) (dual Scale)
COMPOUND RANGES Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. “ Hg PSI “ Hg PSI “ Hg PSI Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water)
“ Hg PSI “ Hg PSI “ Hg PSI 30-0- 10 5 2 0.5 0.2 30-0 (760) 5 (200) 0.5 (20) 5 (100) 0.5 (10)
30 -0- 15 2 2 0.1 0.1 30-0- 15 5 3 1 0.5

AC
30 -0- 30 2 2 0.1 0.1 30-0- 30 10 5 1 0.5
CE
30 -0- 60 5 5 0.2 0.2 30-0- 60 10 10 2 2
SS
30 -0- 100 10 5 0.5 0.2 30-0- 100 10 10 5 2 Notes:
1
Pointer travel in vacuum range gauges is counter-clockwise OR
30 -0- 150 10 10 1 0.5 30-0- 160 30 20 5 2
IE
30 -0- 300 10 10 1 0.5 30-0- 200 30 20 5 2
S
30-0- 300 30 50 5 2
30-0- 400 30 50 10 5
GENERAL INFORMATION
How to convert from °Celsius to °Fahrenheit, or °Fahrenheit to °Celsius

Locate the known temperature (either Fahrenheit or Celsius) in the center shaded column.
Read left to convert from Celsius to Fahrenheit,
or right to convert from Fahrenheit to Celsius.
To oF From To oC To oF From To oC To oF From To oC To oF From To oC To oF From To oC To oF From To oC

-148 -100 -73.33 75.2 24 -4.51 298.4 148 64.31 521.6 272 133.13 744.8 396 201.95 968 520 271.11
-144.4 -98 -72.22 78.8 26 -3.4 302 150 65.42 525.2 274 134.24 748.4 398 203.06 971.6 522 272.22
-140.8 -96 -71.11 82.4 28 -2.29 305.6 152 66.53 528.8 276 135.35 752 400 204.17 975.2 524 273.33
-137.2 -94 -70 86 30 -1.18 309.2 154 67.64 532.4 278 136.46 755.6 402 205.28 978.8 526 274.44
-133.6 -92 -68.89 89.6 32 -0.07 312.8 156 68.75 536 280 137.57 759.2 404 206.39 982.4 528 275.56
-130 -90 -67.78 93.2 34 1.04 316.4 158 69.86 539.6 282 138.68 762.8 406 207.5 986 530 276.67
-126.4 -88 -66.67 96.8 36 2.15 320 160 70.97 543.2 284 139.79 766.4 408 208.61 989.6 532 277.78
-122.8 -86 -65.56 100.4 38 3.26 323.6 162 72.08 546.8 286 140.9 770 410 209.72 993.2 534 278.89
-119.2 -84 -64.45 104 40 4.37 327.2 164 73.19 550.4 288 142.01 773.6 412 210.83 996.8 536 280
-115.6 -82 -63.34 107.6 42 5.48 330.8 166 74.3 554 290 143.12 777.2 414 211.94 1000.4 538 281.11
-112 -80 -62.23 111.2 44 6.59 334.4 168 75.41 557.6 292 144.23 780.8 416 213.05 1004 540 282.22
-108.4 -78 -61.12 114.8 46 7.7 338 170 76.52 561.2 294 145.34 784.4 418 214.16 1007.6 542 283.33
-104.8 -76 -60.01 118.4 48 8.81 341.6 172 77.63 564.8 296 146.45 788 420 215.27 1011.2 544 284.44
-101.2 -74 -58.9 122 50 9.92 345.2 174 78.74 568.4 298 147.56 791.6 422 216.38 1014.8 546 285.56
-97.6 -72 -57.79 125.6 52 11.03 348.8 176 79.85 572 300 148.67 795.2 424 217.49 1018.4 548 286.67
-94 -70 -56.68 129.2 54 12.14 352.4 178 80.96 575.6 302 149.78 798.8 426 218.6 1022 550 287.78
-90.4 -68 -55.57 132.8 56 13.25 356 180 82.07 579.2 304 150.89 802.4 428 219.71 1040 560 293.33
-86.8 -66 -54.46 136.4 58 14.36 359.6 182 83.18 585.8 306 152 806 430 220.82 1058 570 298.89
-83.2 -64 -53.35 140 60 15.47 363.2 184 84.29 586.4 308 153.11 809.6 432 221.93 1076 580 304.44
-79.6 -62 -52.24 143.6 62 16.58 366.8 186 85.4 590 310 154.22 813.2 434 223.04 1094 590 310
-76 -60 -51.13 147.2 64 17.69 370.4 188 86.51 593.6 312 155.33 816.8 436 224.15 1112 600 315.66
-72.4 -58 -50.02 150.8 66 18.8 374 190 87.62 597.2 314 156.44 820.4 438 225.26 1130 610 321.11
-68.8 -56 -48.91 154.4 68 19.91 377.6 192 88.73 600.8 316 157.55 824 440 226.37 1148 620 326.22
-65.2 -54 -47.8 158 70 21.02 381.2 194 89.84 604.4 318 158.66 827.6 442 227.48 1166 630 332.22
-61.6 -52 -46.69 161.6 72 22.13 384.8 196 90.95 608 320 159.77 831.2 444 228.59 1184 640 337.78
-58 -50 -45.58 165.2 74 23.24 388.4 198 92.06 611.6 322 160.88 834.8 446 229.7 1202 650 343.33
-54.4 -48 -44.47 168.8 76 24.35 392 200 93.17 615.2 324 161.99 838.4 448 230.81 1220 660 348.89
-50.8 -46 -43.36 172.4 78 25.46 395.6 202 94.28 618.8 326 163.1 842 450 231.92 1238 670 354.44
-47.2 -44 -42.25 176 80 26.57 399.2 204 95.39 622.4 328 164.21 845.6 452 233.03 1256 680 360
-43.6 -42 -41.14 179.6 82 27.68 402.8 206 96.5 626 330 165.32 849.2 454 234.44 1274 690 365.56
-40 -40 -40.03 183.2 84 28.79 406.4 208 97.61 629.6 332 166.43 852.8 456 235.56 1292 700 371.11
-36.4 -38 -38.92 186.8 86 29.9 410 210 98.72 633.2 334 167.54 856.4 458 236.67 1310 710 376.67
-32.8 -36 -37.81 190.4 88 31.01 413.6 212 99.83 636.8 336 168.65 860 460 237.78 1328 720 382.22
-29.2 -34 -36.7 194 90 32.12 417.2 214 100.94 640.4 338 169.76 863.6 462 238.89 1346 730 387.7
-25.6 -32 -35.59 197.6 92 33.23 420.8 216 102.05 644 340 170.87 867.2 464 240 1364 740 393.33
-22 -30 -34.48 201.2 94 34.34 424.4 218 103.16 647.6 342 171.98 870.8 466 241.11 1382 750 398.89
-18.4 -28 -33.37 204.8 96 35.45 428 220 104.27 651.2 344 173.09 874.4 468 242.22 1400 760 404.44
-14.8 -26 -32.26 208.4 98 36.56 431.6 222 105.38 654.8 346 174.2 878 470 243.33 1418 770 410
-11.2 -24 -31.15 212 100 37.67 435.2 224 106.49 658.4 348 175.31 881.6 472 244.44 1436 780 415.56
-7.6 -22 -30.04 215.6 102 38.78 438.8 226 107.6 662 350 176.42 885.2 474 245.56 1454 790 421.11
-4 -20 -28.93 219.2 104 39.89 442.4 228 108.71 665.6 352 177.53 888.8 476 246.67 1472 800 426.67
-0.4 -18 -27.82 222.8 106 41 446 230 109.82 669.2 354 178.64 892.4 478 247.78 1490 810 432.22
3.2 -16 -26.71 226.4 108 42.11 449.6 232 110.93 672.8 356 179.75 896 480 248.89 1508 820 437.78
6.8 -14 -25.6 230 110 43.22 453.2 234 112.04 676.4 358 180.86 899.6 482 250 1526 830 443.33
10.4 -12 -24.49 233.6 112 44.33 456.8 236 113.15 680 360 181.97 903.2 484 251.11 1544 840 448.89
14 -10 -23.38 237.2 114 45.44 460.4 238 114.26 683.6 362 183.08 906.8 486 252.22 1562 850 454.44
17.6 -8 -22.27 240.8 116 46.55 464 240 115.37 687.2 364 184.19 910.4 488 253.33 1580 860 460
21.2 -6 -21.16 244.4 118 47.66 467.6 242 116.48 690.8 366 185.3 914 490 254.44 1598 870 465.56
24.8 -4 -20.05 248 120 48.77 471.2 244 117.59 694.4 368 186.41 917.6 492 255.56 1616 880 471.11
28.4 -2 -18.94 251.6 122 49.88 474.8 246 118.7 698 370 187.52 921.2 494 256.67 1634 890 476.67
32 0 -17.83 255.2 124 50.99 478.4 248 119.81 701.6 372 188.63 924.8 496 257.768 1652 900 482.22
35.6 2 -16.72 258.8 126 52.1 482 250 120.92 705.2 374 189.74 928.4 498 258.89 1670 910 487.78
ACCESSORIES
39.2 4 -15.61 262.4 128 53.21 485.6 252 122.03 708.8 376 190.85 932 500 260 1688 920 493.33
42.8 6 -14.5 266 130 54.32 489.2 254 123.14 712.4 378 191.96 935.6 502 261.11 1706 930 498.89
46.4 8 -13.39 269.6 132 55.43 492.8 256 124.25 716 380 193.07 939.2 504 262.22 1724 940 504.44
50 10 -12.28 273.2 134 56.54 496.4 258 125.36 719.6 382 194.18 942.8 506 263.33 1742 950 510
53.6 12 -11.17 276.8 136 57.65 500 260 126.47 723.2 384 195.29 946.4 508 264.44 1760 960 515.56
57.2 14 -10.06 280.4 138 58.76 503.6 262 127.58 726.8 386 196.4 950 510 265.56 1778 970 521.11
60.8 16 -8.95 284 140 59.87 507.2 264 128.69 730.4 388 197.51 953.6 512 266.67 1796 980 526.67
64.4 18 -7.84 287.6 142 60.98 510.8 266 129.8 734 390 198.62 957.2 514 267.78 1814 990 532.22
68 20 -6.73 291.2 144 62.09 514.4 268 130.91 737.6 392 199.73 960.8 516 268.89 1832 1000 537.78
71.6 22 -5.62 294.8 146 63.2 518 270 132.02 741.2 394 200.84 964.4 518 270
°F = ( 9/5 °C ) + 32 °C = 5/9 ( °F - 32 )
GENERAL INFORMATION
Accessories > General Information > Pressure Units Cross Reference Chart
Pressure Units Cross Reference Chart

PSI atms. H2O mm H2O cm H2O oz/in2 Kg/cm2 "Hg
1 0.0681 27.71 703.8 70.38 16 0.0704 2.036

14.7 1 407.2 10,343 1,034.3 235.1 1.033 29.92
0.0361 0.00246 1 25.4 2.54 0.5775 0.00254 0.0735
0.001421 0.000097 0.0394 1 0.1 0.0227 0.0001 0.00289
0.01421 0.000967 0.3937 10 1 0.227 0.001 0.0289
0.0625 0.00425 1.732 43.986 4.40 1 0.0044 0.1273
14.22 0.968 394.1 100,010 1,001 227.6 1 28.96
0.4912 0.03342 13.61 345.7 34.57 7.858 0.0345 1
0.01934 0.001316 0.536 13.61 1.361 0.310 0.00136 0.0394
0.1934 0.01316 5.358 136.1 13.61 3.10 0.0136 0.394
0.0145 0.000987 0.4012 10.21 1.021 0.2321 0.00102 0.0295
14.504 0.987 401.9 10,210 1021 232.1 1.02 29.53
0.000145 0.00001 0.00402 0.102 0.0102 0.00232 0.00001 0.000295
0.14504 0.00987 4.019 102.07 10.207 2.321 0.0102 0.295
145.04 9.869 4019 102,074 10,207 2321 10.2 295.3
mm Hg cm Hg mbar bar Pa (Nm2) kPa MPa

(Torr)
51.715 5.17 68.95 0.0689 6895 6.895 0.0069
760 76 1013 1.013 101,325 101.3 0.1013
1.866 0.187 2.488 0.00249 248.8 0.249 0.00025
0.0735 0.00735 0.098 0.000098 9.8 0.0098 0.00001
0.735 0.0735 0.98 0.00098 98 0.098 0.0001
3.232 0.323 4.31 0.00431 431 0.431 0.00043
735.6 73.56 980.7 0.981 98,067 98.07 0.0981
25.4 2.54 33.86 0.0339 3386 3.386 0.00339
1 .1 1.333 0.001333 133.3 0.1333 0.000133
10 1 13.33 0.01333 1333 1.333 0.00133
0.75 0.075 1 0.001 100 0.1 0.0001
750 75 1000 1 100,000 100 0.1
0.0075 0.00075 0.01 0.00001 1 0.001 0.000001
7.5 0.75 10 0.01 1,000 1 0.001
7500 750 10,000 10 1,000,000 1,000 1
To use this chart:

1. Find the column with the units you want to convert from.
2. Move down that column until you find the "1".
3. Staying in the same row, move horizontally to the column with the units you are converting to.
4. Multiply the number in that box by the amount you are changing from to get the converted value.
With almost 70 years of experience, WIKA Instrument, LP is the leading global manufacturer of pressure and temperature
measurement instrumentation, producing more than 43 million pressure gauges, diaphragm seals, pressure transmitters,
thermometers and other instruments annually. WIKA’s extensive product line, including mechanical and electronic
instruments, provides measurement solutions for any application in a large variety of industries. A global leader in lean
manufacturing and instrumentation experience, WIKA also offers a broad selection of stock and custom instrumentation as
well as dedicated services to provide customers with the right solutions, at the right time, wherever they need us.
Mini-Siphon All-Welded System
910.24 M93X.D1
WIKA Instrument, LP
Pressure and Temperature Measurement
1000 Wiegand Boulevard • Lawrenceville, GA 30043
Toll Free (888) WIKA-USA (888-945-2872)
Tel (770) 513-8200 • Fax (770) 338-5118
info@wika.com • www.wika.com
C009 - 5,000 Rev. 3 4/13

Product Catalog: Pressure and Temperature Measurement

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalog: Pressure and Temperature Measurement

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Product Catalog: Pressure and Temperature Measurement

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog 900

Pressure and Temperature

Product Catalog 900

Printed in the United States of America

is a registered trademark of Underwriter's Laboratories.

Selecting a Pressure Gauge

1. Pressure fluid composition

1. Pressure fluid composition

Chemical Compatibility Chart

NOTE: For steam service, a siphon is required.

A = Brass (Copper Alloy) B = 316 SS C = Monel® D = Consult Factory

Advantages of Liquid-filled Gauges

Liquid Fill Fluid

6.3 Centistokes at 100°F

WIKA Type Numbers

0 = Special type 1 = Standard type

Ordering Guidelines for Pressure Gauges

2) Descriptive Text Part Number System:

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.10

Size 1½" 2" 2½" 4" ■ Glass window

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.10SP

Type 111.10SP Available Options

Conn. Size 1/4" NPT UL-393 Listed Factory Mutual Approved

Stock items shown in blue print.

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Pressure > 111.11

Size 1½” 2” 2½” 2” 2½” ■ Restrictor

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.12

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.12

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Pressure > 111.16PM

WIKA type 111.16PM gauges are designed for U-clamp panel

Stock items shown in blue print.

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 111.25CT

Mechanical Pressure > Commercial Gauges > 113.13

Type 113.13 Available Options

Stock items shown in blue print.

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 131.11

Type 131.11 Available Options

Stock items shown in blue print.

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 13X.53

Type 132.53 Available Options

Stock items shown in blue print.

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 211.11

Type 211.11 Available Options

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 212.20

Type 212.20 Available Options

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 213.40

This type 213.40 gauge features an integral Bourdon tube which

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 21X.40PM

Type 212.40PM Available Options

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 21X.53

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 21X.53

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 21X.53

Type 212.53 (Dry)

Stock items shown in blue print.

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 21X.53

Stock items shown in blue print.

Mechanical Pressure > Industrial Gauges > 23X.53

Wetted Parts: 316 SS ASME B40.100 Grade A

Type 232.53 (Dry) Available Options